ARS 1 pnc2023annualreport.htm ARS
THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP STEADFAST IN SERVICE OF OUR CUSTOMERS 2023 ANNUAL REPORT

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Financial Highlights Year ended December 31 In millions, except per share data 2023 2022 2021 FINANCIAL RESULTS Net interest income $ 13,916 $ 13,014 $ 10,647 Noninterest income 7,574 8,106 8,564 Total revenue 21,490 21,120 19,211 Noninterest expense 14,012 13,170 13,002 Non-core noninterest expense adjustments 665 – – Core noninterest expense (non-GAAP) 13,347 13,170 13,002 Adjusted pretax, pre-provision earnings (non-GAAP) 8,143 7,950 6,209 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 742 477 ( 779 ) Income taxes 1,089 1,360 1,263 Net income $ 5,647 $ 6,113 $ 5,725 PER COMMON SHARE Diluted earnings $ 12.79 $ 13.85 $ 12.70 Impact from non-core noninterest expense adjustments 1.31 – – Total diluted earnings — as adjusted (non-GAAP) 14.10 13.85 12.70 Cash dividends 6.10 5.75 4.80 Closing price 154.85 157.94 200.52 Book value 112.72 99.93 120.61 Tangible book value (non-GAAP) 85.08 72.12 94.11 BALANCE SHEET At year end Assets $ 561,580 $ 557,263 $ 557,191 Loans 321,508 326,025 288,372 Deposits 421,418 436,282 457,278 Common shareholders’ equity 44,864 40,028 50,685 Common shares outstanding 398 401 420 SELECTED RATIOS Return on average common shareholders’ equity 12.35 % 13.52 % 10.78 % Return on average assets 1.01 1.11 1.09 Net interest margin (non-GAAP) 2.76 2.65 2.29 Noninterest income to total revenue 35 38 45 Efficiency 65 62 68 Efficiency — as adjusted (non-GAAP) 62 62 68 Basel III common equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio 9.9 9.1 10.3 Core noninterest expense, adjusted pretax, pre-provision earnings, total diluted earnings — as adjusted and efficiency — as adjusted are non-GAAP measures calculated by excluding non-core noninterest adjustments pertaining to the FDIC special assessment as well as restructuring expenses incurred as part of the workforce reduction executed in the fourth quarter of 2023. Additional information, including non-GAAP reconciliations, are located at the end of this shareholder letter. Tangible book value per common share is calculated as tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by period end common shares outstanding. Net interest margin is calculated on a taxable-equivalent basis. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of the accompanying 2023 Form 10-K for additional information, including non-GAAP reconciliations. The Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC during each period presented. Ratios for all periods were calculated based on the standardized approach. The Basel III common equity Tier 1 ratios reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provision. See the regulatory capital rules discussion in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1, the Liquidity and Capital Management discussion in the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 19 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Item 8 in the accompanying 2023 Form 10-K for additional information. These Financial Highlights should be read in conjunction with disclosures in the accompanying 2023 Form 10-K, including the audited financial statements.

2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 1 In the pages that follow, I’ll provide details on our results and highlight some of the wins that drove our success in 2023. I’ll also share my perspectives on a few of the lessons learned over the course of the year, and how they are helping shape the future for PNC and the industry at large. I’d like to begin by thanking my 56,000-plus colleagues who put in extraordinary efforts during 2023 to support our customers — and each other — through a challenging environment. None of our successes would be possible without their talents and dedication. I am also deeply grateful for our Board of Directors, whose guidance helped us navigate a period of We run PNC with a focus on delivering strong, through-the-cycle performance. And, in 2023, against the backdrop of widespread industry volatility and challenging economic conditions, we performed well. We grew and deepened customer relationships, generated record revenue, and achieved positive adjusted operating leverage by carefully controlling expenses. DEAR SHAREHOLDER, WILLIAM S. DEMCHAK Chairman and Chief Executive Officer intense industry disruption — punctuated by the failure of several U.S. banks — while remaining focused on our strategy and purpose. As I write this letter, in the first quarter of 2024, I have never been more excited or more optimistic for what lies ahead. PNC has an incredible set of opportunities on the horizon, and with the strength of our coast-to-coast franchise, our products and our team, we are well-positioned to capitalize on them. SCALE MATTERS Contrary to prevailing narratives at the time, the failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank in March and First Republic Bank in April were not the result of systemic weaknesses in the U.S. banking system. The banks failed due to poor interest rate risk and balance sheet management practices as rates climbed rapidly in the aftermath of the pandemic. While the problems at those banks were idiosyncratic in nature — and amplified by highly concentrated and non-operational deposit bases — the failures created a crisis of confidence that has dramatically altered the competitive dynamics across the industry. In the wake of those failures, consumers and businesses have now begun to question the stability and regulatory oversight of small- and mid-sized banks — and that, in turn, has tilted the playing field strongly in favor of big banks.

2 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024 As the sixth largest commercial bank in the U.S. by assets, PNC was a net beneficiary from this trend. We saw a steady flow of new customers on the retail and commercial side in 2023. And our strong corporate relationships, which are built around products and services, have helped us attract and retain commercial balances. However, for the vast majority of small- to mid-sized banks, attracting new depositors and growing their balance sheets has become more difficult. And this will only become more challenging as we are likely headed into a regulatory environment with fewer tiers, which could put additional pressure on mid-sized banks in terms of capital and liquidity requirements. Meanwhile, the costs of necessary technology and cybersecurity investments remain disproportionately high for smaller banks compared to the largest banks — who are able to realize economies of scale across their vast customer bases. The takeaway from all of this is that scale and density in banking matter have been organically gaining deposit market share for more than a decade. And last year’s bank failures only accelerated that uphill migration. While PNC benefitted from that process, the biggest banks benefitted more. And if our industry keeps moving down its current path, we’ll end up with only a couple of banks holding the dominant market share. Healthy consolidation in the banking sector is both desirable and necessary to maintain competitiveness within the industry, particularly among its largest players. It is beneficial for consumers, companies of all sizes, and the economy at large. And PNC is a natural player in that consolidation process. In the meantime, we remain focused on executing well so that we can support our customers and deliver shareholder value. And that’s exactly what we did in 2023. EXECUTING WELL TO DRIVE SHAREHOLDER VALUE Despite a challenging year for the banking industry, we delivered net income of $5.6 billion, which equates more than ever before. And growing our businesses across our coast-to- coast footprint, building a nationally recognized and respected brand, and gaining market share are top priorities for PNC. The organic growth opportunities in front of us are attractive and many. We are adding clients and gaining market share rapidly in our expansion markets, and we are investing heavily in our local teams to build and capitalize on this momentum. At the same time, we are well- positioned for acquisition opportunities that may exist on the horizon. Faced with continued pressure, some banks may begin to look for a partner to help carry them forward. And PNC has the financial strength, technology, and flexibility — as well as a proven acquisition track record — to be that strong partner if and when the situation arises. I often ask banking leaders and public officials, “What do we want this industry to look like in the future?” I ask that because the top two largest retail banks in the U.S. Scale and density in banking matter more than ever before. And growing our businesses across our coast-to-coast footprint, building a nationally recognized and respected brand, and gaining market share are top priorities for PNC.

$8.0 $8.0 $6.2 $6.2 $7.5 $8.1 Consistent PPNR Growth $ billions  PPNR  Adjusted PPNR 2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 3 to $12.79 per diluted share — or $14.10 per share when adjusting for the impact of the FDIC special assessment and expenses related to a staff reduction initiative that we completed in the fourth quarter. Record Revenues We generated record revenue of $21.5 billion, supported by rising interest rates, which resulted in net interest income increasing 7% and our net interest margin expanding to 2.76%. Noninterest income of $7.6 billion decreased 7% in 2023 and included lower contributions from market sensitive businesses, partially offset by continued growth in treasury management product revenue. Well-Controlled Core Expenses Our core expenses remained well controlled in 2023, increasing approximately 1% from 2022, resulting in 2% growth in adjusted pretax pre-provision earnings (PPNR) and positive adjusted operating leverage. We remained focused on expense management and, as mentioned earlier, took actions to reduce our staffing levels, resulting in an SOLID 2023 RESULTS RECORD REVENUE $21.5B POSITIVE ADJUSTED OPERATING LEVERAGE 0.41% Pretax, pre-provision earnings (PPNR) and adjusted PPNR are non-GAAP measures. Additional information regarding these measures, including non-GAAP reconciliations, is located at the end of this shareholder letter. estimated $325 million of expense savings in 2024. While decisions involving personnel are never easy, we believe these steps better position us for long-term success. Our Continuous Improvement Program (CIP) is a key component of our expense management approach, helping us to drive efficiencies across our company so we can reinvest savings in our expansion markets, our technology capabilities, our employees, and other strategic areas. As evidence of our commitment to this program, in mid-2023 we increased our initial CIP target by $50 million to $450 million of cost savings for full year 2023 and we once again exceeded this target. Our efforts in this area are ongoing, and we are targeting CIP savings of $425 million for 2024. Strength in Our Balance Sheet Throughout 2023, we maintained a strong balance sheet. Average loans increased $15.8 billion, or 5%, compared to 2022. Average deposits decreased $16.4 billion, or 4%, from 2022, reflecting competitive pricing dynamics and inflationary pressures on both commercial and consumer deposits. Adjusted operating leverage is a non-GAAP measure. Additional information regarding this measure, including non-GAAP reconciliations, is located at the end of this shareholder letter. 2021 2022 2023 CET1 CAPITAL RATIO 9.9% Record Revenue Supported by Strong Net Interest Income Growth $ billions  Net Interest Income  Noninterest Income 65% 35% $21.5 2023 45% $19.2 2021 55% 2022 62% 38% $21.1

Capital Returned to our Shareholders $ billions Repurchased 4 million common shares Common stock dividends Total capital returned to shareholders $3.1$0.6 + $2.5 = Positive Loan Trends Full year average loans $ billions $308 $324$269 2021 20232022 our current estimates, we remain well above our regulatory minimum requirements inclusive of the proposed changes. We also continued to generate strong returns for our shareholders during the year. We returned $3.1 billion of capital through common stock dividends of $2.5 billion and share repurchases of $0.6 billion, and our five-year annualized total shareholder return was 9.6%. Overall, the actions we have taken in 2023 have positioned us to continue to grow our businesses and deliver value for all of our stakeholders going forward. DELIVERING BIG BANK CAPABILITIES AT THE LOCAL LEVEL We have three complementary lines of business: Corporate & Institutional Banking (C&IB), Retail, and Asset Management Group (AMG). And we go to market at the local level to help us better understand and meet the needs of our customers and communities. Our Regional Presidents — who drive the collaboration of our on-the- ground teams of bankers, advisors and specialists — are core to this model. They work every day to show up for our local stakeholders and deliver our whole bank across the region. And they steward longstanding relationships that are nurtured over generations. Our work isn’t flashy or edgy. It’s consistent. It’s dependable. 4 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024 Our average borrowed funds increased $24.8 billion compared to 2022 as we strategically added liquidity. Solid Credit Quality Our credit quality metrics remained solid during 2023, reflecting our thoughtful approach to lending and client selection. Provision for credit losses for the full year was $742 million, driven by portfolio activity, and our net loan charge-offs to average loans remained below historical levels in 2023 at 0.22% — one of the lowest in our peer group. Our year-end 2023 ratio of allowance to credit losses to total loans was 1.70%, which was relatively unchanged from 2022. Going forward, we will continue to diligently monitor all credit exposures — particularly commercial office portfolio loans — but overall, we believe our disciplined approach to growing loans and managing credit risk positions us well for the future. Strong Levels of Capital Capital levels remained strong during 2023. We ended the year with a tangible book value per common share of $85.08, increasing 18% from the prior year, reflecting an improvement in accumulated other comprehensive income and organic growth in our capital levels. Our CET1 ratio was 9.9% at year- end, increasing from 9.1% at December 31, 2022. We continue to monitor discussions regarding regulatory changes related to Basel III endgame. And based on  PNC  Peer Average 0.24% 0.28% Credit Quality Remains Strong Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans 2021 20232022 0.18% 0.32% 0.22% 0.60%

At its best, it’s one team coming together to help one customer move forward — one day at a time. Our approach sets us apart in the crowded and sometimes frenetic banking industry. And it helps us win in the marketplace. Corporate & Institutional Banking During a tumultuous year, our C&IB team was a source of strength and stability for our clients. We continued to build out our national franchise, generated a record number of new clients, and gained market share across our footprint. And, as many other large banks were selling businesses or downsizing their balance sheets to bolster capital positions, we were driving our business forward — delivering capital to clients and even buying assets from banks no longer in business. Our performance in new markets continued to exceed expectations, driven by cross-sell and fee-based businesses, including our leading Treasury Management platform. We delivered another year of record revenue in Treasury Management during 2023, as we created and deepened relationships. Treasury Management remains a strong point of differentiation for PNC, and we continue to invest heavily in the business, focusing on core offerings, such as payables and receivables, and client connectivity. 2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 5 Our array of products and services are aimed at addressing real customer needs — and help us win in the market. In 2023, for example, we launched PNC Claim Predictor, an artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning-enabled solution that helps healthcare organizations proactively identify inaccurate or insufficiently populated insurance claims prior to submission for payment. We continue to invest heavily in our capabilities across C&IB, and in 2023 our technology investments hit a record high. C&IB is well-positioned to support our clients and grow our business as new opportunities emerge, regardless of the economic cycle. Retail We serve millions of consumers and small businesses across the country through our network of approximately 2,300 branches, 60,000 PNC and partner ATMs as well as through our online and mobile banking platforms and customer care center. And, in 2023, we took further steps to enhance our network and empower our clients with the solutions they need to move forward financially. Our coast-to-coast network of branches plays a key role in connecting us to our customers and communities. We continue to invest in our branch network to better meet the changing needs of our #1 FINANCIAL SERVICES #1 BANKING #4 OVERALL American Opportunity Index (2023) MOST TRUSTED BANK BEST MORTGAGE LENDER OVERALL BEST AUTO LOANS FROM A BANK Bankrate (2023) BEST OVERALL BANK FOR STUDENTS Money.com (2021-2023) AMERICA’S MOST JUST COMPANIES (JUST 100) Just Capital (2023) OUTSTANDING CRA RATING in every evaluation since the law was enacted in 1977 AWARDS & RECOGNITIONS OUR WORK ISN’T FLASHY OR EDGY. IT’S CONSISTENT. IT’S DEPENDABLE.

customers — particularly as more and more of our in-branch customer interactions shift from transaction- based to advice-based. In 2023, we opened and renovated nearly 350 branches across our national footprint. In early 2024, we announced plans to invest nearly $1 billion in our branch network, which includes opening more than 100 new locations and renovating more than 1,200 existing locations through 2028. Through these additional investments, we plan to further build out our retail presence in key growth markets, including Austin, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Miami, San Antonio and more. We also expanded our mobile branch program to help bring financial 6 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024 partner banks to introduce PazeSM, an online checkout solution for e-commerce transactions. Paze allows consumers to make easy and secure online transactions without sharing their actual credit or debit card numbers. Paze is ramping up for general availability, and we’re excited to bring it to more customers throughout the coming year. Asset Management Group In AMG, we delivered products, services and advice to support the unique financial needs of institutions and affluent individuals and families through a year of uncertainty and volatile market conditions. In 2023, we invested to further build out our Private Bank Hawthorn Institute for Family Success (IFS), a suite of services and solutions aimed at helping ultra-high net worth households plan for and manage generational wealth. Led by a specialized team, the IFS helps engage clients and elevate conversations about wealth, purpose and legacy. Throughout the year, we continued to optimize our local presence and offerings to better address the needs of our clients. Additionally, we have developed and are deploying a U.S. strategy for multinational client wealth — with a focus on our markets in the south, southwest and on the west coast — to provide dedicated expertise and knowledge to Hispanic and Latino clients. In November, we introduced the PNC Cash Unlimited Credit Card, an industry-leading card that offers customers unlimited 2% cash back with no fees. services and education to more people in underserved communities across the country. Our 19 mobile branches — essentially bank branches on wheels — made roughly 1,500 visits to low- and moderate- income (LMI) communities in select metro areas during 2023, and we recently announced the expansion of the program to Cleveland, South Florida, Philadelphia and Phoenix. Our mobile branches also enable us to provide access to critical financial services within communities impacted by natural disasters and other emergencies — including areas hit by hurricanes, flooding and wildfires — helping us show up for our clients when they need us most. Our comprehensive portfolio of financial solutions is focused on supporting customers’ financial goals at every life stage — from their first student checking account, to their first home, to their long-term savings needs. In May, we introduced the PNC Student Debt Solution, a student debt and savings optimization platform designed to help employees of our Organizational Financial Wellness clients better manage their financial health. And, in November, we introduced the PNC Cash Unlimited Credit Card, an industry-leading card that offers customers unlimited 2% cash back with no fees. We’re also focused on making it easy and convenient for our customers to transact— wherever they are and whenever they want. In 2023, we were proud to join forces with

2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 7 TECHNOLOGY AT THE CORE For more than a decade, PNC has invested heavily in new technology to help us run our businesses — and serve our customers — more efficiently and effectively. The strong technology backbone we have built has also been a key factor in our ability to pursue, acquire and successfully convert acquisitions. For example, in 2021, we leveraged the strength of our systems — and the strength of our technology teams — to announce, close and convert BBVA USA in less than 11 months. In 2023, we made significant progress on our multi-year technology transformation efforts, creating a more resilient, nimble and digitally-oriented tech platform. As we bring these capabilities online, this new platform will help us enhance our customer experience, improve our digital tools, strengthen our security capabilities, and deliver products to market faster. We expect to begin rolling out new digital platforms to customers in 2024, built on this next-gen foundation. Applying AI There’s growing excitement across the industry about the role AI can play in banking. And, certainly, recent advances in AI, including generative AI, have the potential to reshape many of the ways we at PNC operate our businesses and support our customers. Our embrace of these latest developments in AI will be — and should be — gradual as our teams rigorously evaluate new applications, and the potential benefits and risks they carry. AI is not a new frontier for our company. Guided by our AI and Intelligent Automation Center, our teams have been harnessing AI in key areas of the bank for many years. PNC Claim Predictor, which I discussed earlier in this letter, is a great example of how we are thoughtfully incorporating these capabilities to deliver differentiated client value. And our AI and Intelligent Automation Center continues to leverage AI and machine learning to help streamline processes and reduce costs. Fostering Tech Talent and Innovation To maintain our technology leadership position within the industry, we strive to cultivate a culture where innovation is encouraged and embedded in everything we do. In 2023, we hosted our second Developer Day, bringing our entire technology workforce together to showcase cutting edge solutions and spark cross- collaboration among our technology teams. Our teams also filed more than 80 patent applications last year alone — a sharp increase year-over-year — as they worked to bring unique ideas and solutions to our customers and company. MORE SECURE BANKING As our capabilities advance, so, too, do the capabilities of bad actors. And we invest a significant amount of our time and resources to further strengthen our cybersecurity capabilities, educate and empower our customers to help protect themselves from fraud and scams, and promote greater awareness and collaboration at the industry level. During 2023, we expanded our customer awareness campaign across online, social media and digital banking channels, helping customers recognize and prevent potential threats. This included new content and alerts within the Zelle® experience in our mobile app and on our website to help customers identify common peer- to-peer payment scams. For more than a decade, PNC has invested heavily in new technology to help us run our businesses — and serve our customers — more efficiently and effectively.

own volition to transition from this harmful practice. We recognize how important it is for our customers to be able to use the financial applications of their choice in a safe and secure manner. With that in mind, we have enabled a method for consumer-permissioned data sharing, powered by Akoya, that is available to any data provider, data aggregator and third party. Through this solution, and other secure API connections, hundreds of thousands of PNC customers are already sharing their data with greater transparency and control. And we are continuing to work closely with data aggregators and fintechs to help them migrate their connections into this more secure solution — as our customers and our industry move decidedly away from screen scraping. DOING RIGHT BY OUR STAKEHOLDERS Throughout our history, PNC has thrived by doing right by our constituents and rewarding our shareholders. Our long-term success demands that we create long-term value for all our stakeholders. 8 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024 In January 2023, we launched efforts to disrupt and deter SMS-based attacks targeting our customers. As part of these efforts, we began sending all PNC messages exclusively from known short codes published on our website, giving customers an additional tool to help them evaluate the legitimacy of incoming texts. Additionally, PNC partnered with major U.S. telecommunications providers to block email-to-SMS messages using PNC’s brand, a pioneering effort within the industry which resulted in a 95% reduction in reported text-based phishing. Secure Data Sharing For several years, we have spoken out about the many and significant risks of screen scraping: the process through which authorized third parties use client login credentials to download and retain all data within a user’s account. We are encouraged by recent regulatory proposals cracking down on screen scraping — although we believe there is still more that can be done to protect consumers and strengthen oversight — and by the steps many data aggregators have taken on their Delivering for Our Communities When our communities are strong, PNC is strong. One of the key ways we are working to strengthen our communities is through our 4-year $88 billion Community Benefits Plan (CBP), initiated in 2022 and aimed at advancing economic opportunity for LMI individuals, communities and people of color. Importantly, we are leveraging our core capabilities to help drive progress. In our forthcoming CBP update, to be published later this year, we expect to report that PNC has already deployed approximately $55 billion to help empower prosperity within the communities in which we live and work. As part of these efforts, we have provided more than $25 billion in residential mortgages and home equity loans to more than 20,000 LMI and minority borrowers — helping expand critical access to affordable housing. Small businesses are often the lifeblood of our communities, and we have also provided more than $5 billion in loans that support small businesses in LMI communities and Throughout our history, PNC has thrived by doing right by our constituents and rewarding our shareholders. Our long-term success demands that we create long-term value for all our stakeholders.

2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 9 majority-minority census tracts, and businesses with revenues less than $1 million. As part of the CBP, we have also deployed nearly $5 billion toward impact investing and loan capital to support affordable housing, economic development, neighborhood stabilization and community service in traditionally underserved communities. Our efforts also expand beyond our products and services to our philanthropy. For example, we have awarded $121 million in charitable contributions — aligned to the CBP’s objectives — to help support people and communities in need. Celebrating 20 Great Years When it comes to philanthropy, our company and employees invest considerable time, talent and resources in organizations and areas that can have a sustainable, positive impact on our communities. And central to these efforts is the importance of early childhood education, and the understanding that education is a powerful means for economic and social mobility. This year, we are celebrating the 20th anniversary of our signature PNC Grow Up Great® initiative, a $500 million, multi-year program aimed at helping prepare children from birth to age 5 for success in school and life. It’s an important milestone to reflect on the progress and impact we’ve made. Since launch, Grow Up Great has provided $247 million in funding for early education, supporting more than 10 million children throughout our footprint. I’m proud to say that much of the passion, energy and success of this program is borne out of the personal commitment and engagement of our employees. Since launch in 2004, our employees have volunteered over 1.1 million hours and donated more than 1.5 million goods and supplies. Supporting the Transition to a Low Carbon Economy The challenges and opportunities of a transition to a low carbon economy remain top of mind for many of our stakeholders, including our clients. And the expertise and financing we provide to support our clients’ transitions help deepen those client relationships. In early 2023, we issued another Green Bond with the $1.25 billion in net proceeds allocated to renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Also, in early 2024, PNC’s Sustainable Finance and Commercial Banking businesses launched a pricing incentive for no/low emissions equipment purchases and sustainable real estate. As a large financial institution with a coast-to-coast footprint, we also recognize our responsibility to monitor and reduce our own carbon footprint over time. Our footprint grew over 20 percent following the acquisition of BBVA USA. As a result, we have re-evaluated our operational targets, committing to further reductions in our own Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions, energy, and water consumption. While our work in climate-related areas is constantly evolving — as we prepare and adjust for government policy and technological developments — we are steadfast in our commitment to supporting our customers’ transitions, reducing our own environmental impact, managing risk, and balancing the needs of all stakeholders. INVESTING IN OUR PEOPLE TO DRIVE SUCCESS Our employees are critical to our success and a key competitive advantage in the market. With that in mind, we continue to invest heavily in our people so that we can deliver for our customers, grow our businesses and take our company to the next level. Industry-Leading Opportunities We want every one of our employees to experience PNC as a great place to build a long-term career. To support this, we allocate significant resources, This year, we are celebrating the 20th anniversary of our signature PNC Grow Up Great® initiative, a $500 million, multi-year program aimed at helping prepare children from birth to age 5 for success in school and in life. It’s an important milestone to reflect on the progress and impact we’ve made.

WILLIAM S. DEMCHAK Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Paze and the Paze related marks are wholly owned by Early Warning Services, LLC and are used herein under license. For more information regarding certain factors that could cause future results to differ, possibly materially, from historical performance or from those anticipated in forward- looking statements, see the Cautionary Statement in Item 7 of our 2023 Form 10-K, which accompanies this letter. For information regarding PNC’s Peer Group, see Item 5 of the accompanying 2023 Form 10-K. Additional information regarding total shareholder return will be included in PNC’s Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders. 10 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024 including a team of Career Advisors, to help employees actively explore new roles and identify opportunities for growth. And we recently expanded on our early career talent strategy to help employees who are newer to our organization grow their professional network and gain exposure across the company. We also recognize the importance and the value — on both a professional and personal level — of continuous learning and have taken steps to eliminate barriers to education for our employees. This includes our partnership with Guild Education, which provides tuition-free opportunities for employees to obtain college degrees and certificates in priority areas of focus, such as accounting and finance, cybersecurity, data analytics and AI. These initiatives — and many others — have unlocked new career paths and growth opportunities for countless employees. They have also helped establish PNC as an employer of choice in an increasingly competitive labor market — and earned us national recognition. In November 2023, PNC ranked #4 out of 396 public companies — and #1 in both Financial Services and Banking categories — in the American Opportunity Index. Based on an independent analysis of real employee career trajectories over time, the American Opportunity Index measures how well large public companies invest in their human talent to drive business performance and individual employee growth. PNC’s top placement in the American Opportunity Index reflects the many ways in which we show up for our employees — so that they, in turn, can show up for our customers, communities and shareholders. A Workplace for All We serve an increasingly diverse group of individuals, families and businesses across the country. In order to do so effectively, and win in the marketplace, we must seek and retain talented employees with the relevant experiences, skills and perspectives to best support them. This is a business imperative, and we work every day to foster an accessible and inclusive workplace where all employees — and customers — can feel welcomed, valued and respected. Core to this effort is our network of Employee Business Resource Groups (EBRGs). With more than 100 chapters across the organization, our EBRGs help bring together employees who share common goals or experiences — including Black & African American, Asian-American, veteran, multicultural, LGBTQ+, and employees with disabilities — and all others who support and want to engage with the groups. THE OPPORTUNITIES AHEAD PNC navigated well the challenging market conditions and industry uncertainty of 2023. We delivered for our customers and our stakeholders. We generated strong financial results. And we entered this year with perhaps the most attractive opportunity set I have seen in more than two decades at the company. Building on our strengths, we are well-positioned to forge new relationships, grow our businesses and gain market share across our franchise. At the same time, we expect that our company will help drive — and benefit from — the ongoing evolution of our industry. In the meantime, we’ll remain relentlessly focused on execution. And we’ll continue to show up every day to help our customers move another step forward. Thank you for your support of our company.

NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS For additional non-GAAP reconciliations, including net interest margin and tangible book value, see the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of the accompanying 2023 Form 10-K. Core Noninterest Expense (non-GAAP) Efficiency Ratio — as adjusted (non-GAAP) Adjusted Operating Leverage (non-GAAP) YEAR ENDED December 31, December 31, December 31, 12/31/23 12/31/22 Dollars in millions 2023 2022 2021 vs 12/31/22 vs 12/31/21 Noninterest expense $ 14,012 $ 13,170 $ 13,002 6.39 % 1.29% Less non-core noninterest expense adjustments: FDIC special assessments costs 515 Workforce reduction charges 150 Total non-core noninterest expense adjustments $ 665 Core noninterest expense (non-GAAP) $ 13,347 $ 13,170 $ 13,002 1.34 % 1.29% Total revenue $ 21,490 $ 21,120 $ 19,211 1.75 % 9.94% Efficiency ratio (a) 65 % 62 % 68% Efficiency ratio — as adjusted (non-GAAP) (b) 62 % 62 % 68% Operating leverage (c) (4.64 %) 8.65 % Adjusted operating leverage (non-GAAP) (d) 0.41 % 8.65 % (a) Calculated as noninterest expense divided by total revenue. (b) Calculated as core noninterest expense divided by total revenue. (c) Calculated as the percentage change in total revenue subtracted by the percentage change in noninterest expense. (d) Calculated as the percentage change in total revenue subtracted by the percentage change in core noninterest expense Core noninterest expense is a non-GAAP measure calculated based on noninterest expense less costs related to the FDIC special assessment as well as restructuring expenses incurred as part of the workforce reduction executed in the fourth quarter of 2023. We believe this non-GAAP measure to be a useful tool for comparison of operating expenses incurred during the normal course of business. Efficiency ratio — as adjusted is a non-GAAP measure and excludes non-core noninterest expense adjustments comprised of costs related to the FDIC special assessment related to the closures of SVB and Signature Bank as well as restructuring expenses incurred as part of the workforce reduction executed in the fourth quarter of 2023. It is calculated based on adjusting the efficiency ratio calculation to use core noninterest expense which excludes the non-core noninterest expense adjustments. We believe that this non-GAAP measure is a useful tool for the purpose of evaluating PNC’s results. The exclusion of FDIC special assessment costs and workforce reduction charges increases comparability across periods, demonstrates the impact of significant items and provides a useful measure for determining PNC’s expenses that are core to our business operations and expected to recur over time. Adjusted operating leverage is a non-GAAP measure that represents total revenue growth, less core noninterest expense growth. We believe this non-GAAP measure serves as a useful tool in understanding PNC’s results by providing greater comparability between periods, as well as demonstrating the effect of significant items. 2023 ANNUAL REPORT • THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP | 11

NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS (continued) Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings (non-GAAP) Adjusted Pretax Pre-Provision Earnings (non-GAAP) YEAR ENDED December 31, December 31, December 31, Dollars in millions 2023 2022 2021 Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests $ 6,736 $ 7,473 $ 6,988 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 742 477 (779) Pretax pre-provision earnings (non-GAAP) $ 7,478 $ 7,950 $ 6,209 Total non-core noninterest expense adjustments 665 Adjusted pretax pre-provision earnings (non-GAAP) $ 8,143 $ 7,950 $ 6,209 Pretax pre-provision earnings is a non-GAAP measure and is based on adjusting income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests to exclude provision for (recapture of) credit losses. We believe that pretax, pre-provision earnings is a useful tool to help evaluate the ability to provide for credit costs through operations and provides an additional basis to compare results between periods by isolating the impact of provision for (recapture of) credit losses, which can vary significantly between periods. Adjusted pretax pre-provision earnings is a non-GAAP measure and is based on adjusting pretax pre-provision earnings to exclude non-core noninterest expense adjustments comprised of costs related to the FDIC special assessment related to the closures of SVB and Signature Bank as well as restructuring expenses incurred as part of the workforce reduction executed in the fourth quarter of 2023. We believe that this non-GAAP measure is a useful tool in understanding PNC’s results by providing greater comparability between periods, as well as demonstrating the effect of significant items. Diluted Earnings per Common Share — as adjusted (non-GAAP) YEAR ENDED December 31, Per Common Dollars in millions, except per share data 2023 Share Net income attributable to common shareholders $ 5,153 - Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares (27 ) Net income attributable to diluted common shareholders $ 5,126 $12.79 Total non-core noninterest expense adjustments after tax (a) 525 1.31 Net income attributable to diluted common shareholders — as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 5,651 $ 14.10 Average diluted common shares outstanding (in millions) 401 (a) Statutory tax rate of 21% used to calculate impacts. Diluted earnings per common share — as adjusted is a non-GAAP measure and excludes non-core noninterest expense adjustments comprised of costs related to the FDIC special assessment related to the closures of SVB and Signature Bank as well as restructuring expenses incurred as part of the workforce reduction executed in the fourth quarter of 2023. It is calculated based on adjusting net income attributable to diluted common shareholders by removing post-tax non-core noninterest expense adjustments in the period. We believe this non-GAAP measure serves as a useful tool in understanding PNC’s results by providing greater comparability between periods, as well as demonstrating the effect of significant items. 12 | FROM THE CEO | MARCH 1, 2024

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 or ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-09718 THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Pennsylvania 25-1435979 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) The Tower at PNC Plaza, 300 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2401 (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code - (888) 762-2265 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Trading Symbol(s) Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered Common Stock, par value $5.00 PNC New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock - Series B, par value $1.00 Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by nonaffiliates on June 30, 2023, determined using the per share closing price on that date on the New York Stock Exchange of $125.95, was approximately $50.0 billion. There is no non-voting common equity of the registrant outstanding. Number of shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding at February 2, 2024: 397,808,112 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders (Proxy Statement) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Cross-Reference Index to 2023 Form 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS Page PART I Item 1 Business 1 Item 1A Risk Factors 16 Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments 31 Item 1C Cybersecurity 31 Item 2 Properties 33 Item 3 Legal Proceedings 33 Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures 33 Information about our Executive Officers 33 PART II Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 35 Common Stock Performance Graph 36 Item 6 Reserved 37 Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) 37 Executive Summary 37 Consolidated Income Statement Review 42 Consolidated Balance Sheet Review 45 Business Segments Review 48 Risk Management 56 Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments 79 Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information 83 Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 84 Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 84 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 85 Consolidated Income Statement 87 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 88 Consolidated Balance Sheet 89 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 90 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 91 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 93 Note 1 Accounting Policies 93 Note 2 Investment Securities 110 Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses 113 Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities 126

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Cross-Reference Index to 2023 Form 10-K (continued) TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Page Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. (continued) Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights 129 Note 6 Leases 132 Note 7 Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 133 Note 8 Time Deposits 134 Note 9 Borrowed Funds 134 Note 10 Commitments 136 Note 11 Equity 137 Note 12 Other Comprehensive Income 140 Note 13 Earnings Per Share 141 Note 14 Fair Value 141 Note 15 Financial Derivatives 154 Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans 160 Note 17 Stock Based Compensation Plans 166 Note 18 Income Taxes 167 Note 19 Regulatory Matters 169 Note 20 Legal Proceedings 170 Note 21 Parent Company 174 Note 22 Segment Reporting 175 Note 23 Fee-based Revenue from Contracts with Customers 177 Note 24 Subsequent Events 181 Statistical Information (Unaudited) 182 Glossary 186 Defined Terms 186 Acronyms 190 Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 190 Item 9A Controls and Procedures 190 Item 9B Other Information 191 PART III Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 191 Item 11 Executive Compensation 191 Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 192 Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 192 Item 14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services 192 PART IV Item 15 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 193 Item 16 Form 10-K Summary 198 SIGNATURES 199

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Cross-Reference Index to 2023 Form 10-K (continued) MD&A TABLE REFERENCE Table Description Page 1 Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios 39 2 Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios 39 3 Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income 42 4 Noninterest Income 43 5 Noninterest Expense 44 6 Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses 44 7 Summarized Balance Sheet Data 45 8 Loans 46 9 Investment Securities 46 10 Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities 47 11 Details of Funding Sources 47 12 Retail Banking Table 49 13 Corporate & Institutional Banking Table 52 14 Asset Management Group Table 55 15 Details of Loans 60 16 Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry 61 17 Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type 62 18 Residential Real Estate Statistics 63 19 Home Equity Loan Statistics 64 20 Auto Loan Statistics 64 21 Nonperforming Assets by Type 65 22 Change in Nonperforming Assets 65 23 Accruing Loans Past Due 66 24 Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class 68 25 Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries 69 26 Senior and Subordinated Debt 70 27 Primary Contingent Liquidity Sources 71 28 Parent Company Notes Issued 72 29 Credit Ratings for PNC and PNC Bank 73 30 Basel III Capital 74 31 Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis 75 32 Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Analysis 76 33 Equity Investments Summary 77 34 Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios 80

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Cross-Reference Index to 2023 Form 10-K (continued) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE Table Description Page 35 Investment Securities Summary 110 36 Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale Without an Allowance for Credit Losses 111 37 Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale 111 38 Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities 112 39 Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral 112 40 Analysis of Loan Portfolio 114 41 Nonperforming Assets 115 42 Commercial Credit Quality Indicators 117 43 Credit Quality Indicators for Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Loan Classes 119 44 Credit Quality Indicators for Automobile, Credit Card, Education and Other Consumer Loan Classes 121 45 Loan Modifications Granted to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty 123 46 Financial Effect of FDMs 123 47 Delinquency Status of FDMs 124 48 Subsequently Defaulted FDMs 124 49 Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type 125 50 Rollforward of Allowance for Credit Losses 125 51 Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities 127 52 Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others 127 53 Non-Consolidated VIEs 128 54 Goodwill by Business Segment 129 55 Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights 130 56 Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights 130 57 Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions 131 58 Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions 131 59 Lessor Income 132 60 Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases 132 61 Future Minimum Lessor Receivable Arrangements 132 62 Operating Lease Costs and Cash Flows 133 63 Operating Lease Assets and Liabilities 133 64 Operating Lease Term and Discount Rates of Lessee Arrangements 133 65 Future Lease Payments for Operating Lease Liability Arrangements 133 66 Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 133 67 Depreciation and Amortization Expense 134 68 Time Deposits 134 69 Borrowed Funds 134 70 FHLB Borrowings, Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt 135 71 Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments 136 72 Preferred Stock - Authorized, Issued and Outstanding 137 73 Terms of Outstanding Preferred Stock 138

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Cross-Reference Index to 2023 Form 10-K (continued) NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE REFERENCE (Continued) Table Description Page 74 Dividends Per Share 139 75 Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 140 76 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components 140 77 Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 141 78 Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Basis Summary 145 79 Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities 146 80 Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Quantitative Information 148 81 Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring 150 82 Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances 151 83 Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value 151 84 Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments 153 85 Total Gross Derivatives 154 86 Gains (Losses) Recognized on Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges in the Consolidated Income Statement 156 87 Hedged Items - Fair Value Hedges 156 88 Risk Participation Agreements 157 89 Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated for Hedging 158 90 Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting 159 91 Credit-Risk Contingent Features 160 92 Reconciliation of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation and Change in Plan Assets 161 93 Asset Strategy Allocations 162 94 Pension Plan Valuation Methodologies 163 95 Pension Plan Assets - Fair Value Hierarchy 163 96 Estimated Cash Flows 164 97 Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost 164 98 Net Periodic Costs - Assumptions 165 99 Other Pension Assumptions 165 100 Nonvested Performance Share Unit Awards and Restricted Share Unit Awards - Rollforward 166 101 Components of Income Tax Expense 167 102 Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 167 103 Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates 167 104 Net Operating Loss Carryforwards 168 105 Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits 168 106 IRS Tax Examination Status 168 107 Basel Regulatory Capital 169 108 Parent Company - Income Statement 174 109 Parent Company - Balance Sheet 174 110 Parent Company - Interest Paid and Income Tax Refunds (Payments) 175 111 Parent Company - Statement of Cash Flows 175 112 Results of Businesses 177 113 Noninterest Income by Business Segment and Reconciliation to Consolidated Noninterest Income 178

PART I Forward-Looking Statements: From time to time, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. has made and may continue to make written or oral forward-looking statements regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations or the impact of legal, regulatory or supervisory matters on our business operations or performance, including our sustainability strategy. This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report” or “Form 10-K”) includes such forward-looking statements. With respect to all such forward-looking statements, you should review our Risk Factors discussion in Item 1A, our Risk Management, Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments, and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward- Looking Information sections included in Item 7, and Note 20 Legal Proceedings. In this Report, “PNC,” “we,” “us,” “the Company” or “the Corporation” refers to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (except when referring to PNC as a public company, its common stock or other securities issued by PNC, which just refer to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.). References to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. or to any of its subsidiaries are specifically made where applicable. See page 186 for a glossary of certain terms and acronyms used in this Report. ITEM 1 – BUSINESS Business Overview Headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, we are one of the largest diversified financial institutions in the U.S. We have businesses engaged in retail banking, including residential mortgage, corporate and institutional banking and asset management, providing many of our products and services nationally. Our retail branch network is located coast-to-coast. We also have strategic international offices in four countries outside the U.S. At December 31, 2023, our consolidated total assets, total deposits and total shareholders’ equity were $561.6 billion, $421.4 billion and $51.1 billion, respectively. We were incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in 1983 with the consolidation of Pittsburgh National Corporation and Provident National Corporation. Since 1983, we have diversified our geographical presence, business mix and product capabilities through organic growth, strategic bank and non-bank acquisitions and equity investments, and the formation of various non-banking subsidiaries. We offer a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services to serve our customers. See Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional details regarding our products and services. Acquisition of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. On June 1, 2021, PNC acquired BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. (BBVA), a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition. On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results of operations and balance sheets for all periods presented in this Report reflect the benefit of BBVA’s acquired businesses for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021. Presentation of Noninterest Income Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes. Signature Bank Portfolio Acquisition On October 2, 2023, PNC acquired a portfolio of capital commitments facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. through an agreement with the FDIC as receiver of the former Signature Bank, New York. The acquired portfolio represented approximately $16.0 billion in total commitments, including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans, at the time of acquisition. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 1

Subsidiaries Our corporate legal structure at December 31, 2023 consisted of one domestic subsidiary bank, including its subsidiaries, and 54 active non-bank subsidiaries, in addition to various affordable housing investments and historic rehabilitation investments. Our bank subsidiary is PNC Bank, a national bank chartered in Wilmington, Delaware. For additional information on certain of our subsidiaries, see Exhibit 21 to this Report. Statistical Disclosure By Bank Holding Companies The following statistical information is included on the indicated pages of this Report and is incorporated herein by reference: Form 10-K page Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis 182 Analysis of Year-To-Year Changes in Net Interest Income 183 Maturities and Weighted-Average Yield of Securities 112 and 182 Selected Loan Maturities and Interest Sensitivity 185 Credit Ratios 65, 68 and 69 Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses 68 Average Amount and Average Rate Paid on Deposits 182 Uninsured Deposits and Time Deposits 185 Supervision and Regulation The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is a BHC registered under the BHC Act and a financial holding company under the GLB Act. PNC primarily conducts its business through its domestic bank subsidiary, PNC Bank, a national banking association chartered and located in Wilmington, Delaware. We are subject to numerous governmental regulations, some of which are highlighted below. See Note 19 Regulatory Matters for additional information regarding our regulatory matters. Applicable laws and regulations restrict our permissible activities and investments, impose conditions and requirements on the products and services we offer and the manner in which they are offered and sold, and require compliance with protections for loan, deposit, brokerage, fiduciary, investment management and other customers, among other things. They also restrict our ability to repurchase stock or pay dividends, or to receive dividends from our bank subsidiary, and impose capital adequacy and liquidity requirements. The consequences of noncompliance with these, or other applicable laws or regulations, can include substantial monetary and nonmonetary sanctions. See the additional information included as Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Report discussing the impact of financial regulatory initiatives on the regulatory environment for us and the financial services industry. In addition, we are subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by many regulatory bodies, including the Federal Reserve and the OCC. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory policies of the agency, but also capital levels, asset quality, risk management effectiveness, the ability and performance of management and the Board of Directors, the effectiveness of internal controls and internal audit function, earnings, liquidity and various other factors. The results of examination activity by any of our federal bank regulators potentially can result in the imposition of significant limitations on our activities and growth. These regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity and take enforcement action, including the imposition of substantial monetary penalties and nonmonetary requirements, against a regulated entity where the relevant agency determines, among other things, that the operations of the regulated entity or any of its subsidiaries fail to comply with applicable law or regulations, are conducted in an unsafe or unsound manner, or represent an unfair or deceptive act or practice. This supervisory framework, including the examination reports and supervisory ratings (which are not publicly available) of the agencies, could materially impact the conduct, growth and profitability of our operations. The CFPB is responsible for examining us for compliance with most federal consumer financial protection laws, including the laws relating to fair lending and prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with the offer, sale or provision of consumer financial products or services, and for enforcing such laws with respect to PNC Bank and its affiliates. The results of the CFPB’s examinations (which are not publicly available) also can result in restrictions or limitations on the operations of a regulated entity as well as enforcement actions against a regulated entity, including the imposition of substantial monetary penalties and nonmonetary requirements. 2 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We also are subject to regulation by the SEC by virtue of our status as a public company and by the SEC and the CFTC due to the nature of some of our businesses. Our businesses with operations outside the U.S. also are subject to regulation by appropriate authorities in the foreign jurisdictions in which they do business. As a regulated financial services firm, our relationships and good standing with regulators are of fundamental importance to the operation and growth of our businesses. The Federal Reserve, OCC, CFPB, SEC, CFTC and other domestic and foreign regulators have broad enforcement powers, and certain of the regulators have the power to approve, deny, or refuse to act upon our applications or notices to conduct new activities, acquire or divest businesses, assets or deposits, expand our operations geographically or reconfigure existing operations. Among the areas that have been receiving a high level of regulatory focus are compliance with the BSA/AML laws, capital and liquidity management (including contingency, recovery, and resolution planning), the structure and effectiveness of enterprise risk management frameworks (including for climate-related risks), the protection of confidential customer information, cybersecurity, the oversight of arrangements with third-party vendors and suppliers, use of unapproved messaging applications by employees in regulated entities, and compliance with fair lending and other consumer protection laws and regulations, including those governing retail sales practices, fee disclosures, unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, collection practices, and protections for military service members. The profitability of our businesses also is affected by rules and regulations that impact the business and financial sectors in general, including laws governing taxation, antitrust regulation, electronic commerce, data security and privacy. There are numerous rules governing the regulation of financial services institutions and their holding companies. Accordingly, the following discussion is general in nature and does not purport to be complete or to describe all of the laws, regulations and policies that apply to us. To a substantial extent, the purpose of the regulation and supervision of financial services institutions and their holding companies is not to protect our shareholders and our non-customer creditors, but rather to protect our customers (including depositors), the financial markets and financial system in general. Banking Regulation and Supervision Regulatory Capital Requirements, Stress Testing and Capital Planning. PNC and PNC Bank are subject to the regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. The foundation of the agencies’ regulatory capital rules is the international regulatory capital framework developed by the Basel Committee, the international body responsible for developing global regulatory standards for banking organizations for consideration and adoption by national jurisdictions. The regulatory capital rules establish minimum requirements for the ratio of a banking organization’s regulatory capital to its risk-weighted assets, referred to as risk-based capital requirements, as well as for the ratio of its regulatory capital to measures of assets and other exposures, referred to as leverage capital requirements. The agencies’ regulatory capital rules have undergone significant change since 2013, when the agencies adopted final rules to implement the Basel Committee’s international regulatory capital framework, known as “Basel III”, as well as certain provisions of Dodd-Frank. On July 27, 2023, and as described in more detail below, the Federal Reserve, OCC, and FDIC proposed for public comment an interagency rule to implement the final components of the Basel III framework that would significantly revise the capital requirements for large banking organizations, including PNC and PNC Bank. The federal banking agencies currently tailor the application of their capital, liquidity and enhanced prudential requirements for banking organizations to the asset size and risk profile (as measured by certain regulatory metrics) of the banking organization. The agencies’ capital and liquidity rules classify all BHCs with $100 billion or more in total assets into one of four categories (Category I, Category II, Category III and Category IV), with the most stringent capital and liquidity requirements applying to Category I firms and the least restrictive requirements applying to Category IV firms. The classification of any bank subsidiary of a BHC generally follows that of its parent BHC. PNC and PNC Bank currently are Category III firms because PNC (i) has more than $250 billion, but less than $700 billion, in consolidated total assets, (ii) is not designated as a GSIB, and (iii) has less than $75 billion in cross-jurisdictional activity. Under current rules, any of these no longer being the case, PNC and PNC Bank would become a Category I or II institution, and subject to more stringent capital and liquidity standards. As of December 31, 2023, PNC had cross-jurisdictional activities for these purposes of $21.3 billion. Some of the benefits of tailored application of capital, liquidity, and enhanced prudential requirements under current rules may be reversed if the agencies adopt, as proposed, certain rules issued in 2023 for comment as described further below. The regulatory capital rules generally divide regulatory capital into three components: CET1 capital, additional Tier 1 capital (which, together with CET1 capital, comprises Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. CET1 capital is generally common stock, retained earnings, and qualifying minority interests less required deductions. As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available for sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock and qualifying minority interests, less required deductions. Tier 2 capital generally comprises qualifying subordinated debt and, subject to certain quantitative limits, ACL, less any required deductions from Tier 2 capital. The regulatory capital rules limit the extent to which minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries may be included in regulatory capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 3

Under the current regulatory capital rules, PNC and PNC Bank must deduct investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, MSRs and deferred tax assets (in each case, net of associated deferred tax liabilities) from CET1 capital to the extent such categories individually exceed 25% of the institution’s adjusted CET1 capital. As of December 31, 2023, PNC and PNC Bank’s investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, MSRs and deferred tax assets did not exceed this threshold. The agencies’ capital rules permit banking organizations that were subject to CECL during 2020 to delay CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital. PNC elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on CET1 capital through December 31, 2021, followed by a three- year transition period. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital is defined as the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for more detail on CECL and the ACL. PNC and PNC Bank are required to use the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating the risk-based capital ratios. The standardized approach for risk-weighted assets takes into account credit and market risk. To calculate risk-weighted assets under the standardized approach for credit risk, the nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are generally multiplied by risk weights set forth in the rules, with the risk weights increasing as the perceived credit risk of the relevant asset or exposure increases. For certain types of exposures, such as securitization exposures, the standardized approach establishes one or more methodologies that are to be used to calculate the risk-weighted asset amount for the exposure. High volatility commercial real estate, past due, and equity exposures, as well as MSRs and deferred tax assets that are not deducted from capital, are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures. Under the market risk capital rule, risk-weighted asset amounts for covered trading positions are determined based on the calculation of VaR (including stressed VaR), specific risk, incremental risk and comprehensive risk amounts, as specified in the capital rules. We refer to the capital ratios calculated using the definition of capital under the agencies’ Basel III capital rules and, for the risk-based ratios, standardized risk-weighted assets, as our Basel III regulatory capital ratios. The risk-based capital rules establish certain minimum standards for the capital ratios of banking organizations, including PNC and PNC Bank. Banking organizations must maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, and a Total capital ratio of 8.0%, in each case in relation to risk-weighted assets, to be considered “adequately capitalized.” BHCs subject to the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process, such as PNC, are subject to a CET1 SCB. The SCB is calculated based on the difference between a firm’s starting and minimum CET1 ratio (as projected by the Federal Reserve) in the supervisory severely adverse scenario during the CCAR process, plus four quarters of the organization’s planned common stock dividends (expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets), subject to a floor of 2.5%. Based on PNC’s performance under the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress tests as part of CCAR 2023, PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. While PNC Bank is not subject to a SCB, PNC Bank is required to maintain a capital conservation buffer in the form of CET1 equal to a fixed 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. PNC and PNC Bank must maintain risk-based capital above the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements plus its SCB (in the case of PNC) or capital conservation buffer (in the case of PNC Bank) in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including paying dividends and executing repurchases or redemptions of any Tier 1 capital instrument, such as common and qualifying preferred stock, and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments. As a result, to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments, PNC and PNC Bank must maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 7.0%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%, and a Total capital ratio of at least 10.5%. In addition, while a firm’s SCB is typically determined as part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR process, the Federal Reserve has the right to conduct supervisory stress tests, require a firm to submit a revised capital plan and calculate a firm’s SCB more frequently. BHCs subject to a SCB, such as PNC, generally may increase their capital distributions without seeking prior Federal Reserve approval, provided the BHC otherwise complies with its SCB and any other applicable capital or capital distribution requirements. For Category III banking organizations (such as PNC and PNC Bank), the Federal Reserve and OCC can supplement these higher SCB or capital conservation buffer levels above the regulatory minimums by a countercyclical capital buffer of up to an additional 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. This buffer, which must be held in the form of CET1 capital, is currently set at zero in the U.S. A Federal Reserve policy statement establishes the framework and factors the Federal Reserve would use in setting and adjusting the amount of the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer. Covered banking organizations would generally have 12 months after the announcement of any increase in the countercyclical capital buffer to meet the increased buffer requirement, unless the Federal Reserve establishes an earlier effective date. The regulatory capital rules also require that banking organizations maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital as compared to average consolidated assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, and require Category III banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital as compared to total leverage exposure, referred to as the supplementary leverage ratio. Total leverage exposure takes into account on-balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and 4 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

potential future exposure under derivative contracts. Banking organizations are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4.0%, and Category III banking organizations must maintain a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3.0%. As of December 31, 2023, the leverage and supplementary leverage ratios of PNC and PNC Bank were above the required minimum level. PNC and PNC Bank are not currently subject to the additional CET1 capital surcharge, minimum long-term debt requirement, minimum total loss-absorbing capacity or enhanced supplementary leverage ratio requirements that apply to U.S. GSIBs. However, it is possible that the agencies may apply one or more of these requirements in the future to additional BHCs or insured depository institutions like PNC and PNC Bank. In August 2023, the federal banking agencies proposed rules that would require Category II, III, and IV bank holding companies and banks to issue and maintain minimum amounts of long-term debt that satisfy certain requirements. Additionally, Category II, III, and IV bank holding companies would be subject to “clean holding company” requirements, which would prohibit such companies from entering into certain financial arrangements and cap certain liabilities. PNC, as a Category III holding company, and PNC Bank would be subject to the rules and would have a three-year phase-in period after any final rule to achieve compliance with the long-term debt requirements. If the long-term debt rules were finalized in their current form, we would expect to achieve compliance through normal course funding. Failure to meet applicable capital requirements could subject a banking organization to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal banking agencies, including limitations on capital distributions, the issuance of a capital directive to increase capital and, in severe cases, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and the appointment of a conservator or receiver. In some cases, the extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in question is considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” The thresholds at which an insured depository institution is considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized” are based on (i) the institution’s CET1, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios; (ii) the institution’s leverage ratio; and (iii) for the definitions of “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized”, the institution’s supplementary leverage ratio (if applicable). Generally, the smaller an institution’s capital base in relation to its risk-weighted or total assets, the greater the scope and severity of the agencies’ powers. Business activities may also be affected by an institution’s capital classification. For example, PNC and PNC Bank must remain “well capitalized” for PNC to continue to take advantage of financial holding company status as described below. At December 31, 2023, PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the required ratios for classification as “well capitalized.” For additional discussion of capital adequacy requirements, including the levels of capital required to be considered “well capitalized,” see the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report and Note 19 Regulatory Matters. The federal banking agencies issued a proposed rule in July 2023 to implement the final components of the Basel III framework. The rule generally would align the regulatory capital elements and required deductions for Category III banking organizations, such as PNC and PNC Bank, with those currently applicable to Category I and II banking organizations and apply a new expanded risk-based approach for calculating risk-weighted assets (the “expanded risk-based approach”). Among other impacts, PNC and PNC Bank would be required to recognize most elements of AOCI in regulatory capital and deduct from CET1 capital, among other items, MSRs, deferred tax assets, and investments in unconsolidated financial institutions that individually exceed 10% of CET1 capital or in the aggregate with other threshold items that exceed 15% of CET1 capital. The new expanded risk-based approach to calculating risk- weighted assets would apply more granular and standardized risk-weighting methodologies for credit, operational, market, equity and credit valuation adjustment risks. PNC and PNC Bank would be required to calculate their risk-based capital ratios under the existing standardized approach and the expanded risk-based approach and would be subject to the lower of the two resulting ratios for their risk-based capital minimum and buffer requirements, including the SCB. The proposal indicates the effective date of the final rule would be July 1, 2025, with certain provisions having a three-year phase-in period, including the recognition of AOCI elements in regulatory capital and the increase in risk-weighted assets due to the expanded risk-based approach. Based on our December 31, 2023 balance sheet, PNC and PNC Bank expect to remain above the current minimum capital and buffer requirements if the proposal were finalized in its current form. In addition to regulatory capital requirements, we are subject to the Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule, capital stress testing requirements and CCAR process, as well as the DFAST requirements of the Federal Reserve and the OCC. As part of the CCAR process, the Federal Reserve undertakes a supervisory assessment of the capital planning process of BHCs, including PNC, that have $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. For us, this capital planning assessment is based on a review of a comprehensive capital plan submitted to the Federal Reserve that describes the Company’s planned capital actions, such as plans to pay or increase common stock dividends, engage in common stock repurchase programs, or issue or redeem preferred stock or other regulatory capital instruments during a nine quarter review period, as well as the results of stress tests conducted by both the company and the Federal Reserve under different hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios, including a supervisory severely adverse scenario provided by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve’s capital plan rule provides that a BHC must resubmit a new capital The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 5

plan prior to the next annual submission date if, among other things, there has been or will be a material change in the BHC’s risk profile, financial condition or corporate structure since its last capital plan submission. In evaluating PNC’s capital plan, the Federal Reserve also considers a number of qualitative factors. In assessing a BHC’s capital planning and stress testing processes, the Federal Reserve considers whether the BHC has sound and effective governance to oversee these processes. The Federal Reserve’s evaluation focuses on whether a BHC’s capital planning and stress testing processes are supported by a strong risk management framework to identify, measure and assess material risks and that provides a strong foundation to capital planning. The Federal Reserve also considers the comprehensiveness of a BHC’s control framework and evaluates a BHC’s policy guidelines for capital planning and assessing capital adequacy. A BHC’s stress testing scenario design processes and approaches for estimating the impact of stress on its capital position, including stress testing models and non-model qualitative approaches, may be reviewed to ensure that projections reflect the impact of appropriately stressful conditions, as well as risks idiosyncratic to the BHC, on its capital position. Significant deficiencies in a BHC’s capital planning and stress testing processes may result in supervisory directives that require the firm to address the identified deficiencies and, potentially, a downgrade in the BHC’s supervisory capital positions and planning rating. In connection with the 2024 CCAR exercise, we must file our capital plan and stress testing results using financial data as of December 31, 2023, with the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2024. In June 2024, we expect to receive PNC’s preliminary SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2024. The Federal Reserve must provide firms their final SCB for this period by August 31, 2024, which would reflect any changes made to the firm’s planned common stock dividends to remain in compliance with the firm’s SCB. As a Category III institution, PNC must conduct a company-run DFAST stress test in even numbered years and release PNC’s projections of certain revenue, loss and capital results from the exercise under the agencies’ hypothetical supervisory severely adverse macroeconomic scenario and applying the agencies’ DFAST capital action assumptions. As part of the DFAST and annual CCAR processes, the Federal Reserve releases certain revenue, loss and capital results for each participating firm from its supervisory stress testing exercises. Regulatory Liquidity Standards and Liquidity Risk Management Requirements. The Basel Committee’s Basel III framework also includes short-term liquidity standards and long-term funding standards, the LCR and NSFR, respectively. The U.S. banking agencies’ LCR rules are designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of cash and high-quality liquid assets to meet estimated net liquidity needs in a short-term stress scenario using liquidity inflow and outflow assumptions prescribed in the rules (net cash outflow). A company’s LCR is the amount of its high-quality liquid assets divided by its net cash outflows, expressed as a percentage, and as calculated under the rules. The regulatory minimum LCR that covered banking organizations are required to maintain is 100%. PNC and PNC Bank are required to calculate the LCR on a daily basis. If either institution’s LCR is below the minimum requirement for three consecutive business days, the institution must promptly provide its regulator with a plan for achieving compliance with the minimum LCR requirement. The NSFR is designed to measure the stability of the maturity structure of assets and liabilities of banking organizations over a one- year time horizon. A covered BHC’s NSFR is the ratio of its available stable funding to its required stable funding amount (as calculated under the rules) over a one-year horizon. The regulatory minimum ratio for all covered banking organizations (expressed as a percentage) is 100%. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the NSFR daily. If either institution’s NSFR falls, or is likely to fall below, the minimum requirement, the institution must provide its regulator with a plan for achieving compliance with the minimum NSFR requirement. As Category III institutions with less than $75 billion in weighted short-term wholesale funding, PNC and PNC Bank are subject to reduced LCR and NSFR requirements, with each company’s LCR net cash outflows and NSFR required stable funding (as calculated under the rules) reduced by 15%, thereby reducing the amount of high-quality liquid assets or available stable funding each institution must hold to meet the LCR and NSFR minimum requirements, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, PNC had weighted short-term wholesale funding for these purposes of $33.1 billion. The Federal Reserve requires large BHCs, including PNC, to publicly disclose certain quantitative and qualitative measures of their LCR- and NSFR-related liquidity profile. These disclosures include major components used to calculate the LCR and NSFR (e.g., high-quality liquid assets, cash outflows and inflows for the LCR, and available stable funding and required stable funding for the NSFR, at the consolidated parent company), and a qualitative discussion of the BHC’s LCR and NSFR results, including, among other things, key drivers of the results, composition of high-quality liquid assets and available stable funding, and concentration of funding sources. 6 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Additionally, as a Category III institution, PNC also must, among other things, conduct internal liquidity stress tests over a range of time horizons, maintain a buffer of highly liquid assets sufficient to meet projected net cash outflows under the BHC’s 30-day liquidity stress test and maintain a contingency funding plan that meets certain requirements. For additional discussion of regulatory liquidity requirements, refer to the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report. Source of Parent Company Liquidity and Dividends. The principal source of our liquidity at the parent company level is dividends and other capital distributions from PNC Bank. PNC Bank is subject to various restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to PNC Bancorp, Inc., its direct parent, which is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. PNC Bank also is subject to federal laws limiting extensions of credit to its parent holding company and non-bank affiliates as discussed in Note 19 Regulatory Matters. Further information on bank level liquidity and parent company liquidity is also available in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report. Federal Reserve rules provide that a BHC is expected to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support such banks if necessary. Dodd-Frank requires that the Federal Reserve jointly adopt new rules with the OCC and the FDIC to implement this source of strength requirement. These joint rules have not yet been proposed. Consistent with this source of strength policy for subsidiary banks, the Federal Reserve has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a BHC generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the corporation’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Further, in providing guidance to the large BHCs participating in the CCAR exercise, such as PNC as discussed above, the Federal Reserve has expected capital plans to reflect conservative dividend payout ratios. Enhanced Prudential Requirements. Under Federal Reserve rules, PNC and other BHCs with total consolidated assets of $100 billion or more are subject to various enhanced prudential standards related to liquidity risk management and overall risk management. For PNC, these rules, among other things, establish liquidity stress testing requirements (discussed above), limitations on PNC’s aggregate net credit exposures to any single, unaffiliated company (referred to as SCCL), and certain oversight and governance responsibilities for PNC’s Chief Risk Officer, the Board of Directors, and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Under the Federal Reserve’s SCCL rules, PNC’s aggregate net credit exposure (including exposure resulting from, among other transactions, extensions of credit, repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions, investments in securities and derivative transactions) to any unaffiliated counterparty may not exceed 25% of PNC’s Tier 1 capital. The Federal Reserve may continue to develop the set of enhanced prudential standards that apply to large BHCs in order to further promote the resiliency of such firms and the U.S. financial system. For additional information, see Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report. Additional Powers Under the GLB Act. The GLB Act permits a qualifying BHC, such as PNC, to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in, or affiliate with companies engaging in, a broader range of financial activities than would otherwise be permitted for a BHC. Permitted affiliates include securities underwriters and dealers, insurance companies, insurance agents and companies engaged in other activities that are determined by the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, to be “financial in nature or incidental thereto” or are determined by the Federal Reserve unilaterally to be “complementary” to financial activities. We became a financial holding company in 2000. A BHC qualifies to become a financial holding company if the BHC and its subsidiary depository institutions are “well capitalized” and “well managed” and its subsidiary depository institutions have a rating under the CRA of “Satisfactory” or better. Among other activities, we currently rely on our status as a financial holding company to conduct merchant banking activities and securities underwriting and dealing activities. As subsidiaries of a financial holding company under the GLB Act, our non-bank subsidiaries are generally allowed to conduct new financial activities, and we generally are permitted to acquire non-bank financial companies that have less than $10 billion in assets, with after-the-fact notice to the Federal Reserve. In addition, the GLB Act permits qualifying national banks to engage in expanded activities through a “financial subsidiary.” PNC Bank has filed a financial subsidiary certification with the OCC and currently engages in insurance agency activities through financial subsidiaries. PNC Bank may also generally engage through a financial subsidiary in any activity that is determined to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve (other than insurance underwriting activities, insurance company investment activities and merchant banking). In order to establish a financial subsidiary, a national bank and each of its depository institution affiliates must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” and the national bank and each of its depository institution affiliates must have a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” or better. If a financial holding company or a national bank with a financial subsidiary fails to continue to meet the applicable “well capitalized” or “well managed” criteria, the financial holding company or national bank must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve or the OCC, respectively, that, among other things, identifies how the capital or management deficiencies will be corrected. Until such The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 7

deficiencies are corrected, the relevant agency may impose limits or conditions on the activities of the company or bank, and the company or bank may not engage in, or acquire a company engaged in, the types of expanded activities only permissible for a financial holding company or financial subsidiary without prior approval of the relevant agency. In addition, a financial holding company generally may not engage in a new financial activity authorized by the GLB Act, or acquire a company engaged in such a new activity, if any of its insured depository institutions receives a CRA rating of less than “Satisfactory.” A national bank’s financial subsidiary generally may not engage in a new financial activity authorized by the GLB Act, or acquire a company engaged in such a new financial activity, if the national bank or any of its insured depository institution affiliates received a CRA rating of less than “Satisfactory.” The CRA and its implementing regulations require the agencies to assess a bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of the communities in which they do business, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. At December 31, 2023, PNC Bank had a rating of “Outstanding” with respect to CRA. On October 24, 2023, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule to amend the regulations implementing the CRA. The rule significantly expands the number of areas in which a bank is evaluated, materially changes the tests used to evaluate the bank in those areas and expands the data a bank must collect and report. The final rule takes effect April 1, 2024, but the majority of its operative provisions are effective January 1, 2026, with the data reporting requirements effective January 1, 2027. We expect the rule will increase PNC Bank’s obligations and compliance costs necessary to achieve a “Satisfactory” or “Outstanding” rating under the CRA. Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule and its implementing regulations prohibit banking entities from engaging in short-term trading as principal and having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds, private equity funds, and certain other private funds (together, “covered funds”), unless an exemption or exception applies. For example, the exemptions under the Volcker Rule allow banking entities to trade as principal for securities underwriting, market making and risk-mitigating hedging purposes, subject to a variety of conditions. PNC and PNC Bank are subject to simplified and tailored compliance program requirements because each entity has trading assets and liabilities of less than $20 billion. Other Federal Reserve and OCC Regulation and Supervision. The federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective action as deemed appropriate based on the actions, operations or risk management programs of a BHC, an insured depository institution or their subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have the ability to take enforcement action against PNC and PNC Bank, respectively, to prevent and remedy acts and practices that the agencies determine to be unfair or deceptive. A finding that we have engaged in a deceptive act or practice may have collateral consequences on our ability to rely on certain exemptions in, or take advantage of certain provisions of, the securities laws absent a government waiver of such restrictions. Moreover, less than satisfactory examination ratings, lower capital or liquidity ratios than peer group institutions, or regulatory concerns regarding management, controls, assets, operations or other factors can all potentially result in practical limitations on the ability of a bank or BHC to engage in new activities, grow, acquire new businesses, make capital distributions or continue to conduct existing activities. Furthermore, the OCC has established certain heightened risk management and governance standards for large banks, including PNC Bank. The guidelines, among other things, establish minimum standards for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework, describe the appropriate risk management roles and responsibilities of front line units, independent risk management, internal audit, and the board of directors, and provide that a covered bank should have a comprehensive written statement that articulates its risk appetite and serves as a basis for the framework. If the OCC determines that a covered national bank is not in compliance with these or other enforceable guidelines (including guidelines relating to information security standards), the OCC may require the bank to submit a corrective action plan and may initiate enforcement action against the bank if an acceptable plan is not submitted or the bank fails to comply with an approved plan. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulation, Regulation W, place quantitative and qualitative restrictions on covered transactions between a bank and its affiliates (for example between PNC Bank, on the one hand, and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its non-bank subsidiaries, on the other hand). In general, Section 23A and Regulation W limit the total amount of covered transactions between a bank and any single affiliate to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, limit the total amount of covered transactions between a bank and all its affiliates to 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, prohibit a bank from purchasing low-quality assets from an affiliate and require certain covered transactions to be secured with prescribed amounts of collateral. Covered transactions include, among other things, extensions of credit, guarantees and purchases of assets. Section 23B generally requires that transactions between a bank and its affiliates be on terms that are at least as favorable to the bank as the terms that would apply in comparable transactions between the bank and a third party. Dodd-Frank amended Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act to include as a covered transaction the credit exposure of a bank to an affiliate arising from a derivative transaction with the affiliate. The Federal Reserve has yet to propose rules to implement these revisions. The Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve regulations also place quantitative limitations and conditions on extensions of credit by a bank to its executive officers, directors, or principal shareholders and their related interests (including any company controlled by such persons). Generally, extensions of credit by a bank to such individuals, companies and related interests must comply with certain individual and aggregate lending limits, as well as procedural and qualitative requirements. As a result of the amount of PNC common stock held by its advised mutual funds and other accounts, the Vanguard Group is considered a principal shareholder of PNC Bank for 8 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

purposes of these regulations. The federal banking agencies have issued an interagency statement addressing the application of these insider lending restrictions to the other portfolio companies owned or controlled by the advised funds and accounts of a fund complex that could be considered a principal shareholder of a bank, which is effective the earlier of January 1, 2025, and the effective date of a final Federal Reserve rule that addresses the treatment of extensions of credit by a bank to fund complex-controlled portfolio companies that are considered insiders of the bank. The statement explains that the federal banking agencies will continue to exercise discretion to not take enforcement action against either a fund complex that is a principal shareholder of a bank, or a bank for which a fund complex is a principal shareholder, with respect to extensions of credit by the bank to the related interests of such fund complex that otherwise would violate the insider lending restrictions, subject to certain conditions. The Federal Reserve is required to establish standards under the statutory provision known as the “Durbin Amendment” for assessing whether the amount of any interchange fee received by a debit card issuer such as PNC Bank is reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer, subject to certain adjustments. The Federal Reserve implemented these standards through Regulation II, which limits the interchange fee an issuer may charge based on three components. On October 25, 2023, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the three components of the interchange fee cap. We expect the proposed rule, if finalized in its current form, would reduce PNC Bank’s interchange fee revenue. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have provided guidance regarding incentive and other elements of compensation provided to executives and other employees at banking organizations they regulate, both as general industry-wide guidance and guidance specific to select larger companies, including PNC. These guidelines are intended to ensure that the incentive compensation practices of covered banking organizations do not encourage excessive risk-taking. Dodd-Frank requires the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the FDIC, the SEC and two other regulatory agencies to adopt regulations governing incentive compensation provided by regulated financial services companies to their executives and other employees. These agencies jointly proposed regulations in 2011 and again in 2016 to implement these requirements. Final regulations have not been adopted. The trust, investment advisory and other fiduciary activities conducted by PNC Bank also are subject to the OCC’s regulations governing the fiduciary activities of national banks, as well as applicable state fiduciary laws. The OCC’s regulations, among other things, set standards for the administration of fiduciary accounts, prohibit or govern potential conflicts of interests and establish recordkeeping requirements for fiduciary accounts. The Federal Reserve’s prior approval is required whenever we propose to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of any bank or BHC, or to merge or consolidate with any other BHC. In reviewing the merger of BHCs, the acquisition of banks or the acquisition of voting securities of a bank or BHC, the factors the Federal Reserve must consider include (i) the competitive effects of the proposal in the relevant geographic markets; (ii) the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the companies and banks involved in the transaction; (iii) the effect of the transaction on the financial stability of the U.S.; (iv) the organizations’ compliance with AML laws and regulations; (v) the convenience and needs of the communities to be served; and (vi) the records of performance under the CRA of the insured depository institutions involved in the transaction. On July 9, 2021, President Biden signed an executive order that, among other things, recommended that the U.S. Department of Justice and federal banking agencies update guidelines on banking mergers to provide more robust scrutiny of mergers. The agencies have not yet published updated guidelines. The Federal Reserve’s prior approval also is required, and similar factors are considered, for a BHC to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a savings association or savings and loan holding company, or to merge or consolidate with a savings and loan holding company. In cases involving interstate bank acquisitions, the Federal Reserve also must consider the concentration of deposits nationwide and in certain individual states. A BHC is generally prohibited from merging or consolidating with, or acquiring, another company or bank if upon consummation the resulting company would control 10% or more of deposits in the U.S. or a state, or if the resulting company’s liabilities would exceed 10% of the aggregate liabilities of the U.S. financial sector (including the U.S. liabilities of foreign financial companies). In extraordinary cases, the FSOC, in conjunction with the Federal Reserve, could order the break-up of financial firms that are deemed to present a grave threat to the financial stability of the U.S. OCC prior approval is required for PNC Bank to acquire another insured bank or savings association by merger or to acquire deposits or substantially all of the assets of such institutions. In deciding whether to approve such a transaction, the OCC is required to consider factors similar to those that must be considered by the Federal Reserve in connection with the acquisition of a bank or BHC. Approval of the OCC and the FDIC is required to merge a non-bank entity into PNC Bank. The Federal Reserve also has issued rules governing when a BHC is presumed to “control” another company for purposes of the BHC Act, thereby causing the company to be considered a subsidiary for purposes of the BHC Act. The rules establish a set of presumptions identifying when a BHC would be deemed to control another company, with the nature and scope of relationships a BHC may have with a non-controlled company (e.g., director or officer representatives, scope of business relationships, etc.) declining as the BHC’s voting ownership percentage in the company increases. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 9

FDIC Insurance and Related Matters. PNC Bank is insured by the FDIC and subject to deposit premium assessments. PNC Bank, as an insured depository institution with over $50 billion in assets and controlled by a BHC with over $500 billion in assets on a consolidated basis, is a “highly complex institution” under the FDIC’s methodology for determining premium assessments. Regulatory matters could increase the cost of FDIC deposit insurance premiums to an insured bank as FDIC deposit insurance premiums are “risk based.” Therefore, higher fee percentages would be charged to banks that have lower capital ratios or higher risk profiles. These risk profiles take into account, among other things, weaknesses that are found by the primary federal banking regulator through its examination and supervision of the bank and the bank’s holdings of assets or liabilities classified as higher risk by the FDIC, including brokered deposits. A negative evaluation by the FDIC or a bank’s primary federal banking regulator could increase the costs to a bank and result in an aggregate cost of deposit funds higher than that of competing banks in a lower risk category. Following the bank failures in March 2023, the FDIC invoked the systemic risk exception to certain resolution-related and Deposit Insurance Fund restrictions in order to fully protect all depositors of the affected institutions, including uninsured deposits. By law, any losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund to support uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception must be recovered by one or more special assessments on insured depository institutions or depository institution holding companies, or both. On November 16, 2023, the FDIC finalized a rule to implement the special assessment. Under the rule, the FDIC will collect from PNC, along with other BHCs and insured depository institutions, special assessments at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points of an institution’s uninsured deposits reported as of December 31, 2022 (adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion), over eight quarterly assessment periods, beginning after the first quarter of 2024. Because the losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund from the systemic risk exception are estimated, the FDIC will periodically adjust the estimate, which could result in extending the special assessment for additional quarters, imposing a final special assessment on a one-time basis if actual losses exceed the amounts collected, or cease collection early if the FDIC has collected enough to recover actual losses. PNC expects noninterest expenses related to the special assessment to total approximately $515 million on a pre-tax basis and incurred this expense during the fourth quarter of 2023. Federal banking laws and regulations also apply a variety of requirements or restrictions on insured depository institutions with respect to brokered deposits. For instance, only a “well capitalized” insured depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. In addition, brokered deposits are generally subject to higher outflow assumptions than other types of deposits for purposes of the LCR. The FDIC has issued rules and guidance for determining whether deposits are considered “brokered.” Resolution and Recovery Planning. BHCs that have $100 billion or more in assets, such as PNC, are required under section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan (including a public summary) that includes, among other things, an analysis of how the company could be resolved in a rapid and orderly fashion if the company were to fail or experience material financial distress. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may jointly impose restrictions on a covered BHC, including additional capital requirements or limitations on growth, if the agencies jointly determine that the company’s plan is not credible or would not facilitate a rapid and orderly resolution of the company under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or other applicable resolution framework), and additionally could require the company to divest assets or take other actions if the company did not submit an acceptable resolution plan within two years after any such restrictions were imposed. PNC generally must file a resolution plan with the Federal Reserve and FDIC at least once each three-year period, with submissions alternating between a full plan and a plan targeted on certain areas or subjects identified by the agencies. The agencies, however, have reserved the ability to alter the scheduled filing date for a covered company, request an interim update before a covered company’s next scheduled filing date and require a covered company to submit a full resolution plan in lieu of a scheduled targeted plan. PNC filed a targeted resolution plan in December 2021 and received feedback from the agencies in December 2022 that did not identify any shortcomings or deficiencies in PNC’s plan. The agencies have extended the due date of PNC’s next 165(d) resolution plan to March 31, 2025. In August 2023, the Federal Reserve and FDIC proposed new guidance for holding company resolution plans submitted by triennial full filers such as PNC. Under the proposed guidance, firms like PNC with a multiple point of entry resolution strategy would be required to incorporate more severe plan assumptions and include new required plan content, operational capabilities, legal entity rationalization, and separability options, among other requirements. Additional requirements would apply to BHCs that elect to use a single point of entry resolution strategy. The FDIC also requires large insured depository institutions, including PNC Bank, to periodically submit a resolution plan (including a public summary) to the FDIC that includes, among other things, an analysis of how the institution could be resolved under the FDI Act in a manner that protects depositors and limits losses or costs to creditors of the bank in accordance with the FDI Act. PNC Bank filed its last resolution plan in December 2022. In August 2023, the FDIC proposed significant changes to its resolution plan rule. Under the proposed rule, banks with $100 billion or more in assets, such as PNC Bank, would be required to submit full resolution plans on a two-year cycle with an interim informational supplement and FDIC supervisory activities and capabilities testing between full submissions. The proposed rule would significantly expand the required content elements and add virtual data room and valuation capabilities as significant components of the resolution planning process. The proposal would divide banks with $100 billion or more in assets into two future groups, with one group of banks required to submit their first full resolution plan under the new rule at least 270 days after the effective date of the final rule, and the other submitting full plans the following year. 10 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

PNC Bank also is subject to OCC guidelines that establish standards for recovery planning. These guidelines require a covered bank to develop and maintain a recovery plan that is evaluated and updated annually that, among other things, identifies a range of options that could be undertaken by the covered bank to restore its financial strength and viability should identified triggering events occur. The recovery plan guidelines are enforceable in the same manner as the other guidelines the OCC has established. CFPB Regulation and Supervision. The CFPB examines PNC and PNC Bank for compliance with a broad range of federal consumer financial laws and regulations, including the laws and regulations that relate to deposit products, credit card, mortgage, automobile, student and other consumer loans, and other consumer financial products and services that we offer. The consumer financial protection laws that are subject to the CFPB’s supervision and enforcement powers include, among others, the Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Debt Collections Practices Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Fair Housing Act. The CFPB also has authority to take enforcement actions to prevent and remedy acts and practices relating to consumer financial products and services that it deems to be unfair, deceptive or abusive, and to impose new disclosure requirements for any consumer financial product or service. The CFPB may issue regulations that impact products and services offered by PNC or PNC Bank. The CFPB has engaged in rulemakings that affect, among other things, credit card late fees, overdraft fees, data collection and reporting requirements for small business lenders such as PNC Bank, and personal financial data rights. Securities and Derivatives Regulation PNC, as a public company, is subject to the Exchange Act’s reporting requirements and related regulations and must file certain reports with the SEC on an ongoing basis. Our registered broker-dealers and investment adviser subsidiaries are subject to the Exchange Act, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, respectively, and related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. These rules, for example, require that broker-dealers and investment advisers act in a customer’s best interest when making investment recommendations to retail customers, which includes managing conflicts of interest, providing required disclosures and exercising a duty of care in making investment recommendations. FINRA is the primary self-regulatory organization for our registered broker- dealer subsidiaries. Our broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries also are subject to additional regulation by states or local jurisdictions. The SEC and FINRA have active enforcement functions that oversee broker-dealers and investment advisers and can bring actions that result in fines, restitution, a limitation on permitted activities, disqualification to continue to conduct certain activities and an inability to rely on certain favorable exemptions. Certain types of infractions and violations also can affect our ability to expeditiously issue new securities into the capital markets. In addition, certain changes in the activities of a broker-dealer require approval from FINRA, and FINRA takes into account a variety of considerations in acting upon applications for such approval, including internal controls, capital levels, management experience and quality, prior enforcement and disciplinary history and supervisory concerns. The CFTC regulates swap dealers, other than security-based swap dealers, which are regulated by the SEC. PNC Bank is registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC. Because of the limited volume of our security-based swap dealing activities, PNC Bank has not registered (and currently does not intend, and is not required, to register) with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer. PNC Bank’s derivatives and foreign exchange businesses are subject to the regulations and requirements imposed on CFTC-registered swap dealers, and the CFTC (and for certain delegated responsibilities, the National Futures Association) has a meaningful supervisory role with respect to PNC Bank’s derivatives and foreign exchange businesses. The CFTC’s regulations are intended to (i) address systemic risk issues, (ii) bring greater transparency to the derivatives and foreign exchange markets, (iii) provide enhanced disclosures and protections to customers and (iv) promote market integrity. Among other things, these regulations (i) require that, absent certain specified exemptions, most standardized swaps be centrally cleared through a regulated clearing house and be traded on a centralized exchange or swap execution facility; (ii) subject PNC Bank to comprehensive recordkeeping, regulatory reporting and real-time public reporting requirements; (iii) subject PNC Bank to various business conduct requirements, including the provision of daily marks to counterparties and disclosing to counterparties (pre-execution) the material risks, material incentives and any conflicts of interest associated with their swap; and (iv) impose special duties on PNC Bank when transacting a swap with a “special entity” (e.g., governmental agency (federal, state or local) or political subdivision thereof, pension plan or endowment). Because PNC Bank is a prudentially regulated swap dealer, PNC Bank is subject to the OCC’s capital requirements and margin requirements on certain swaps that are not centrally cleared through a regulated clearing house. The regulations and requirements applicable to PNC Bank, as a provisionally registered CFTC swap dealer, impose compliance burdens on PNC Bank and introduce additional legal risks (including as a result of applicable anti-fraud and anti-manipulation provisions and private rights of action). In addition, failure to comply with the “pay-to-play” regulations that govern our swap and municipal securities businesses could result in limitations on PNC Bank’s ability to conduct swap and municipal securities business with state or local governments and their authorities. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 11

Regulations of Other Agencies In addition to regulations issued by the federal banking, securities and derivatives regulators, we also are subject to regulations issued by other federal agencies with respect to certain financial products and services we offer. For example, certain of our fiduciary, brokerage and investment management activities are subject to regulations issued by the Department of Labor under ERISA and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Competition We are subject to intense competition from other regulated banking organizations, as well as various other types of financial institutions and non-bank entities that can offer a number of similar products and services without being subject to bank regulatory supervision and restrictions. Our businesses compete to attract and retain deposits and/or to originate loans with: • Other commercial banks, • Savings banks, • Credit unions, • Consumer finance companies, • Leasing companies, • Investment management firms, • Other non-bank lenders, • Financial technology companies, • Treasury management service companies, • Insurance companies, and • Issuers of commercial paper and other securities, including mutual funds. In providing asset management services, our businesses compete with: • Investment management firms, • Large banks and other financial institutions, • Brokerage firms, • Financial technology companies, • Mutual fund complexes, and • Insurance companies. Our various non-bank businesses engaged in investment banking and alternative investment activities compete with: • Commercial banks, • Investment banking firms, • Collateralized loan obligation managers, • Hedge funds, • Mutual fund complexes, • Merchant banks, • Insurance companies, • Private equity firms, and • Other investment vehicles. Competition is based on a number of factors including pricing, product structure, the range of products and services offered and the quality of customer service. Loan pricing, structure and credit standards are extremely important as we seek to achieve appropriate risk-adjusted returns. Deposit-taking activities are also subject to pricing pressures and to customer migration as a result of intense competition for deposits and investments. Competitors may seek to compete with us through traditional channels such as physical locations or through digital channels such as the internet or mobile applications. We include here by reference the additional information regarding competition and factors affecting our competitive position included in Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report. Human Capital We place great importance on having the right people in the right roles, with the right skills, and doing their best work. By focusing on the growth and development of our talented team members, we believe we are best positioned to deliver results for our customers. We believe when our employees deliver for our customers, they deliver for our communities and shareholders as well. PNC devotes substantial resources to managing and developing human capital. Our Board of Directors provides oversight of our human capital management strategies, programs and policies developed by our Chief Human Resources Officer and senior management team and is assisted by our Board’s Nominating and Governance and Human Resources Committees. Our Management 12 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Level Executive Committee assists and makes recommendations to our Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors on human capital matters. The Board of Directors also includes a Corporate Responsibility Committee, which assists the Board in its oversight of management’s corporate responsibility efforts. Additionally, under the leadership of the Chief Corporate Responsibility Officer, PNC operates a corporate responsibility department. The Chief Corporate Responsibility Officer is a member of the Executive Committee, reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors provides formal oversight of PNC’s corporate responsibility strategy and regularly reviews policies, programs and strategies foundational to the work of the corporate responsibility department. Additionally, our Corporate Diversity Council is co-chaired by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Diversity Officer and includes senior leaders from across the organization. The council is responsible for overseeing strategic corporate initiatives that impact the creation and sustainment of an inclusive corporate culture and a talented, diverse workforce. Employees totaled 56,411 at December 31, 2023. This total included 54,813 full-time and 1,598 part-time employees, of which 28,761 full-time and 1,540 part-time employees were employed in our Retail Banking business. Part of PNC’s ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and retain and develop our existing employees. In support of our employees, our human capital strategies include: • Advancing PNC’s talent-focused culture by developing strong leaders who exemplify our Leadership Standards, a set of standards designed to hold managers accountable for intentional inclusion, living our corporate values, enabling change, achieving results and developing the best talent and providing them with the tools and insights to effectively manage our people. • Focusing on the development and retention of diverse, high performing talent and providing employees with opportunities for professional growth, career mobility and health and financial wellness. • Supporting a strong, ethical culture anchored in our corporate values and doing the right thing for our employees, customers, communities and shareholders. • Continuing to focus on improving workforce diversity and creating an equitable and inclusive work place. In managing our employees, we focus on these key factors: • Recruiting, developing and retaining talent. We believe recruiting, developing and retaining talent starts with our leaders, and we measure our managers against our Leadership Standards. Our talent priority is to invest in the development of our internal talent and to provide career advancement opportunities to our employees. We measure how many open requisitions we fill with internal candidates, participation in early career development programs and turnover. At our first-level and above career bands we fill approximately 60% of our open requisitions with internal candidates, which has a direct impact on our ability to retain and develop our people. In addition, we hire approximately 500 interns and 500 full-time development program associates each year from our 11 early career development programs that support each of our lines of business and support areas. • Diversity and inclusion. We focus on attracting, developing and retaining a diverse workforce that reflects and is equipped to meet the needs of our diverse customer base. Based on employee self-disclosure, we measure representation of LGBTQ+, people with disabilities, veterans and women, and across all races and certain ethnicities. The racial, ethnic and gender composition of our workforce, including within executive, senior leader and other managerial roles, is reflected in our EEO-1 reports, which are posted on our website. As of December 31, 2023, PNC’s workforce was approximately 40.2% men and 59.0% women, and 51.8% of PNC’s employees in managerial roles were women. PNC’s workforce was 11.1% Hispanic or Latino, 62.3% White, 14.8% Black or African American, 7.0% Asian, 0.1% Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander, 0.3% American Indian or Alaska Native, and 2.1% two or more races. In managerial roles, PNC’s workforce was 9.0% Hispanic or Latino, 70.9% White, 10.1% Black or African American, 6.6% Asian, 0.1% Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander, 0.2% American Indian or Alaska Native, and 1.5% two or more races. • Total rewards. We are committed to providing competitive compensation and benefits programs as part of our overall strategy to retain and recruit talent. We design our compensation and benefits programs to focus on three key aspects of employee well-being: health, money and quality of life. These programs include competitive base salaries and, depending on eligibility, cash incentive and/or stock-based award opportunities, an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a 401(k) Plan with employer match, a pension plan, healthcare, life insurance and disability benefits, health savings and dependent care flexible spending accounts, paid time off, paid maternity and parental leave, family care resources, flexible work schedules, a robust wellness program with incentives, family building benefits, employee assistance programs and educational assistance, among others. Additionally, we conduct pay equity analyses to determine if employees are being compensated fairly and consistently across roles. • Employee engagement. PNC regularly conducts employee surveys to measure employee engagement because we believe that engaged employees have lower attrition rates and improved customer outcomes. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 13

Climate Change Strategy We recognize that environmental issues, such as climate change, could pose significant financial, legal and reputational risk to PNC. We support the transition to a low-carbon economy by striving to manage our physical footprint in a sustainable manner, incorporating climate-related risk considerations into our ERM framework, integrating responsible investing strategies into our investment and portfolio management practices, and helping clients finance their own sustainability goals. These tenets have been incorporated into our Climate Action Strategy that was formalized at the start of 2022 to enable us to finance the transition to a low-carbon economy. Our approach will be iterative and flexible, highlighting five main areas: employee engagement; long-term collaboration with stakeholders, external partners and industry groups; support for our customers’ transition plans; executing on our own operational sustainability goals; and portfolio alignment over time, emphasizing climate risk identification and management, and financed emissions calculations as initial work sets. Our governance of climate issues seeks to ensure an appropriate balancing of environmental considerations with other organizational priorities as we pursue our purpose of helping all of our stakeholders move forward financially. PNC’s Board oversees climate change-related efforts. Specific internal working groups, engaging with relevant stakeholders within PNC, then carry out these efforts. In addition, we have an established risk management framework that helps identify, assess, monitor and report on environmental risks, including those related to climate change. PNC’s Climate Risk Committee specifically oversees the integration of climate-related risks into the ERM Framework. We assess climate change risks under two distinct categories: transition risks and physical risks. Transition risks are experienced as the world moves toward a low-carbon economy and becomes less reliant upon fossil fuels. They can be reputational in nature or driven by changes in the market, technology and/or policy. Because transition risks are typically experienced to a greater degree in the short- to medium-term, they are dependent upon near-term policy decisions. Physical risks arise from risks associated with natural perils, such as hurricanes, fires, floods and drought. Physical risks may increase due to a changing climate, and we believe such increased risks are realized to a greater degree in the medium- to long-term. Transition and physical risks each requires a different risk management approach, and we explore a range of possible outcomes to gain insight on how to best manage these risks. For more information on PNC’s climate change-related risks, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Credit Risk Management section of this Report. Financial Information We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC File Number is 001-09718. You can obtain copies of these and other filings, including exhibits, electronically at the SEC’s internet website at www.sec.gov or on our corporate internet website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bond holders may also obtain copies of these filings without charge via the information request form at www.pnc.com/investorrelations for copies without exhibits, via email to investor.relations@pnc.com for copies of exhibits, including financial statements and schedule exhibits where applicable, or by contacting PNC Investor Relations at 800-843-2206. The interactive date file (XBRL) is only available electronically. Corporate Governance at PNC Information about our Board of Directors and its committees and corporate governance, including our current PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, is available on our website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. In addition, any future waivers from a provision of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covering any of our directors or executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller) will be posted at this internet address. Shareholders who would like to request printed copies of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or our Corporate Governance Guidelines or the charters of our Board’s Audit, Nominating and Governance, Human Resources, or Risk Committees (all of which are posted on our website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance) may do so by sending their requests to our Corporate Secretary at The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. at The Tower at PNC Plaza, 300 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2401. Copies will be provided without charge. Internet Information The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s financial reports and information about its products and services are available on the internet at www.pnc.com. We provide information for investors on our corporate website at www.investor.pnc.com. We use our account with X, formerly known as Twitter, @pncnews, as an additional way of disseminating to the public information that may be relevant to investors. 14 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We generally post the following on our corporate website at www.investor.pnc.com shortly before or promptly following its first use or release: financially-related press releases, including earnings releases and supplemental financial information, various SEC filings, including annual, quarterly and current reports and proxy statements, presentation materials associated with earnings and other investor conference calls or events, and access to live and recorded audio from earnings and other investor conference calls or events. In some cases, we may post the presentation materials for other investor conference calls or events prior to the call or event. For earnings and other conference calls or events, we generally include in our posted materials a cautionary statement regarding forward- looking and non-GAAP financial information, and we provide GAAP reconciliations when we include non-GAAP financial information. Such GAAP reconciliations may be in materials for the applicable presentation, in prior presentation materials or in our annual, quarterly or current reports. When warranted, we will also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding PNC instead of using a press release or a filing with the SEC for first disclosure of the information. In some circumstances, the information may be relevant to investors but directed at customers, in which case it may be accessed directly through the home page. We are required to provide additional public disclosure regarding estimated income, losses and pro forma regulatory capital ratios under supervisory and PNC-developed hypothetical severely adverse economic scenarios, as well as information concerning our capital stress testing processes, pursuant to the stress testing regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve and the OCC. We are also required to make certain additional regulatory capital-related public disclosures about our capital structure, risk exposures, risk assessment processes, risk-weighted assets and overall capital adequacy, including market risk-related disclosures, under the regulatory capital rules adopted by the Federal banking agencies. Similarly, the Federal Reserve’s rules require quantitative and qualitative disclosures about our LCR and NSFR. Under these regulations, we may satisfy these requirements through postings on our website at www.pnc.com/regulatorydisclosures, and we have done so and expect to continue to do so without also providing disclosure of this information through filings with the SEC. Other information posted on our corporate website that may not be available in our filings with the SEC includes information relating to our corporate governance and communications from our chairman to shareholders. Where we have included internet addresses in this Report, such as our internet address and the internet address of the SEC, we have included those internet addresses as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this Report, information on those websites is not part hereof. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 15

ITEM 1A – RISK FACTORS We are subject to a number of risks potentially impacting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a financial services company, certain elements of risk are inherent in what we do and the business decisions we make. Thus, we encounter risk as part of the normal course of our business, and we design risk management processes to help manage these risks. For more information about how we manage risks, see the Risk Management section of this Report. The following are the material risk factors that affect us of which we are currently aware. Any one or more of these risk factors could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, these risks present other possible adverse consequences, including those described below. These risk factors and other risks we face are also discussed further in other sections of this Report. Thus, the risk factors below should not be considered a complete list of potential risks that we may face. Risks Related to the Economy and Other External Factors, Including Regulation Our business and financial performance are vulnerable to the impact of adverse economic conditions. Given the nature of our business, our business and overall financial performance are affected to a significant extent by economic conditions, primarily in the U.S. Declining or adverse economic conditions and adverse changes in investor, consumer and business sentiment generally result in reduced business activity, which may decrease the demand for our products and services or reduce the number of creditworthy borrowers. The ability of borrowers to repay loans is often weakened as a result of economic downturns, higher inflation and unemployment. This may be further exacerbated by a deterioration in households’ finances, particularly if consumers also continue to face high inflation. In addition, adverse economic conditions, including periods of inflation, may limit the availability of, or increase the costs of, capital and labor, erode consumer and customer purchasing power, confidence and spending and may also reduce our tolerance for extending credit. Increases in costs or expenses impacting our customers’ operations and financial performance, such as the interest rates payable on their debt obligations, could increase our credit risk or decrease the demand for our products and services. We operate in an uncertain economic environment due to structural and secular changes triggered by the pandemic for certain sectors of the economy combined with increased interest rates, inflation and geopolitical tensions. These conditions may not abate in the near term, and their continuation could materially adversely affect our operations and financial performance. Such economic conditions also have led and may continue to lead to turmoil and volatility in financial markets, often with at least some financial asset categories losing value. Any of these effects would likely have an adverse impact on our operations and financial performance, with the significance of the impact generally depending on the nature and severity of the adverse economic conditions. Even when economic conditions are relatively good or stable, specific economic factors can negatively affect our business and performance. This can be especially true when the factors relate to particular segments of the economy. For example, as remote work continues to be a feasible alternative to pre-pandemic in-office work arrangements, notable portions of available commercial real estate space remain underutilized. This likely decreases demand for financial services in that sector and harms the creditworthiness of some of our office commercial real estate customers, as well as businesses whose customers have historically been office workers. Given the geographic scope of our business and operations, we are most exposed to issues within the U.S. economy and financial markets. Our foreign business activities continue to be a relatively small part of our overall business. As a result, the direct impact on our business and financial performance from economic conditions outside the U.S. is not likely to be significant, although the impact would increase if we expanded our foreign business more than nominally. We are, however, susceptible to the risk that foreign economic conditions and geopolitical tensions could negatively affect our business and financial performance. Primarily, this risk results from the possibility that poor economic conditions or financial market disruptions affecting other major economies would also affect the U.S. Throughout the remainder of this Risk Factors section, we address specific ways in which economic issues could create risk for us and result in adverse impacts on our business and financial performance. The impact of government legislation, regulation and policy and other political factors on the economy could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance. Changes in law or governmental policy affecting the economy, business activity, or personal spending, investing or saving activities may cause consumers and businesses to alter their behavior in ways that impact demand for our products and services. Such changes may also alter the profitability of the transactions in which we engage or result in increased regulatory burden and associated costs. PNC may alter the types or terms of the products and services we offer to reflect such changes. Uncertainty regarding future law or policy may have similar impacts. In addition, the application of some laws may be uncertain, require significant judgment and be 16 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

subject to differing interpretations. Congress and the agencies that regulate us have changed and may continue to change the laws and policies that are applicable to us, including their interpretations of rules and guidelines, which has subjected and may continue to subject financial institutions like us to heightened levels of regulation and supervision and more stringent enforcement and potentially severe penalties. For example, the increased time frames and difficulty in obtaining regulatory approvals for acquisitions and other activities could affect our ability to make acquisitions or introduce new products and services. As another example, tax laws and tax rates may be subject to significant change and an increase in our effective tax rates could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, these changes may adversely impact our operations or financial condition as discussed in more detail in the Risk Factor headed “As a regulated financial services firm, we are subject to numerous governmental regulations and comprehensive oversight by a variety of regulatory agencies and enforcement authorities. These regulations and their implementation can have a significant impact on our businesses and operations and our ability to grow and expand.” Concern regarding the ability of Congress and the President collectively to reach agreement on federal budgetary matters (including the debt ceiling), or prolonged stalemates leading to total or partial governmental shutdowns, also can have adverse economic consequences and create the risk of economic instability or market volatility, with potential adverse consequences to our business and financial performance. Divided control of the U.S. government increases concern over the inability of Congress and the President to reach necessary agreements and make government shutdowns or defaults in government obligations more likely. The policies of the Federal Reserve and other governmental agencies have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance, which are important to our business and financial performance. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, including changes in the federal funds rate, open market operations and balance sheet management, have a significant impact on interest rates, the value of financial instruments and other assets and liabilities, and overall financial market performance and volatility. These policies can thus affect the activities and results of operations of financial companies such as PNC. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to monitor the national supply of bank credit and set certain interest rates. The actions of the Federal Reserve influence the rates of interest that we charge on loans and that we pay on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits. Rates of interest can also affect the value of our on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Since 2022, the Federal Reserve’s quantitative tightening and increases in benchmark rates to reduce high rates of inflation has and may continue to adversely affect the value of financial instruments and other assets and liabilities, including securities and interest-bearing deposits, impact borrowers, increase market volatility and result in a flattening or inversion of the yield curve. In addition, actions by governmental authorities in other countries, including with respect to monetary policy, could impact financial markets and global interest rates, which could affect rates in the U.S. as well as rates on instruments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, any of which could have potential effects on us as described above. Some of the potential impacts on our business and results of governmental monetary policy are described in Risk Factors under the heading “Risks Related to the Business of Banking.” As a regulated financial services firm, we are subject to numerous governmental regulations and comprehensive oversight by a variety of regulatory agencies and enforcement authorities. These regulations and their implementation can have a significant impact on our businesses and operations and our ability to grow and expand. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is a BHC and a financial holding company, with the Federal Reserve as its primary regulator. PNC Bank is a federally chartered bank, with the OCC as its primary regulator. In addition, our businesses are subject to regulation by multiple other banking, consumer protection, securities and derivatives regulatory bodies. We are also subject to the jurisdiction of criminal and civil enforcement authorities. As a result, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations, with multiple regulators or agencies having supervisory or enforcement oversight over aspects of our business activities. These laws, regulations and supervisory activities are intended to promote the safety and soundness of financial institutions, financial market stability, the transparency and liquidity of financial markets, consumer protection and to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing and are not primarily intended to protect PNC security holders. In addition to regulation in the U.S., we are also subject to foreign regulation to a limited extent as a result of our business activities outside the U.S. Applicable laws and regulations restrict our permissible activities and investments and require compliance with provisions designed to protect loan, deposit, brokerage, fiduciary, and other customers, and for the protection of customer information, among other things. We also are subject to laws and regulations designed to combat money laundering, terrorist financing, and transactions with persons, companies or foreign governments designated by U.S. authorities. Over time, the scope of the laws and regulations affecting our businesses, as well as the number of requirements or limitations imposed by legislative or regulatory actions, has increased, and we expect to continue to face substantial regulatory oversight and new or revised regulatory requirements or initiatives. Legislative or regulatory actions have resulted and will likely continue to result in increased compliance costs, reduced business opportunities, or requirements and limitations on how we conduct our business. In particular, the financial services industry continues to face heightened scrutiny, including with respect to BSA and AML compliance requirements, consumer compliance and protection matters (such as with respect to overdraft and other fees), and capital, liquidity and resolution planning in response to turmoil in the banking The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 17

industry in early 2023. In addition, heightened standards under proposed and recently finalized rules, such as those implementing the Community Reinvestment Act, may result in increased obligations and compliance costs, and may factor into our ability to expand and engage in new actions. The Federal Reserve requires a BHC to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks. The Federal Reserve could require PNC to commit resources to PNC Bank when doing so is not otherwise in the interests of PNC or its shareholders or creditors. Federal law grants substantial supervisory and enforcement powers to federal banking regulators, and they have assumed an active oversight, examination and enforcement role across the financial services industry. The results of supervisory or examination activities by our regulators, including actual or perceived compliance failures, could result in limitations on our ability to enter into certain transactions, engage in new activities, expand geographically, make acquisitions or obtain necessary regulatory approvals in connection therewith, or otherwise require us to modify our businesses practices in a manner that materially impacts our financial condition or results of operations. These activities also could result in significant fines, penalties or required corrective actions, some of which could be expensive and difficult to implement. In addition, another financial institution’s violation of law or regulation may give rise to an investigation of the same or similar activities of PNC. As we expand our product and service offerings into additional markets, domestic or foreign, either through organic growth or acquisition, we have faced and will continue to face increases in state or foreign regulation affecting our operations. Different approaches to regulation by different jurisdictions, including potentially conflicting state-level regulation, could materially increase our compliance costs or risks of non-compliance. A failure to comply, or to have adequate policies and procedures designed to comply, with regulatory requirements and expectations exposes us to the risk of damages, fines and regulatory penalties and other regulatory or enforcement actions or consequences, such as limitations on activities otherwise permissible for us or additional requirements for engaging in new activities and could also injure our reputation with customers and others with whom we do business. We also rely on third parties who may expose us to compliance risk. A failure to comply with regulatory requirements or deficiencies in risk management practices could be incorporated in our confidential supervisory ratings, which could limit PNC’s ability to expand or require additional approvals before engaging in certain business activities. See the immediately following Risk Factor for a discussion of risks associated with capital and liquidity regulation. Also see the Supervision and Regulation section of this Report and Note 19 Regulatory Matters for more information concerning the regulation of PNC, including those areas that have been receiving a high level of regulatory focus. We are subject to regulatory capital and liquidity standards that affect our business, operations and ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders. PNC and PNC Bank are subject to regulatory capital and liquidity requirements established by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. These regulatory capital and liquidity requirements are typically developed at an international level by the Basel Committee and then applied, with adjustments, in each country by the appropriate domestic regulatory bodies. Domestic regulatory agencies can apply stricter capital and liquidity standards than those developed by the Basel Committee. In several instances, the U.S. banking agencies have done so with respect to U.S. banking organizations. Requirements to maintain specified levels of capital and liquidity, and regulatory expectations as to the quality of our capital and liquidity, impact our business activities and may prevent us from taking advantage of opportunities in the best interest of shareholders or force us to take actions contrary to their interests. For example, PNC’s ability to pay or increase dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders is subject to PNC’s compliance with its SCB, which is determined at least annually through the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process. The Federal Reserve can also impose additional limitations on capital distributions, such as the limitations on distributions imposed in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the 2007-2008 financial crisis. In addition, dividends from PNC Bank and, to a lesser extent, non-bank subsidiaries are PNC’s principal source of funds to, among other things, pay dividends on and make repurchases of its capital stock. Many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to prohibit or limit dividends to PNC. Limitations on PNC’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries, including PNC Bank, could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on and make repurchases of its capital stock, especially to the extent that PNC must first service any outstanding debt obligations. Capital and liquidity requirements may also impact the amount and type of loans we make. We may be constrained in our ability to expand, either organically or through acquisitions. We may be forced to sell or refrain from acquiring assets where the capital requirements appear inconsistent with the assets’ underlying risks. In addition, liquidity standards require us to maintain holdings of highly liquid short-term investments, thereby reducing our ability to invest in longer-term or less liquid assets, even if more desirable from an earnings, balance sheet or interest rate risk management perspective. 18 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Regulatory capital and liquidity requirements are subject to regular review and revision by the Basel Committee and the U.S. banking agencies. In July 2023, the Federal Reserve, OCC, and FDIC proposed for public comment a rule to implement the final components of the Basel III framework that would significantly revise the capital requirements for large banking organizations, including PNC and PNC Bank. We expect the proposal, if finalized in its current form, would result in lower regulatory capital ratios for PNC and PNC Bank, which would likely increase the risk of some of the potential adverse effects described above. The regulatory capital and liquidity frameworks, as well as certain other prudential requirements and standards that are applicable to PNC, including related proposed rules, are discussed in the Supervision and Regulation section of this Report and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report. Our ability to operate our business could be impaired if our liquidity is unexpectedly constrained. Our liquidity could be impaired as a result of unanticipated outflows of cash or collateral, unexpected loss of consumer deposits or higher than anticipated draws on lending-related commitments, an inability to sell assets (or to sell assets at favorable times or prices), a default by a counterparty or other market participant, our inability to access other sources of liquidity, including through the capital markets due to unforeseen market dislocations or interruptions, or a lack of market or customer confidence in PNC or financial institutions in general. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which we have little or no control. The increased speed with which information is disseminated, through official or social media, could increase the speed or severity of liquidity pressures caused by, for example, negative news about PNC’s or other financial institutions’ financial prospects or safety and soundness. A negative impact on our liquidity would likely limit our ability to support our operations and fund outstanding liabilities as well as meet regulatory expectations, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For information on our liquidity management, see the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report. A downgrade in our credit ratings could significantly impact our liquidity, funding costs and access to the capital markets. Our credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including the financial strength of PNC and PNC Bank, and factors outside of our control, such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. Reductions in one or more of our credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to borrow funds and increase our cost of capital and limit the number of investors or counterparties willing to do business with or lend to us. For example, downgrades could negatively impact our right to continue to service mortgages and hold related escrows and reserves. Downgrades could also adversely affect our ability to attract or retain customers, including deposits. In addition, a downgrade in our credit ratings could trigger obligations to make cash or collateral payments under derivative contracts with certain counterparties. There can be no assurance that we will maintain our current ratings and outlooks. For information on our credit ratings, see the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Report. Privacy and consumer data rights initiatives have imposed and will continue to impose additional operational burdens on PNC, and they may limit our ability to pursue desirable business initiatives and increase the risks associated with any future use of personal data. Over time, there has been an increase in legislative and regulatory efforts to protect the privacy and enhance the portability of personal data, including enhanced data privacy laws regulating the use of health and biometric data. Individuals whose personal information may be protected by law may include our customers, prospective customers, job applicants, employees and third parties. These initiatives, among other things, limit how companies can use personal data and impose obligations on companies in their management of such data, including requiring companies like PNC to make available to consumers and authorized third parties certain data relating to transactions and accounts and establishing obligations for accessing such data. Financial services companies such as PNC necessarily gather, maintain and use a significant amount of personal data. These types of initiatives increase compliance complexity and related costs, may result in significant financial penalties for compliance failures, and may limit our ability to develop new products or respond to technological changes. This is particularly true as we continue to expand our business into new markets. We are, or may become, subject to regularly evolving and developing data privacy and data security laws and regulations in other jurisdictions, including certain foreign jurisdictions even where our presence in such jurisdictions is minimal. Such legal requirements also could heighten the reputational impact of perceived misuses of personal data by us, our vendors or others who gain unauthorized access to our personal data. Other jurisdictions may adopt similar requirements that impose different and potentially inconsistent compliance burdens. The impacts will be greater to the extent requirements vary across jurisdictions. Climate change-related risks could adversely affect our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers. There continues to be concern, including on the part of our regulators, regarding climate change and its impacts over the short-, medium- and long-term horizons. These concerns over the anticipated and unanticipated impacts of climate change (including physical risk and transition risk) have led and will continue to lead to governmental efforts to mitigate those impacts. We and our customers The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 19

may face cost increases, asset value reductions, the reduced availability of insurance, operations disruptions and changes and the like because of climate change (including because of the increased frequency or severity of acute weather events and long-term shifts in the climate) and governmental actions or societal responses to climate change. The impact on our customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including their reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities and their transition plans, as well as their exposure to the effects of climate change. Consumers and businesses are also changing their behaviors because of these concerns. Changed consumer and business behavior because of climate change concerns creates transition risk for PNC arising from the process of adjusting to these concerns. PNC and its customers will need to respond to new laws and regulations as well as consumer and business preferences as a result. Among the impacts to PNC could be a drop in demand for our products and services, particularly in certain sectors if our products or services do not support the environmental goals of our customers, or increased losses due to the impact of climate change on the collateral that secures customer borrowings. In addition, we could face reductions in creditworthiness on the part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. We are currently subject to climate-related regulatory expectations and could be subject to additional regulatory restrictions or costs associated with providing products or services to certain companies or sectors. Environmental regulations or changes in the supply, demand or available sources of energy or other resources may affect the availability or cost of goods and services necessary to run our business. Our efforts to take these risks into account in making lending and other decisions may not be effective in protecting us from the negative impact of new laws and regulations or changes in consumer or business behavior, including those resulting from activist pressure. Our risk management needs to continue to evolve, or it may not be effective in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling climate risk exposure, particularly given that the timing, nature and severity of the impacts of climate change may not be predictable. We also have been and may continue to be subject to conflicting pressure from individuals, groups and/or governmental entities to cease doing business, or to maintain business, with certain companies or sectors, in particular those involved with fossil fuels, because of concerns related to climate change. Further, there is increased scrutiny of climate change-related policies, goals and disclosures, which could result in litigation and regulatory investigations and actions. Our stakeholders may disagree with these policies and goals or, conversely, believe that these policies and goals are, and our related progress in accomplishing such goals and implementing such policies is, insufficient. This may lead to a decrease in demand for our products and services or damage to our reputation. We may also incur additional costs and require additional resources as we evolve our strategy, practices and related disclosures with respect to these matters. In addition, there are and will continue to be challenges related to capturing, verifying, analyzing and disclosing climate- related data that is subject to measurement uncertainties. The Risk Factor headed “We are at risk for an adverse impact on our business due to damage to our reputation” further discusses risks associated with our management of these matters, including related activist pressure. Risks Related to the Use of Technology The use of technology is critical to our ability to maintain or enhance the competitiveness of our businesses. As a large financial services company, we handle a substantial volume of customer and other financial transactions. As a result, we rely heavily on information systems to conduct our business and to process, record, monitor and report on our transactions and those of our customers. Over time, we have seen more customer usage of technological solutions for financial needs as well as higher expectations of customers and regulators regarding effective and safe systems operation. In many cases, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers. As a result of these factors, the financial services industry continues to undergo rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Examples include expanded use of cloud computing, artificial intelligence and machine learning, biometric authentication, voice and natural language, data protection enhancements and increased online and mobile device interaction with customers, including innovative ways that customers can view, access and aggregate financial data, make payments or manage their accounts. In response to actual and anticipated customer behavior and expectations, as well as competitive pressures, we have been investing in technology and connectivity. We are seeking to automate functions previously performed manually, facilitate the ability of customers to engage in financial transactions and otherwise enhance the customer experience with respect to our products and services. This effort has involved and is likely to continue to involve the expenditure of considerable amounts of funds and other resources, which could be constrained to the extent that sustained adverse economic conditions and other factors described elsewhere in these Risk Factors negatively impact our business or financial performance. A failure to maintain or enhance our competitive position with respect to technology, whether because we fail to anticipate customer expectations, because our technological developments fail to perform as desired or are not rolled out in a timely manner, or because we fail to keep pace with our competitors, would likely cause us to lose market share or incur additional expense. Our ability to maintain or enhance our relative technological position is in part dependent on our ability to attract and retain talented employees in these fields, which, due to overall demand, is increasingly difficult. 20 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Our use of technology is dependent on having the right to use its underlying intellectual property. In some cases, we develop internally the intellectual property embedded in the technology we use. In others, we or our vendors license the use of intellectual property from others. Where we rely on access to third-party intellectual property, it may not be available to us on commercially reasonably terms or at all. Regardless of the source of the intellectual property, if another person or entity were deemed to own intellectual property rights infringed by our activities, we could be responsible for significant damages covering past activities and substantial fees to continue to engage in these types of activities. It also is possible that we could be prevented from using technology important to our business for at least some period of time. In such circumstances, there may be no alternative technology for us to use or an appropriate alternative technology might be expensive to obtain. Protections offered by those from whom we license technology against these risks may be inadequate to cover any losses in full. Over time, there have been and continue to be instances where technology used by PNC has been alleged to have infringed patents held by others, and, in some cases, we have suffered related losses. We could suffer a material adverse impact from interruptions in the effective operation of our information systems and other technology. The need to ensure proper functioning and resiliency of our information systems and other technology has become more important and more challenging, and the costs involved in that effort continue to be high. Our ability to create, obtain, maintain and report on information in an accurate, timely and secure manner is a foundational component of our business. Effective management of our expanded digital products and services, geographic footprint and continued remote work environment heightens our need for secure, reliable and adequate information systems and technology. The risks of operational failures in the use of these systems result from a variety of factors. We are vulnerable to the impact of failures of our systems to operate as needed or intended. Failures leading to materially adverse impacts could include those resulting from human error, unexpected transaction volumes, or overall security, design or performance issues. In addition, our ability to use our technology effectively could be impacted due to electrical or telecommunications outages, bad weather, disasters, bad actors, terrorism and the like. Such events could affect our systems directly or limit our ability to use our technology due to effects on key underlying infrastructure. Although we regularly update and replace systems that we depend on as our needs evolve and technology improves, we continue to utilize some older systems that may not be as reliable as newer ones. In addition, the implementation of and transition to new or updated systems creates risks related to associated timing and costs, disruptions in functionality for customers and longer-term failures to achieve desired improvements. In some cases, the risk results from the potential for bad acts on the part of others, discussed in more detail in the Risk Factor headed “We are vulnerable to the risk of breaches of data security affecting the functioning of systems or the confidentiality of information that could adversely affect our customers and our business.” We also rely on information systems maintained by other companies. We use other companies both to provide products and services directly to us and to assist us in providing products and services to our customers. Others provide the infrastructure that supports, for example, communications, payment, clearing and settlement systems, or information processing and storage. These companies range from those providing highly sophisticated information processing to those that provide fundamental services, such as electric power and telecommunications. In some cases, these other companies themselves utilize third parties to support their delivery of products and services to us and our customers. Systems maintained by or for these other companies are generally subject to many of the same risks we face with respect to our systems and thus their issues could have a negative impact on PNC. We necessarily have less ability to provide oversight over other companies’ information systems. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of any of our information or communications systems, or the systems of other companies on which we rely, could result in a wide variety of adverse consequences to us. This risk is greater if the issue is widespread, extends for a significant period of time, or results in financial losses to our customers. The consequences of failures to operate systems properly can result in disruptions to our critical business operations, including our ability to use our accounting, deposit, loan, payment and other systems. Such events could also cause errors in transactions or impair system functionality with customers, vendors or other parties. Possible adverse consequences also include damage to our reputation or a loss of customer business, which could occur even if the negative impact on customers was de minimis. We also could face litigation or additional regulatory scrutiny. This in turn could lead to liability or other sanctions, including fines and penalties or reimbursement of adversely affected customers. Even if we do not suffer any material adverse consequences as a result of events affecting us directly, information systems issues at other financial institutions could lead to a general loss of customer confidence in financial institutions, including us. Also, system problems, including those resulting from third-party attacks, whether at PNC or at our competitors, may broadly increase legislative, regulatory and customer concerns regarding the functioning, safety and security of such systems. In that case, we would expect to incur even higher levels of costs with respect to prevention and mitigation of these risks. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 21

We are vulnerable to the risk of breaches of data security affecting the functioning of systems or the confidentiality of information that could adversely affect our customers and our business. Most corporate and commercial financial transactions are now handled electronically, and our commercial and retail customers increasingly use online access as well as mobile and cloud technologies to bank with us. The ability to conduct business with us in this manner depends on the transmission and storage of confidential information in electronic form. As a result, in the ordinary course of business, we maintain and process vast amounts of digital information about us, our customers and our employees. This information tends to be confidential or proprietary and much of it is highly sensitive. Such highly sensitive information includes information sufficient to support identity theft and personal health information, as well as information regarding business plans and financial performance that has not been made public. As a result, efforts by bad actors to engage in various types of cyber attacks pose serious risks to our business and reputation. We are faced with ongoing, nearly continual, efforts by others to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. These efforts may be to obtain access to confidential or proprietary information, often with the intent of stealing from or defrauding us or our customers, or to disrupt our ability to conduct our business, including by destroying or impairing access to information maintained by us. Some of these involve efforts to enter our systems directly by going through or around our security protections. Others involve the use of social engineering schemes to gain access to confidential information from our employees, customers or vendors. Our risk and exposure to data security breaches is heightened because of our expanded digital products and services, geographic footprint and continued remote work environment, which results in more access points to our network. The same risks are presented by attacks potentially affecting information held by third parties on our behalf or accessed by third parties, including those offering financial applications, on behalf of our customers. These risks also arise to the extent that third parties with whom we do business, or their vendors or other entities with whom they do business, are themselves subject to breaches and attacks, which may impact our systems or operations. Our ability to protect confidential or proprietary information is even more limited with respect to information held by these parties. For example, we are likely to be limited in our ability to identify and quickly resolve breaches and attacks that may impact our business the further removed an entity is from our business, such as when a breach or attack occurs at vendors of our vendors. We may suffer reputational damage or legal liability for unauthorized access to customer information held by other parties, even if we were not responsible for preventing such access and had no reasonable way of preventing it. Our customers often use their own devices, such as computers, smartphones and tablets, to do business with us and may provide their PNC customer information (including passwords) to a third party in connection with obtaining services from that third party, including those offering financial applications. Although we take steps to provide safety and security for our customers’ transactions with us and their customer information, to the extent they utilize their own devices or provide third parties access to their accounts, our ability to assure such safety and security is necessarily limited. These risks are heightened as we and others continue to expand mobile applications, cloud solutions, and other internet-based financial product offerings. For example, a number of our customers choose to use financial applications that allow them to view, access and aggregate banking and other financial account information, often held at different financial institutions, on a single platform, to monitor the performance of their investments, to compare financial and investment products, to make payments or transfer funds, and otherwise to help manage their finances and investments. Financial applications often ask users to provide their secure banking log-in information and credentials so the applications can link to users’ accounts at financial institutions. Companies offering these applications frequently use third-party data aggregators, which are behind- the-scenes technology companies that serve as data-gathering service providers, to deliver customer financial data that is then used by the financial applications. To do this, data aggregators frequently are provided with customers’ log-in information and credentials, which allow the aggregators to access the customers’ online accounts and “scrape” the customers’ data, often on a daily or even more frequent basis. That same information has the potential to facilitate fraud if it is not properly protected. This has resulted in incidences of fraud, including automated clearing house fraud, credit card fraud, and wire fraud, enabled through the use of synthetic identities and through account takeovers via these platforms. In addition, transactions by customers on financial applications that facilitate payments and fund transfers have also been fraudulently induced. These transactions occur when a customer authorizes payment to a recipient that fraudulently induced the customer into transferring a payment to such recipient. PNC has and may continue to face increased financial exposure due to activity associated with the increased use of these applications and data aggregators. Even where PNC does not have financial exposure for losses, PNC could suffer increased reputational harm when such losses occur. As our customers regularly use PNC-issued credit and debit cards to pay for transactions with retailers and other businesses, there is also the risk of data security breaches at those other businesses covering PNC account information. When our customers use PNC- issued cards to make purchases from those businesses, card account information often is provided to such businesses. If a business’s systems that process or store card account information are subject to a data security breach, holders of our cards who have made purchases from that business may experience fraud on their card accounts. We can be responsible for reimbursing our customers for such fraudulent transactions on customers’ card accounts, as well as for other costs related to data security compromise events, such as replacing cards associated with compromised card accounts. In addition, we provide card transaction processing services to some merchant customers under agreements we have with payment networks such as Visa and Mastercard. Under these agreements, we may 22 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

be responsible for certain losses and penalties if one of our merchant customers suffers a data security breach. Moreover, to the extent more consumer confidential information becomes available to bad actors through the cumulative effect of data breaches at companies generally, bad actors may find it easier to use such information to gain access to our customer accounts. Other cyber attacks are not focused on gaining access to credit card or user credential information, but instead seek access to a range of other types of confidential information, such as internal emails and other forms of customer financial information, and this information may be used to support a ransomware attack. Ransomware attacks have sought to deny access to data and possibly shut down systems and devices maintained by target companies. In a ransomware attack, system data is encrypted, stolen or extorted, or access is otherwise denied, accompanied by a demand for ransom to restore access to the data or to prevent public disclosure of confidential information. Attacks have also been conducted through business email compromise scams that involve using social engineering to cause employees to wire funds to the perpetrators in the mistaken belief that the requests were made by a company executive or established vendor. These types of phishing attacks have increased over time, and they have evolved to include other types of attacks like vishing (through voice messages) and smishing (through SMS text). Other attacks have included distributed denial of service cyber attacks, in which individuals or organizations flood commercial websites with extraordinarily high volumes of traffic with the goal of disrupting the ability of commercial enterprises to process transactions and possibly making their websites unavailable to customers for extended periods of time. Similarly, attacks have been conducted through application program interfaces where cyber attackers seek to exploit the interfaces between mobile or web applications. We (as well as other financial services companies) have been subject to such attacks. Recent cyber attacks have also included the insertion of malware into software updates and the infection of software while it is under assembly, known as a “supply chain attack.” Attacks on our customers may put these relationships at risk, particularly if customers’ ability to continue operations is impaired due to the losses suffered. The techniques used in cyber attacks change rapidly and are increasingly sophisticated, including through the use of generative artificial intelligence and deepfakes, and we expect in the future through the use of quantum computing, and we may not be able to anticipate cyber attacks or data security breaches. In addition to threats from external sources, insider threats represent a significant risk to us. Insiders, including those having legitimate access to our systems and the information contained in them, have the easiest opportunity to make inappropriate use of the systems and information. Addressing that risk requires understanding not only how to protect us from unauthorized use and disclosure of data, but also how to engage behavioral analytics and other tools to identify potential internal threats before any damage is done. In addition, due to the increase in the number of employees who work remotely, the opportunity for insiders to grant access to third parties or to disclose confidential information of PNC or its customers has increased. As more work is conducted outside of PNC’s facilities, the risk of improper access to PNC’s network or confidential information has increased, including for reasons such as a failure by an employee or contractor to secure a device with PNC access. We have been and expect to continue to be the target of some of these types of cyber attacks. To date, none of these types of cyber attacks has had a material impact on us. Nonetheless, we cannot entirely block efforts by bad actors to harm us, and there can be no assurance that future cyber attacks will not be material. While we maintain insurance coverage that may cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses. As a result, we could suffer material financial and reputational losses in the future from any of these or other types of attacks or the public perception that such an attack on our systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct. Attacks on others, some of which have led to serious adverse consequences, demonstrate the risks posed by new and evolving types of cyber attacks. We need effective programs to limit the risk of failures or breaches occurring in our information systems and to mitigate the impact when they do. We have policies, procedures and systems (including cybersecurity and business continuity programs) designed to prevent or limit the effect of possible failures, interruptions or breaches in security of information systems. We continue to devote appropriate resources toward improving the reliability of our systems and their security against external and internal threats and expect to continue to do so in the future. We design our business continuity and other information and technology risk management programs to allow us to provide services in the case of an event resulting in material disruptions of business activities affecting our employees, facilities, technology or suppliers. We cannot guarantee the effectiveness of our policies, procedures and systems to protect us in any future situation, nor the effectiveness of our oversight of risk at third parties. Although we have policies, procedures and systems designed to mitigate third-party risk, our ability to implement policies, procedures and systems designed to prevent or limit the effect of possible failures, interruptions or breaches in security of information systems with respect to third-party systems and the financial services industry infrastructure is necessarily limited. Should an adverse event affecting another company’s systems occur, we may not have financial protection from the other company sufficient to compensate us or otherwise protect us from the consequences. Methods used by others to attack information systems change frequently (with generally increasing sophistication). A new method of attack often is not recognized until launched against a target. Attacks in some cases appear to be supported by foreign governments or other well-financed entities and often originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world. We have seen a higher volume The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 23

and complexity of attacks during times of increased geopolitical tensions. As a result, we may be unable to implement adequate preventive measures to address these methods in advance of attacks. Even with our proactive and defensive measures in place, adverse events are likely to occur, and there remains the risk that one or more such events would be material to PNC. Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our business continuity planning, our ability to identify and understand threats to us from a holistic perspective, our ability to anticipate the timing and nature of any such event that occurs, with novel or unusual events posing a greater risk, and our ability to identify and quickly resolve vulnerabilities in our information systems and those of third parties upon which we rely. It is also the case that a vulnerability or an adverse event may go undetected for a period of time, with the adverse consequences likely greater the longer it takes to discover the problem. In many cases, it also depends on the preparedness and responses of national or regional governments, including emergency responders, or on the part of other organizations and businesses with which we deal. Additionally, our failure to communicate cyber incidents appropriately to relevant parties could result in regulatory, legal, operational and reputational risk. Risks Related to the Business of Banking Our business and financial results are subject to risks associated with the creditworthiness of our customers and counterparties. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business. It results from, among other things, extending credit to customers, purchasing securities, and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks, particularly given the high percentage of our assets represented directly or indirectly by loans and securities and the importance of lending activity to our overall business. We manage credit risk by assessing and monitoring the creditworthiness of our customers and counterparties, by diversifying our loan portfolio, by obtaining and monitoring collateral for certain exposures and by investing primarily in high quality securities. A borrower’s ability to repay a loan can be adversely affected by many factors. Individual borrowers can be affected, for example, by declines in income, job losses, health issues or family issues. For example, the recent resumption in federal student loan payments could impact a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, such as a mortgage, because of the financial pressure from student loan payments. Commercial borrowers can be affected, for example, by poor business performance, changes in customer behavior or catastrophic losses. Weakness in the economy or in financial markets typically adversely impact the ability of our borrowers to repay outstanding loans. We are exposed to increased credit risk if we fail to evaluate properly at origination the likely ability of a borrower to repay a loan. Properly estimating the current and potential value of any collateral pledged to support the loan also is critical to effectively managing credit risk. A failure to identify declining creditworthiness of a borrower or declining collateral value at a time when remedial actions could reduce our exposure also increases credit risk. Any decrease in our borrowers’ ability to repay loans likely would result in higher levels of nonperforming loans, net charge-offs, provision for credit losses and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale. Managing credit risk effectively also relies on forecasts of future overall economic conditions, which are inherently imperfect. In addition to credit risk associated with our lending activities, we have credit risk arising from many other types of business relationships. Routine transactions give us credit exposure to brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, other institutional clients, as well as vendors and other non-financial entities. Our credit risk may be exacerbated when the value of collateral held by us to secure obligations to us cannot be realized, including because of legal or regulatory changes, or is liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. In addition, credit risk may be exacerbated when counterparties are unable to post collateral, whether for operational or other reasons. We reserve for credit losses on our loan and lease portfolio through our ACL estimated under CECL. Under CECL, the ACL reflects expected lifetime losses, which has led and could continue to lead to volatility in the allowance and the provision for credit losses as economic forecasts, actual credit performance and other factors used in the loss estimating process change. We also have reserves for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. Changes to expected losses are reflected in net income through provision for credit losses. A worsening of economic conditions or our economic outlook or an increase in credit risk, particularly following a period of good economic conditions, would likely lead to an increase in provision for credit losses with a resulting reduction in our net income and an increase to our allowance. Conversely, an improvement of economic conditions or our economic outlook, particularly following a period of poor economic conditions, could result in a recapture of provision for credit losses for a period of time with a resulting increase in our net income and decrease in our allowance. Either set of conditions is not likely to be sustained and may obscure actual current operations and financial performance. The Risk Factor headed “There are risks resulting from the extensive use of models, some of which use artificial intelligence (AI), in our business” further discusses risks associated with estimating expected losses under CECL. 24 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The concentration and mix of our assets could increase the potential for significant credit losses. In the ordinary course of business, we often have heightened credit exposure to a particular industry, geography, asset class or financial market. As an example, loans secured by commercial and residential real estate typically represent a significant percentage of our overall credit portfolio. They also represent a portion of the assets underlying our investment securities. While there are limitations on the extent of total exposure to an individual consumer or business borrower, events adversely affecting some of our clients or counterparties, based on individual factors or the nature or location of their business, or asset classes or financial markets in which we are involved, could materially and adversely affect us. For example, any downturn in the condition of the U.S. housing market could result in significant write-downs of asset values tied to residential real estate. Declining economic conditions also may impact commercial borrowers more than consumer borrowers, or vice versa. In addition, we execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industries. Financial services institutions are interrelated because of trading, funding, clearing or other relationships. As a result, uncertainty about the stability of other financial services institutions could lead to market-wide losses and defaults. Thus, the concentration and mix of our assets may affect the severity of the impact of recessions or other economic downturns on us. Our business and financial performance are impacted significantly by market interest rates and movements in those rates. As a result of the high percentage of our assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates, in the shape of the yield curve, or in spreads between different market interest rates can have a material effect on our business, our profitability and the value of our financial assets and liabilities. For example: • Changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets such as loans and investment securities and the interest that we pay on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings, which impacts our overall net interest income and margin as well as our profitability. • Such changes can affect the ability of borrowers to meet obligations under variable or adjustable rate loans and other debt instruments and can, in turn, increase our credit losses on those assets. • Such changes can decrease the demand for interest rate-based products and services, including loans and deposit accounts. • Such changes affect our hedging of various forms of market and interest rate risk and may decrease the effectiveness of those hedges in helping to manage such risks. • Movements in interest rates also affect loan prepayment speeds and could result in impairments of mortgage servicing assets or otherwise affect the profitability of such assets. • Increases in interest rates likely lower the price we would receive on fixed-rate customer obligations if we were to sell them. The rates on some interest-bearing instruments adjust promptly in accordance with changes in market rates, while others adjust only periodically or are fixed throughout a defined term. As a result, the impact of changes in interest rates can be either increased or diluted due to differences in the relative variability of the rates paid on our liabilities in relation to the rates received on our assets. The extent to which we have elected to hedge interest rate risk through interest rate swaps also affects the impact of rate changes. We attempt to manage the balance sheet to increase our benefit or reduce negative impacts from future movements in interest rates, but failures to anticipate actual movements may have the opposite result. In addition, we do not generally hedge all of our risk and the fact that we attempt to hedge any risk does not mean we will be successful. While higher interest rates generally enhance our ability to grow our net interest income, there are risks associated with a rising interest rate environment. As a general matter, increasing rates tend to decrease the value of fixed-rate financial instruments held on our balance sheet, as discussed in the Risk Factor headed “Our business and financial performance are vulnerable to the impact of changes in the values of financial assets.” Also, customers have and may continue to be less willing or able overall to borrow at higher rates. Higher interest rates also have hindered and may continue to hinder the ability of borrowers to support interest payments on variable rate loans. Higher interest rates have and may continue to indirectly affect the value of asset classes such as real estate typically financed through secured loans, with a resulting negative effect on collateral securing such loans. As another example, there are increased competitive pressures as rates on deposit products rise. The benefits of higher interest rates are best achieved if we can increase the rates on loans and other assets faster than the rates on deposits and other liabilities increase. We may not be able to achieve this result in a rising rate environment, especially if central banks introduce rate increases more quickly than anticipated. On the other hand, lower interest rates tend to have a negative impact on our net interest margin, and, unless offset by higher earning assets, on our net interest income. We discuss the impact of governmental monetary policy on interest rates in the Risk Factor headed “The policies of the Federal Reserve and other governmental agencies have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance, which are important to our business and financial performance.” Our business and financial performance are vulnerable to the impact of changes in the values of financial assets. As a financial institution, a substantial majority of our assets and liabilities are financial in nature. Examples include loans, securities, servicing rights, deposits and borrowings. Such assets and liabilities will fluctuate in value, often significantly, due to movements in The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 25

the financial markets or market volatility as well as developments specific to the asset or liability in question. The underlying value of assets under lease or securing an obligation generally decreases due to increases in supply or decreases in demand for the asset or deterioration in the condition of the asset. This could negatively impact the ability to collect fully on the secured obligation. Credit- based assets and liabilities will fluctuate in value due to changes in the perceived creditworthiness of borrowers or other counterparties and due to changes in market interest rates. In many cases, we mark our assets and liabilities to market and recognize such changes either through net income or OCI. Thus, gains or losses on these assets and liabilities can have a direct impact on our results of operations and financial performance, unless we have effectively hedged our exposures. We may need to record losses in the value of financial assets even where our expectation of realizing the face value of the underlying instrument has not changed. Our remaining assets and liabilities are not marked to market. As a result, our balance sheet does not precisely represent the fair market value of our financial assets and liabilities. In addition, asset management revenue is earned primarily based on a percentage of the value of the assets being managed and thus is impacted by general changes in market valuations. Thus, although we are not directly impacted by changes in the value of such assets, decreases in the value of those assets would affect related noninterest income. Risks Related to Estimates and Assumptions Our asset and liability valuations and the determination of the amount of loss allowances and impairments taken on our assets are highly subjective. Our estimates could materially impact our results of operations or financial position. Our accounting policies are key to how we report our financial condition and results of operations. We must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these policies and methods to comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment regarding the most appropriate manner to report PNC’s financial condition and results of operations. Management’s selection of a particular accounting policy to apply, while reasonable and appropriate, could result in PNC reporting different results than would have been reported under a different alternative. In addition, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, SEC and other regulatory agencies may issue new or amend existing accounting and reporting standards or change existing interpretations of those standards that could materially affect our financial statements. In some cases, PNC may be required to retrospectively apply a new or amended standard resulting in changes to previously reported financial results. Certain accounting policies require that we use estimates, assumptions and judgments in preparing our financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves, reserves related to legal proceedings and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. These policies require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, and different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. For example, CECL requires us to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about future economic and market conditions in determining the ACL. Some of our financial instruments, including certain derivatives, debt securities, loans, MSRs and private equity investments, among other items, require a determination of their fair value for our financial statements. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Changes in underlying factors or assumptions in any of the areas underlying our estimates could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations. During periods of market disruption, it would be difficult to value certain assets if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were historically traded in active markets with significant observable data that rapidly become illiquid due to market volatility, a loss in market confidence or other factors. In addition, we have assets and liabilities carried at fair value that are estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. The valuation of any asset or liability substantially based on unobservable inputs is necessarily less reliable than those based on active trading markets. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented market conditions could materially impact the valuation of assets as reported within our consolidated financial statements. Our ability to hedge exposure is in part dependent on our ability to value the related assets or liabilities. The determination of the amount of loss allowances and asset impairments varies by asset type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects changes in allowances and impairments in operations as such evaluations are revised. Although we have policies and procedures in place to determine loss allowance and asset impairments, due to the subjective nature of this area, the level of impairments taken, and allowances reflected in our financial statements may not accurately reflect the actual level of risk and the amount of future losses. 26 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

There are risks resulting from the extensive use of models, some of which use artificial intelligence (AI), in our business. We use financial and statistical models throughout many areas of our business, relying on them to inform decision making, automate processes, and estimate many financial values. We increasingly use models related to how we do business with customers and for internal process automation that leverage AI/machine learning algorithms. These models can be more predictive, but because of the complex way in which the many variables in AI/machine learning models interact, the results of these models are often less interpretable than traditional statistical models. Examples of model uses include determining the pricing of various products, identifying potentially fraudulent or suspicious transactions, marketing to potential customers, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting or estimating losses, and assessing capital adequacy. We depend significantly on models for credit loss accounting under CECL, capital stress testing and estimating the value of items in our financial statements. Models generally predict or infer certain financial outcomes, leveraging historical data and assumptions as to the future, often with respect to macroeconomic conditions. Development and implementation of some of these models, such as the models for credit loss accounting under CECL, require us to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments. Other models are used to support decisions made regarding how we do business with customers. Poorly designed or implemented models present the risk that our business decisions based on information incorporating model output will be adversely affected due to the inadequacy of that information. For example, our models may not be effective if historical data does not accurately represent future events or environments or if our models rely on erroneous data, formulas, algorithms or assumptions and our internal model review processes fail to detect and address these flaws. Models, if flawed, could cause information we provide to the public or to our regulators to be inaccurate or misleading. Some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distribution to our shareholders, would likely be affected adversely if they perceive that the quality of the relevant models we use is insufficient. Finally, flaws in our models that negatively impact our customers or our ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations could negatively affect our reputation or result in fines and penalties from our regulators. Risks Related to Our Need for Customers Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain customers for our products and services. Our performance is subject to risks associated with declines in customer demand for our products and services. As a result of the nature of those products and services, we are particularly at risk for losses of economic confidence or customer trust in us or, more broadly, in financial services institutions like us. Economic and market developments may affect consumer and business confidence levels. If customers lose confidence due to concerns regarding the economy, the demand for our products and services could suffer. If we fail to attract and retain customers, demand for our loans and other financial products and services could decrease, and we could experience adverse changes in payment patterns. We could lose interest income from a decline in credit usage and noninterest income from a decline in product sales, investments and other transactions. Demand for our products and services could also suffer as many of the risks to PNC related to the economy and other external factors, including regulation, such as changes to tax laws and tax rates, could negatively impact consumers and businesses and their interest in or ability to use our products and services. Our ability to attract and retain customer deposits is impacted by the levels of interest rates, as customers balance the benefits of bank accounts with deposit insurance and some of the convenience associated with more traditional banking products against the possibility of higher yields from other investments. In general, if the spread between the rates we offer and those offered by alternatives to bank accounts widens, customers are often willing to forego the benefits of bank accounts (such as FDIC insurance) for higher returns elsewhere. Our customers have removed and could continue to remove money from checking, savings or other types of deposit accounts with us in favor of other banks or other types of cash management products. In such circumstances, we need to increase rates to levels that are seen as competitive or lose customers, in either case with a negative impact to net interest income. In addition, deposits are a low-cost source of funds for us. Therefore, losing deposits could increase our funding costs and reduce our net interest income. Loss of customers could also harm noninterest income by decreasing fee-bearing transaction volume. In addition, when rates are higher, customers tend to shift deposits from noninterest-bearing accounts to interest-bearing ones, thereby negatively impacting net interest income. Our customers increasingly use third-party financial applications that are expected to interface with their PNC accounts. This use leads to the risk that issues with respect to the effective functioning of that interface, regardless of cause, could result in a loss of customers as they seek banking relationships that work better with these other applications. News or other publicity that harms our reputation, or harms the reputation of our industry generally, also could cause a loss of customers or a reduction in the extent to which customers do business with us. This is described further in the Risk Factor headed “We are at risk for an adverse impact on our business due to damage to our reputation.” The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 27

In our asset management business, investment performance is an important factor influencing the level of assets that we manage. Poor investment advice or performance could hurt revenue and growth as existing clients might withdraw funds in favor of better performing products. Additionally, the ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish. Overall economic conditions may limit the amount that customers are able or willing to invest as well as the value of the assets they do invest. The failure or negative performance of products of other financial institutions could lead to a loss of confidence in similar products offered by us without regard to the performance of our products. Such a negative contagion could lead to withdrawals, redemptions and liquidity issues in such products and have an adverse impact on our assets under management and asset management revenues and earnings. We are at risk for an adverse impact on our business due to damage to our reputation. Our ability to compete effectively, to attract and retain customers and employees, and to grow our business is dependent on maintaining our reputation and having the trust of our customers, employees, the communities that we serve and other stakeholders. Many types of developments, if publicized, can negatively impact a company’s reputation with adverse consequences to its business. Financial services companies are highly vulnerable to reputational damage when they are found to have harmed customers, particularly retail customers, through conduct that is seen as illegal, unfair, deceptive, abusive, manipulative or otherwise wrongful. There also may be reputational damage from human error or systems failures viewed as having harmed customers without involving misconduct, including service disruptions or negative perceptions regarding our ability to maintain the security of our technology systems and protect client data. For example, we may suffer reputational harm to the extent that we are unable to successfully detect, prevent and remedy fraud that harms our clients. Our reputation may also be harmed by failing to deliver products and services of the quality expected by our customers and support the communities that we serve. In addition, our reputation may be harmed as a result of our participation in certain programs, such as those supporting diversity and inclusion, that may expose us to increased scrutiny and criticism. Significant acquisitions by large banks also often attract public scrutiny, which may result in negative publicity that adversely affects our reputation if we engage in such a transaction. We are also subject to the risk of reputational harm resulting from conduct of persons identified as our employees but acting outside of the scope of their employment, including through their misconduct, unethical behavior, or activities on personal social media. The reputational impact is likely greater to the extent that the bad conduct, errors or failures are pervasive, long-standing or affect a significant number of customers, particularly retail consumers. The negative impact of such reputational damage on our business may be disproportionate to the actual harm caused to customers. It may be severe even if we fully remediate any harm suffered by our customers. Furthermore, because we conduct most of our businesses under the “PNC” brand, negative public opinion about one business could also affect our other businesses. In addition, we could suffer reputational harm and a loss of customer trust as a result of the conduct of others in our industry even if we have not engaged in such conduct. We use third parties to help in many aspects of our business, with the risk that their conduct can affect our reputation regardless of the degree to which we are responsible for it. To an increasing extent, financial services companies, including PNC, are facing criticism with accompanying reputational risk from activists, investors and stakeholders who believe companies should be focusing more or less on environmental, social and governance matters. Companies in our industry, including PNC, are targeted for engaging in business with specific customers or with customers in particular industries, where the customers’ activities, even if legal, are perceived as having harmful impacts on matters such as the environment, consumer health and safety, or society at large. In addition, some activists, investors and other stakeholders are seeking increased transparency and action from financial services companies with respect to environmental, social and governance activities, political activities and activities that are or may be perceived to be politically partisan in nature. Criticism has come in many forms, including protests at PNC facilities and social media campaigns. In some circumstances, our stakeholders have held and continue to hold conflicting views on the role PNC and other financial services companies should play in continuing to or refraining from financing certain sectors. In some cases, we are subject to potentially conflicting proposed and enacted state and local laws affecting our industry that regulate the manner in which or whether we may finance or service certain clients, industries or sectors. Many of these issues are divisive without broad agreement as to the appropriate steps a company such as PNC should take. As a result, however we respond to such criticism, we expose ourselves to the risks that current or potential customers decline to do business with us or current or potential employees refuse to work for us. This can be true regardless of whether we are perceived by some as not having done enough to address these concerns or by others as having inappropriately yielded to these pressures. These pressures can also be a factor in decisions as to which business opportunities and customers we pursue, potentially resulting in foregone profit opportunities. The speed with which information moves through social media and other news sources on the internet means that negative information about PNC can rapidly have a broadly adverse impact on our reputation. This is true whether or not the information is accurate. False information can also be spread from unaffiliated or parody social media accounts pretending to be official company communications channels. Once information has gone viral, it can be difficult to counter it effectively, either by correcting inaccuracies or communicating remedial steps taken for actual issues. The potential impact of negative information going viral means that material reputational harm can result from a single discrete or isolated incident. 28 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We operate in a highly competitive environment in terms of the products and services we offer and the geographic markets in which we conduct business. We are subject to intense competition both from other financial institutions and from non-bank entities, including financial technology companies (often referred to as “FinTech”). In many cases, non-bank entities can engage in many activities similar to ours or offer products and services desirable to our customers without being subject to the same types of regulation, supervision and restrictions that are applicable to banks, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Emerging financial technologies, including with respect to payment services and systems, lending, digital wallets, non-fungible tokens and digital currencies and cryptocurrencies, may affect our customers’ needs and expectations for products and services. We may fail to attract or retain customers if we are unable to develop and market products and services that meet evolving customer needs or demands or if we are unable to deliver them effectively and securely to our customers. We may also fail to attract or retain customers if we are unwilling to provide products or services that we deem to be speculative or risky. The competition we face is described in Item 1 of this Report under “Competition.” Consolidation in our industry, including among smaller banks combining to form more competitive larger ones and between banks and non-bank entities, could result in PNC facing more intense competition, particularly in impacted regions or with respect to particular products. As we expand into new markets, we may face competitors with more experience and established relationships in these markets, which could adversely affect our ability to compete. A failure to adequately address the competitive pressures we face could make it harder for us to attract and retain customers across our businesses. On the other hand, meeting these competitive pressures could require us to incur significant additional expense or to accept risk beyond what we would otherwise view as desirable under the circumstances. In addition, in our interest rate sensitive businesses, competitive pressures to increase rates on deposits or decrease rates on loans could reduce our net interest margin, negatively impacting our net interest income. We depend on skilled labor, and employee attrition, competition for talented employees and labor shortages may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Our performance is dependent on attracting and retaining talented and diverse employees. We face significant competition for these employees across many of our businesses and support areas. This presents greater risk as we expand into new markets, develop new product lines, or enhance staffing in certain areas, particularly technology. This competition leads to increased expenses in affected business areas. Differences in demands, expectations and priorities of the workforce (such as remote work expectations) may require us to modify our recruiting and retention strategies to attract and retain employees. Limitations on the way regulated financial institutions can compensate their officers and employees, including those contained in pending rule proposals implementing requirements of Dodd-Frank, may make it more difficult for regulated financial institutions, including PNC, to compete with other companies for talent. Risks Related to Other Operational Issues We depend on the effectiveness and integrity of employees, and the systems and controls for which they are responsible, to manage operational risks. We are a large company that offers a wide variety of products and services to a broad and diverse group of customers. We rely on our employees to design, manage and operate our systems and controls to assure that we properly enter into, record and manage processes, transactions and other relationships with customers, suppliers and other parties with whom we do business. In some cases, we rely on employees of third parties to perform these tasks. We also depend on employees and the systems and controls for which they are responsible to assure that we identify and mitigate the risks that are inherent in our relationships and activities. These concerns are increased when we change processes or procedures, introduce new products or services, acquire or invest in a business or implement new technologies, as we may fail to adequately identify or manage operational risks resulting from such changes. These concerns may be further exacerbated by employee turnover and labor shortages. As a large financial services firm, we are faced with ongoing attempts by individuals or organizations to defraud us or our customers for financial gain. We depend on systems, processes and personnel, either at PNC or from third parties, to identify and prevent potentially fraudulent transactions, but those systems may not be adequate and fraudulent actors regularly change tactics to improve their chance of success. Even if PNC is not financially responsible for reimbursing a customer for its fraud losses, such losses may damage PNC’s reputation or ability to attract and retain customers. As a result of our necessary reliance on employees, whether ours or those of third parties, to perform these tasks and manage resulting risks, we are thus subject to human vulnerabilities. These range from innocent human error to misconduct or malfeasance, potentially leading to operational breakdowns or other failures. Our controls may not be adequate to prevent problems resulting from human The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 29

involvement in our business, including risks associated with the design, operation and monitoring of automated systems. We may also fail to adequately maintain a culture of risk management among our employees. Errors by our employees or others responsible for systems and controls on which we depend and any resulting failures of those systems and controls to prevent unethical, fraudulent, improper or illegal conduct could result in significant harm to PNC. This harm could include customer remediation costs, regulatory fines or penalties, litigation or enforcement actions or limitations on our business activities. We could also suffer damage to our reputation, as described under “We are at risk for an adverse impact on our business due to damage to our reputation.” We use automation, machine learning, artificial intelligence and robotic process automation tools to help reduce some risks of human error. Nonetheless, we continue to rely on many manual processes to conduct our business and manage our risks. In addition, use of automation tools does not eliminate the need for effective design and monitoring of their operation to make sure they operate as intended. Enhanced use of automation may present its own risks. Automated systems may themselves experience outages or problems. Some tools are dependent on the quality of the data used by the tool to learn and enhance the process for which it is responsible. Bad, missing or anomalous data can adversely affect the functioning of such tools. It is possible that humans in some cases are better able than highly automated tools to identify that anomalous data is being used or that results are themselves anomalous. We rely on third-party vendors, service providers and other counterparties to help support many aspects of our business. When we do so, our direct control of activities related to our business is reduced, which introduces risk. Our use of third parties to support our business needs typically means that we do not directly control the activities we are having them perform. Any disruption in services provided by these third parties could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. Replacing third parties could also entail significant delay and expense. Risks can arise through inadequate performance by a third party (including by its downstream service providers), specifically where that performance could affect us or our customers, and even when the result of factors or events are beyond such third party’s control. Many of the kinds of risks presented by activities performed by third parties are described elsewhere in these Risk Factors. Enhanced regulatory and other standards for the oversight of our use of third-party vendors and other service providers can result in higher costs and other potential exposures. We are also vulnerable, including to regulatory penalties, if an outside company fails to comply with legal requirements relevant to its work on our behalf. We may in any such circumstance suffer financial losses, legal consequences and injury to our reputation. Even if the other company makes us whole for financial losses, which is not necessarily the case, it is unlikely that it would be able to restore any injury to our reputation. As a result, the use of third parties to assist in our business activities heightens the risks to us inherent in those activities. Other Key Risks We are at risk for the impact of adverse results in legal proceedings. Many aspects of our business involve substantial risk of legal liability. We have been named or threatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits arising from our business activities. In addition, we are regularly the subject of governmental investigations and other forms of regulatory inquiry. We also are at risk when we have agreed to indemnify others for losses related to legal proceedings they face, such as in connection with the sale of a business or assets by us. The results of these legal proceedings could lead to significant monetary damages or penalties, restrictions on the way in which we conduct our business or reputational harm. Although we establish accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, we do not have accruals for all legal proceedings where we face a risk of loss. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, amounts accrued often do not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our ultimate future losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies. We discuss further the unpredictability of legal proceedings and describe certain of our pending legal proceedings in Note 20 Legal Proceedings. We grow our business in part by acquiring other financial services businesses from time to time. Sometimes these are businesses with technologies or other assets valuable to us even if they do not themselves provide financial services to customers. Acquisitions present a number of risks and uncertainties related both to the acquisition transactions themselves and to the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing. Acquisitions of other companies or of financial assets and deposits and other liabilities present risks and uncertainties to us in addition to those presented by the nature of the business acquired, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Many of the same risks arise when we engage in strategic partnerships. Our ability to analyze the risks presented by prospective acquisitions, as well as our ability to prepare in advance of closing for integration, may be limited to the extent that we cannot gather necessary or desirable information with respect to the business we are acquiring. We may also make certain assumptions related to an acquisition that may prove to be inaccurate that limit the anticipated benefits (such as cost savings from synergies or strategic gains from being 30 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

able to offer enhanced product sets) or make the acquisition more expensive or take longer to complete and integrate than anticipated. Prior to closing an acquisition, prospective acquisition targets are also subject to their own risks that we cannot manage or control. Our ability to complete an acquisition may be dependent on regulatory agencies with responsibilities for reviewing or approving the transaction, which could delay, restrictively condition or result in denial of an acquisition, or otherwise limit the benefits of the acquisition. Changes in regulatory rules or standards or the application of those rules or standards, or future regulatory initiatives designed to promote competition or limit systemic risk and the potential for a financial institution to become “too big to fail,” may also limit our ability to complete an acquisition. Acquisition targets have their own risks specific to their businesses that could impact the success of an acquisition and its integration into PNC, such as: • If a significant aspect of the value of transaction is intellectual property, the extent to which the intellectual property may be utilized or protected and commercialized by PNC. • If the acquisition includes loan portfolios, the extent of actual credit losses and the required allowance for credit losses following completion of the acquisition. • If the acquisition involves entering into new businesses or geographic or other markets, potential limitations on our ability to take advantage of these opportunities because of our inexperience with respect to them. • The results of litigation and governmental investigations that may be pending at the time of the acquisition or that may be filed or commenced thereafter, because of an acquisition or otherwise, which are often hard to predict. • Operational or compliance issues at the acquisition target may not be fully identified or remediated until after the acquisition closes, potentially resulting in increased costs or penalties. • Models used by an acquisition target, such as for capital planning and credit loss accounting, may be designed or implemented in a manner different than at PNC, and our necessary reliance on these for a period of time, could materially impact our financial condition or results of operations to the extent that our estimates based on these models are inaccurate. • Enterprise risk management systems, policies and procedures may be different and less mature than those of PNC, and our necessary reliance on these for a period of time, could limit PNC’s ability to identify, monitor, manage and report risks or subject us to heightened regulatory, legal, operational or reputational risk. After closing, the success of an acquisition is likely partially dependent on our ability to retain and expand upon the acquired company’s customer base. It is also frequently subject to risks related to human capital, including, risks related to integrating the corporate culture of the acquired company and, to the extent being retained, the quality of leadership of the acquired company. Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by disasters, natural or otherwise, by terrorist activities, by international hostilities or by domestic civil unrest. Neither the occurrence nor the potential impact of natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities, terrorist activities, international hostilities or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control can be predicted. However, these occurrences could adversely impact us, for example, by causing significant damage to our facilities or preventing us from conducting our business in the ordinary course. Also, their impact on our borrowers, depositors, other customers, suppliers or other counterparties could result in indirect adverse effects on us. Other indirect adverse consequences from these occurrences could result from impacts to the financial markets, the economy in general or in any region, or key parts of the infrastructure (such as the power grid) on which we and our customers rely. These types of indirect effects, whether specific to our counterparties or more generally applicable, could lead, for example, to an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could result in PNC experiencing higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses. They could also cause a reduction in demand for lending or other services that we provide. Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of such occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning. This includes our ability to anticipate the nature of any such event that might occur. The adverse impact of these occurrences also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part of national or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses that we deal with, many of which we depend on but have limited or no control over. ITEM 1B – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS There are no SEC staff comments regarding PNC’s periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that are pending resolution. ITEM 1C – CYBERSECURITY We manage our cybersecurity risk as an integral part of our enterprise risk management programs. Accordingly, you should review the disclosure in this Item 1C in conjunction with the disclosure in the Risk Management section of this Report. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 31

Information Security Program PNC’s approach to cyber risk management, oversight, and reporting is based on a well-structured information security program. The program is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives in a secure manner and designed to keep customers’ information and their funds safe and available. Program capabilities are built against industry guidance and a security framework to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. PNC’s information security program is designed to ensure that PNC follows industry guidance and security frameworks for data protection, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security. Our program is continuously enhanced by threat intelligence, new regulations, industry guidance and disruptive new technologies. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees, phishing exercises, and informative articles and communications to raise employee awareness. PNC actively monitors and responds to the overall cybersecurity threat landscape via active capabilities to share information and leverage intelligence, monitoring, and response capabilities across the security industry, which include cybersecurity threats, physical threats and fraud. PNC’s intelligence and analysis capabilities collaborate to analyze events and trends for possible response. We have not experienced any material cybersecurity threats that have impacted PNC’s business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition to date. Notwithstanding our well-established approach regarding cybersecurity, we may not be successful in preventing or mitigating the impact of a cybersecurity incident that could have a material impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. See Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report for a discussion of cybersecurity risks. Board Governance and Risk Oversight PNC’s Board of Directors maintains governance and oversight of the risks posed by cybersecurity threats through the Board-level Technology and Risk Committees. The Technology Committee meets no less than quarterly, and its purpose is to (i) assist the Board with the oversight of technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages and (ii) fulfill oversight responsibilities with respect to technology risk, information management, and security risks (including cyber security, cyber fraud, and physical security risks), and the adequacy of PNC’s business recovery, resiliency and contingency plans and test results. The Technology Committee is informed of cyber threats and risks through multiple mechanisms. PNC’s Chief Information Security Officer presents quarterly to the Technology Committee on such topics as threat intelligence and assessment reports, incident and event reporting from other institutions, governance and regulatory exam statuses, and the status of other key program deliverables, among other content. The Risk Committee meets no less than quarterly and provides oversight of PNC’s ERM framework. Cybersecurity risk is integrated into PNC’s overall ERM framework, and is represented as the Information Security domain, alongside seven other operational risk domains. See the Risk Management section of this Report for more details on our ERM framework. PNC’s inherent information security risks, the maturity and completeness of the control environment, and measurements against our risk appetite are presented quarterly to the Technology Committee by the firm’s Chief Technology Risk Officer. Overall risks across the Enterprise Risk Framework are then reported quarterly to the Risk Committee by the Chief Risk Officer. Communication to the Board occurs more frequently than quarterly, when dictated by incident and event management policies and procedures based on the criticality and urgency of the communication. Role of Management Management is directly involved in assessing and managing PNC’s risks from cybersecurity threats. PNC uses a three-lines-of-defense model where cybersecurity risk is managed and assessed by the first line of defense, led by the Chief Information Security Officer and the Director of Technology and Security Risk Management, and the second line of defense which is led by the Chief Technology Risk Officer, who reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The first and second lines of defense are examined internally by our third line of defense, Internal Audit. The lines of defense model ensures appropriate oversight within the management structure. See the Risk Governance and Oversight section of Risk Management for more details on each of our lines of defense. In addition to the three lines of internal defense, PNC engages external consultants to assess and inform the program, as needed. The Chief Information Security Officer’s organization includes managers who have led cybersecurity programs in other industries such as robotics and artificial intelligence, consulting, telecommunications, healthcare, and manufacturing, which brings together a multi-faceted approach to managing cybersecurity threats and risks. The Information Security department leadership and personnel hold degrees in Information Security, Management Information Systems, Computer Science, Engineering Management and other professional majors. They also hold multiple professional certifications inclusive of vendor-issued security credentials from CISCO, 32 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Microsoft and F5, and industry certifications including but not limited to: Certified Information Systems Security Professional issued by the International Information System Security Certification Consortium; the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency and Certified Information Security Manager issued by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association; and the Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge issued by the Cloud Security Association. Cyber Risks Related to Third Parties Risks from cybersecurity threats associated with its use of third-party service providers are addressed as part of the information security risk and third-party risk domains, and their management is integrated into the ERM Framework. To control cyber risks at third parties and protect customer data and systems, PNC assesses suppliers and third parties through a third- party security program that includes periodic security assessment. The third-party security program also includes regular monitoring of certain third parties using an independent security rating service that is designed to ensure insight and alerting is available at scale. In the event of an incident at a third party, there are specific incident response processes and protocols in place that are designed to protect PNC from potential adverse impacts. ITEM 2 – PROPERTIES Our executive and primary administrative offices are currently located at The Tower at PNC Plaza, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The 33- story structure is owned by PNC Bank, National Association. We own or lease numerous other premises for use in conducting business activities, including operations centers, offices, and branches and other facilities. We consider the facilities owned or occupied under lease by our subsidiaries to be adequate for the purposes of our business operations. We include here by reference the additional information regarding our properties in Note 6 Leases and Note 7 Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements. ITEM 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS See the information set forth in Note 20 Legal Proceedings, which is incorporated here by reference. ITEM 4 – MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Information regarding each of our executive officers as of February 20, 2024 is set forth below. Executive officers do not have a stated term of office. Each executive officer has held the position or positions indicated or another executive position with the same entity or one of its affiliates for the past five years unless otherwise indicated below. Name Age Position with PNC Year Employed (a) Carole L. Brown 59 Executive Vice President and Head of Asset Management Group 2019 Richard K. Bynum 53 Executive Vice President and Chief Corporate Responsibility Officer 2005 William S. Demchak 61 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (b) 2002 Kieran J. Fallon 57 Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer 2011 Deborah Guild 55 Executive Vice President and Head of Enterprise Technology and Security 2013 Vicki C. Henn 55 Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 1994 Gregory B. Jordan 64 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer 2013 Stacy M. Juchno 48 Executive Vice President and General Auditor 2009 Ganesh Krishnan 48 Executive Vice President and Enterprise Chief Information Officer 2008 Michael P. Lyons 53 President and Head of Corporate & Institutional Banking 2011 Alexander E. C. Overstrom 40 Executive Vice President and Head of Retail Banking 2014 E William Parsley, III 58 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 2003 Robert Q. Reilly 59 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 1987 Gregory H. Kozich 60 Senior Vice President and Controller 2010 (a) Where applicable, refers to year employed by predecessor company. (b) Mr. Demchak also serves as a director. Biographical information for Mr. Demchak is included in “Election of Directors (Item 1)” in our proxy statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders. See Item 10 of this Report. Carole L. Brown was appointed Executive Vice President and Head of Asset Management Group in July 2020. Previously, she was the Chief Change and Risk Officer for PNC’s Asset Management Group and Corporate & Institutional Banking businesses. Prior to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 33

joining PNC in 2019, she served as chief financial officer for the City of Chicago from May 2015 to May 2019. Prior to her work for the City of Chicago, Ms. Brown had a more than 25-year career as a municipal finance investment banker. Richard K. Bynum was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Corporate Responsibility Officer in July 2020. Prior to his appointment, he served as regional president for PNC’s Greater Washington market from 2017 to 2020. He previously served as a member of PNC’s retail executive leadership team, where he led the Business Banking division. Prior to that, he served as the Greater Washington retail market executive from 2010 to 2014. Kieran J. Fallon was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer in February 2021. Prior to his appointment, he served as PNC’s Senior Deputy General Counsel with legal oversight responsibility for PNC’s government, regulatory affairs and enterprise risk, and as PNC’s primary liaison with PNC’s regulatory bodies. Previously, he served as PNC’s chief counsel of Regulatory Affairs and briefly as acting general counsel. Prior to joining PNC in 2011, Mr. Fallon served as associate general counsel for legislation and special projects with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in Washington, D.C. Deborah Guild has served as Executive Vice President and Head of Enterprise Technology and Security since December 2020. She previously served as PNC’s Chief Information Security Officer, Chief Security Officer, and Chief Technology Officer. Prior to joining PNC in October 2013, Ms. Guild spent 21 years at Bank of America where she most recently served as Chief Technology Officer of Enterprise Functions and End User Computing. Vicki C. Henn has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of PNC since July 2014. Ms. Henn joined PNC in 1994 and has held numerous management positions. Prior to being named to her current position, Ms. Henn was a Senior Vice President, responsible for Human Resources for Retail Banking. Gregory B. Jordan joined PNC in 2013 as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Head of Regulatory and Government Affairs. In February 2016, Mr. Jordan was also appointed Chief Administrative Officer. Prior to joining PNC, he served as the Global Managing Partner for the last 13 years of his 29 year tenure at Reed Smith LLP. Stacy M. Juchno has served as Executive Vice President and General Auditor of PNC since April 2014 and previously served as Senior Vice President and Finance Governance and Oversight Director. Ganesh Krishnan has served as Executive Vice President and Enterprise Chief Information Officer since December 2020. He previously served as Chief Information Officer for PNC’s Corporate & Institutional Banking business and Staff Service Technology starting in 2017. Mr. Krishnan joined PNC in 2008 as a Technology Infrastructure Services manager and has held a variety of technology leadership roles with PNC. Michael P. Lyons was appointed President in February 2024 and is Head of Corporate & Institutional Banking. He previously served as an Executive Vice President since 2011. Prior to joining PNC in October 2011, from May 2010 until October 2011, Mr. Lyons was head of corporate development and strategic planning for Bank of America. Alexander E. C. Overstrom was appointed Executive Vice President and Head of Retail Banking in July 2022. Previously, he held numerous management roles including Head of Small Business, Deputy Head of Retail Banking, Head of Merchant Services, and Chief Operating Officer of Corporate & Institutional Banking and Asset Management. Prior to joining PNC in 2014, he worked in strategy and investment banking at Goldman Sachs. E William Parsley, III has served as Executive Vice President since 2009 and was appointed Chief Operating Officer in February 2018. Previously, he served as Treasurer and Chief Investment Officer starting in 2004 and Head of Consumer Lending starting in the spring of 2016. Robert Q. Reilly was appointed Chief Financial Officer in 2013. He served as the Head of PNC’s Asset Management Group from 2005 until April 2013. Previously, he held numerous management roles in both Corporate Banking and Asset Management. He was appointed Executive Vice President in 2009. Gregory H. Kozich has served as Controller of PNC since 2011. He was appointed as Senior Vice President in 2010. Prior to joining PNC in 2010, Mr. Kozich was with the Federal National Mortgage Association from 2005 until late 2010, most recently serving as its corporate controller. 34 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

PART II ITEM 5 – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol “PNC.” At the close of business on February 9, 2024, there were 43,059 common shareholders of record. Holders of PNC common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for this purpose. Our Board of Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock and certain outstanding capital securities issued by the parent company have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board of Directors presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. The amount of any future dividends will depend on economic and market conditions, our financial condition and operating results, and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of bank and non-bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to the parent company and regulatory capital limitations). PNC’s ability to pay or increase dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders is subject to PNC’s compliance with its SCB, which is determined at least annually through the Federal Reserve’s CCAR process as described in the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. For further information concerning dividend restrictions and other factors that could limit our ability to pay dividends, as well as restrictions on loans, dividends or advances from bank subsidiaries to the parent company, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1, Item 1A Risk Factors and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in Item 7, and Note 9 Borrowed Funds, Note 11 Equity and Note 19 Regulatory Matters, which we include here by reference. We include here by reference the information regarding our compensation plans under which PNC equity securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2023 in the table (with introductory paragraph and notes) in Item 12 of this Report. Our stock transfer agent and registrar is: Computershare 150 Royall Street, Suite 101 Canton, MA 02021 800-982-7652 Hearing impaired: 800-952-9245 www.computershare.com/pnc Registered shareholders may contact Computershare regarding dividends and other shareholder services. We include here by reference the information that appears under the Common Stock Performance Graph caption at the end of this Item 5. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities None. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 35

Equity Security Repurchases Details of our repurchases of PNC common stock during the fourth quarter of 2023 are included in the following table. 2023 period In thousands, except per share data Total shares purchased (a) Average price paid per share Total shares purchased as part of publicly announced programs (b) Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the programs (b) October 1 – 31 10 $ 118.13 45,500 November 1 – 30 78 $ 128.58 78 45,422 December 1 – 31 437 $ 154.36 437 44,985 Total 525 $ 149.83 515 (a) Includes PNC common stock purchased in connection with our various employee benefit plans generally related to forfeitures of unvested restricted stock awards and shares used to cover employee payroll tax withholding requirements. Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans and Note 17 Stock Based Compensation Plans include additional information regarding our employee benefit and equity compensation plans that use PNC common stock. (b) Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45 million shares, or 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. Under the SCB framework we repurchased 4.0 million shares in 2023 and 21.1 million shares in 2022. Common Stock Performance Graph This graph shows the cumulative total shareholder return (i.e., price change plus reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock during the five-year period ended December 31, 2023, as compared with: (i) a selected peer group as set forth below and referred to as the “Peer Group”; (ii) an overall stock market index, the S&P 500 Index; and (iii) a published industry index, the S&P 500 Banks. The yearly points marked on the horizontal axis of the graph correspond to December 31 of each year. The stock performance graph assumes that $100 was invested at market close on December 31, 2018 for the five-year period and that dividends were reinvested. The table below the graph shows the resultant compound annual growth rate for the performance period. Base Period Assumes $100 investment at Close of Market on December 31, 2018 Total Return = Price change plus reinvestment of dividends 5-Year Compound Growth Rate Dec. 2018 Dec. 2019 Dec. 2020 Dec. 2021 Dec. 2022 Dec. 2023 PNC $ 100 $ 140.89 $ 137.04 $ 189.42 $ 154.26 $ 158.41 9.64 % S&P 500 Index $ 100 $ 131.47 $ 155.65 $ 200.29 $ 163.98 $ 207.04 15.67 % S&P 500 Banks $ 100 $ 140.64 $ 121.29 $ 164.28 $ 132.73 $ 147.28 8.05 % Peer Group $ 100 $ 136.89 $ 128.54 $ 179.63 $ 143.33 $ 147.08 8.02 % The Peer Group for the preceding chart and table above consists of the following companies: Bank of America Corporation; Capital One Financial Corporation; Citizens Financial Group, Inc.; Fifth Third Bancorp; JPMorgan Chase & Co.; KeyCorp; M&T Bank Corporation; Regions Financial Corporation; The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.; Truist Financial Corporation; U.S. Bancorp; and Wells Fargo & Company. For Truist Financial Corporation, the preceding chart and table reflects historical BB&T Corporation 36 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

data up until December 6, 2019, without inclusion of historical data from SunTrust Banks, Inc. This Peer Group was approved for 2023 by the Board’s Personnel and Compensation Committee, and the Committee has approved the same peer group for 2024. Each yearly point for the Peer Group is determined by calculating the cumulative total shareholder return for each company in the Peer Group from December 31, 2018 to December 31 of that year, or the last business day of that year (End of Month Dividend Reinvestment Assumed) and then using the median of these returns as the yearly plot point. In accordance with the rules of the SEC, this section, captioned “Common Stock Performance Graph,” is not incorporated by reference into any of our future filings made under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Securities Act of 1933. The Common Stock Performance Graph, including its accompanying table and footnotes, is not deemed to be soliciting material or to be filed under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act. ITEM 6 – RESERVED ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (MD&A) EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Key Strategic Goals At PNC we manage our company for the long term. We are focused on the fundamentals of growing customers, loans, deposits and revenue and improving profitability, while investing for the future and managing risk, expenses and capital. We continue to invest in our products, markets and brand, and embrace our commitments to our customers, shareholders, employees and the communities where we do business. We strive to serve our customers and expand and deepen relationships by offering a broad range of deposit, credit and fee-based products and services. We are focused on delivering those products and services to our customers with the goal of addressing their financial objectives and needs. Our business model is built on customer loyalty and engagement, understanding our customers’ financial goals and offering our diverse products and services to help them achieve financial well-being. Our approach is concentrated on organically growing and deepening client relationships across our businesses that meet our risk/return measures. We are focused on our strategic priorities, which are designed to enhance value over the long term, and consist of: • Expanding our leading banking franchise to new markets and digital platforms, • Deepening customer relationships by delivering a superior banking experience and financial solutions, and • Leveraging technology to create efficiencies that help us better serve customers. Our capital and liquidity priorities are to support customers, fund business investments and return excess capital to shareholders, while maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity in light of economic conditions, the Basel III framework and other regulatory expectations. For more detail, see the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 Business, the Capital Highlights portion of this Executive Summary and the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section in this Item 7. Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance We face a variety of risks that may impact various aspects of our risk profile from time to time. The extent of such impacts may vary depending on factors such as the current business and economic conditions, political and regulatory environment and operational challenges. Many of these risks and our risk management strategies are described in more detail elsewhere in this Report. Our success will depend upon, among other things, the following factors that we manage or control: • Effectively managing capital and liquidity including: • Continuing to maintain and, over time, grow our deposit base as a low-cost stable funding source, • Prudent liquidity and capital management to meet evolving regulatory capital, capital planning, stress testing and liquidity standards, and • Actions we take within the capital and other financial markets, • Execution of our strategic priorities, • Management of credit risk in our portfolio, • Our ability to manage and implement strategic business objectives within the changing regulatory environment, • The impact of legal and regulatory-related contingencies, • The appropriateness of critical accounting estimates and related contingencies, and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 37

• Our ability to manage operational risks related to new products and services, changes in processes and procedures or the implementation of new technology. Our financial performance is also substantially affected by a number of external factors outside of our control, including the following: • Global and domestic economic conditions, • The actions by the Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply and market interest rates and inflation, • The level of, and direction, timing and magnitude of movement in, interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve, • The functioning and other performance of, and availability of liquidity in, U.S. and global financial markets, including capital markets, • The impact of tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners, • Changes in the competitive landscape, • Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs, • The impact of market credit spreads on asset valuations, • The ability of customers, counterparties and issuers to perform in accordance with contractual terms, and the resulting impact on our asset quality, • The effect of climate change on our business and performance, including indirectly through impacts on our customers, • Loan demand, utilization of credit commitments and standby letters of credit, and • The impact on customers and changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or regulatory or legislative initiatives. For additional information on the risks we face, see Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7. Acquisition of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. On June 1, 2021, PNC acquired BBVA, a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition. On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results of operations and balance sheets for all periods presented in this Report reflect the benefit of BBVA’s acquired businesses for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021. Presentation of Noninterest Income Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes. Signature Bank Portfolio Acquisition On October 2, 2023, PNC acquired a portfolio of capital commitments facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. through an agreement with the FDIC as receiver of the former Signature Bank, New York. The acquired portfolio represented approximately $16.0 billion in total commitments, including approximately $9.0 billion of funded loans, at the time of acquisition. Workforce Reduction During the fourth quarter of 2023, PNC implemented a workforce reduction that is expected to reduce 2024 personnel expense by approximately $325 million annually, on a pre-tax basis. PNC incurred expenses of $150 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 in connection with this workforce reduction. FDIC Special Assessment In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. PNC 38 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

incurred an expense on a pre-tax basis of $515 million during the fourth quarter of 2023 representing the total estimated cost of the assessment. Selected Financial Data The following tables include selected financial data which should be reviewed in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes included in Item 8 of this Report as well as the other disclosures in this Report concerning our historical financial performance, our future prospects and the risks associated with our business and financial performance. Table 1: Summary of Operations, Per Common Share Data and Performance Ratios Year ended December 31 Dollars in millions, except per share data 2023 2022 2021 Summary of Operations Net interest income $ 13,916 $ 13,014 $ 10,647 Noninterest income 7,574 8,106 8,564 Total revenue 21,490 21,120 19,211 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 742 477 (779) Noninterest expense 14,012 13,170 13,002 Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests 6,736 7,473 6,988 Income taxes 1,089 1,360 1,263 Net income $ 5,647 $ 6,113 $ 5,725 Net income attributable to common shareholders $ 5,153 $ 5,735 $ 5,436 Per Common Share Diluted earnings $ 12.79 $ 13.85 $ 12.70 Book value per common share $ 112.72 $ 99.93 $ 120.61 Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a) $ 85.08 $ 72.12 $ 94.11 Performance Ratios Net interest margin (non-GAAP) (b) 2.76 % 2.65 % 2.29 % Noninterest income to total revenue 35 % 38 % 45 % Efficiency 65 % 62 % 68 % Return on: Average common shareholders’ equity 12.35 % 13.52 % 10.78 % Average assets 1.01 % 1.11 % 1.09 % (a) See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Reconciliation of Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report. (b) See explanation and reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Reconciliation of Taxable- Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report. Table 2: Balance Sheet Highlights and Other Selected Ratios Year ended December 31 Dollars in millions, except as noted 2023 2022 Balance Sheet Highlights Assets $ 561,580 $ 557,263 Loans $ 321,508 $ 326,025 Allowance for loan and lease losses $ 4,791 $ 4,741 Interest-earning deposits with banks $ 43,804 $ 27,320 Investment securities $ 132,569 $ 139,334 Total deposits $ 421,418 $ 436,282 Borrowed funds $ 72,737 $ 58,713 Total shareholders’ equity $ 51,105 $ 45,774 Common shareholders’ equity $ 44,864 $ 40,028 Other Selected Ratios Common equity Tier 1 9.9 % 9.1 % Dividend payout 47.8 % 41.7 % Loans to deposits 76 % 75 % Common shareholders’ equity to total assets 8.0 % 7.2 % Average common shareholders’ equity to average assets 7.5 % 7.7 % The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 39

Income Statement Highlights Net income for 2023 was $5.6 billion or $12.79 per diluted common share, a decrease of $0.5 billion, or 8%, compared to net income of $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, for 2022. The decrease was driven by higher expenses, which included the impact of the FDIC special assessment and workforce reduction charges, as well as lower noninterest income and a higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income. • Total revenue increased $0.4 billion, or 2%, to $21.5 billion. • Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7%, to $13.9 billion, primarily due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs. • Net interest margin increased to 2.76% for 2023 compared to 2.65% for 2022, reflecting higher yields on interest-earning assets, partially offset by increased funding costs. • Noninterest income decreased $0.5 billion, or 7%, to $7.6 billion, primarily due to lower capital markets and advisory income and a decline in private equity revenue. The decrease also included negative Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments of $279 million for 2023 compared to $40 million of negative adjustments for 2022. • Provision for credit losses was $742 million in 2023, primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio. Provision for credit losses was $477 million in 2022. • Noninterest expense increased $842 million, or 6%, to $14.0 billion, and included $515 million pertaining to the FDIC special assessment for the recovery of losses related to the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank as well as $150 million of workforce reduction charges. For additional detail, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section of this Item 7. Balance Sheet Highlights Our balance sheet was strong and well positioned at December 31, 2023. In comparison to December 31, 2022: • Total assets increased modestly due to higher balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by lower securities and loan balances. • Total loans decreased $4.5 billion, to $321.5 billion. • Total commercial loans decreased $5.5 billion, or 2%, to $219.6 billion, driven by lower utilization of loan commitments and paydowns outpacing new production, partially offset by the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023. • Total consumer loans increased $1.0 billion, to $102.0 billion, due to growth in residential mortgages, home equity, credit card and automobile loans, partially offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations and draws on existing accounts. • Investment securities decreased $6.8 billion, or 5%, to $132.6 billion, as limited purchase activity was more than offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities. • Interest earning deposits with banks, primarily with the Federal Reserve Bank, increased $16.5 billion, or 60%, to $43.8 billion, primarily due to higher borrowed funds and lower securities and loan balances, partially offset by lower deposits. • Total deposits decreased $14.9 billion, or 3%, to $421.4 billion, as a result of lower consumer and commercial deposits, reflecting the impact of competitive pricing dynamics and inflationary pressures. • Borrowed funds of $72.7 billion increased $14.0 billion, or 24%, due to parent company senior debt issuances and higher FHLB borrowings. For additional detail, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section of this Item 7. Credit Quality Highlights 2023 reflected strong credit quality performance. • At December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022: • Overall loan delinquencies of $1.4 billion decreased $106 million, or 7%, driven by lower commercial and consumer delinquencies. • The ACL related to loans, which consists of the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments, totaled $5.5 billion, or 1.70% of total loans at December 31, 2023, and was relatively stable in comparison to reserves at December 31, 2022. The slight increase in reserves was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by an updated economic outlook. • Nonperforming assets of $2.2 billion increased $197 million, or 10%, due to higher commercial nonperforming loans, partially offset by lower consumer nonperforming loans. • Net charge-offs of $710 million or 0.22% of average loans in 2023 increased $147 million compared to net charge-offs of $563 million or 0.18% of average loans for 2022, reflecting higher commercial and consumer net loan charge-offs. 40 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

For additional detail, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Capital and Liquidity Highlights We maintained strong capital and liquidity positions during 2023. • Common shareholders’ equity increased $4.9 billion to $44.9 billion at December 31, 2023, due to the benefit of net income and an improvement in AOCI, partially offset by common dividends paid and common share repurchases. • In 2023, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 4.0 million common shares for $0.6 billion. • Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. • On January 4, 2024, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.55 per share paid on February 5, 2024. • The Basel III CET1 capital ratio increased to 9.9% at December 31, 2023 from 9.1% at December 31, 2022. • PNC elected a five-year transition provision effective March 31, 2020 to delay until December 31, 2021 the full impact of the CECL standard on regulatory capital, followed by a three-year transition period. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. The estimated fully implemented ratios reflect the full impact of CECL and exclude the benefits of this transition provision. The estimated CET1 fully implemented ratio was 9.8% at December 31, 2023 compared to 8.9% at December 31, 2022. PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. See additional discussion of the CCAR process in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report. See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for more detail on our 2023 capital and liquidity actions as well as our capital ratios. Business Outlook Statements regarding our business outlook are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Our forward-looking financial statements are subject, among other things, to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that: • PNC’s baseline forecast is for slower economic growth in 2024 as consumer spending growth slows and higher interest rates remain a drag on the economy. The ongoing strength of the labor market will continue to support consumer spending. Slowing inflation will allow for federal funds rate cuts starting in the late spring or early summer; this will support economic growth in the second half of 2024. • GDP growth this year will be below trend at slightly above 1%, and the unemployment rate will increase modestly to somewhat above 4% by the end of 2024. Inflation will continue to slow as wage pressures abate, moving back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by the end of the year. • PNC expects the federal funds rate to remain unchanged in the first part of 2024, between 5.25% and 5.50%, with federal funds rate cuts starting in May 2024 as inflation slows further. PNC expects the federal funds rate to end 2024 between 4.25% and 4.50%. See Item 1A Risk Factors and the Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information section in this Item 7 for other factors that could cause future events to differ, perhaps materially, from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. For the full year 2024, compared to full year 2023, we expect: • Spot loans to be up 3% to 4%, • Average loans to be up approximately 1%, • Net interest income to be down 4% to 5%, • Noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and Visa activity, to be up 4% to 6%, • Revenue to be stable to down 2%, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 41

• Core noninterest expense to be stable, and • The effective tax rate to be approximately 18.5%. For the first quarter of 2024, compared to the fourth quarter of 2023, we expect: • Average loans to be down approximately 1%, • Net interest income to be down 3% to 5%, • Fee income to be down 6% to 8%, • Other noninterest income, excluding net securities gains and Visa activity, to be between $150 million and $200 million, • Total revenue to be down 3% to 4%, • Core noninterest expense to be down 3% to 4%, and • Net loan charge-offs to be between $200 million and $250 million. Core noninterest expense guidance excludes the $515 million pre-tax impact of the FDIC’s special assessment related to the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank as well as $150 million of pre-tax workforce reduction charges incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Reconciliation of Core Noninterest Expense Guidance (non-GAAP) section of this Report. We are unable to provide a meaningful or accurate reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP measures, without unreasonable effort, to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures except for the impact of charges related to the FDIC special assessment and the workforce reduction to noninterest expense. This is due to the inherent difficulty of forecasting the timing and amounts necessary for the reconciliation when such amounts are subject to events that cannot be reasonably predicted, as noted in our Cautionary Statement. Accordingly, we cannot address the probable significance of unavailable information. CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW Our Consolidated Income Statement is presented in Item 8 of this Report. For the comparison of 2022 over 2021, see the Consolidated Income Statement Review section in our 2022 Form 10-K. Net income for 2023 was $5.6 billion, or $12.79 per diluted common share, a decrease of $0.5 billion, or 8%, compared to net income of $6.1 billion, or $13.85 per diluted common share, for 2022. The decrease was driven by higher expenses, which included the impact of the FDIC special assessment and workforce reduction charges, as well as lower noninterest income and a higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by higher net interest income. Net Interest Income Table 3: Summarized Average Balances and Net Interest Income (a) 2023 2022 Year ended December 31 Dollars in millions Average Balances Average Yields/ Rates Interest Income/ Expense Average Balances Average Yields/ Rates Interest Income/ Expense Assets Interest-earning assets Investment securities $ 140,351 2.54 % $ 3,568 $ 137,149 2.00 % $ 2,747 Loans 323,520 5.69 % 18,423 307,699 3.86 % 11,886 Interest-earning deposits with banks 36,645 5.19 % 1,902 41,050 1.41 % 578 Other 8,884 6.33 % 562 9,651 3.50 % 337 Total interest-earning assets/interest income $ 509,400 4.80 % 24,455 $ 495,549 3.14 % 15,548 Liabilities Interest-bearing liabilities Interest-bearing deposits $ 315,393 2.10 % 6,609 $ 299,042 0.42 % 1,267 Borrowed funds 67,282 5.62 % 3,783 42,450 2.72 % 1,155 Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense $ 382,675 2.72 % 10,392 $ 341,492 0.71 % 2,422 Net interest margin/income (non-GAAP) 2.76 % 14,063 2.65 % 13,126 Taxable-equivalent adjustments (147) (112) Net interest income (GAAP) $ 13,916 $ 13,014 (a) Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margins by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP on the Consolidated Income Statement. For more information, see Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income (non-GAAP) in the Statistical Information (Unaudited) section in Item 8 of this Report. 42 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction of the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and related yields, interest-bearing liabilities and related rates paid, and noninterest-bearing sources of funding. See the Statistical Information (Unaudited) – Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis Of Year-To-Year Changes In Net Interest Income in Item 8 of this Report for additional information. Net interest income increased $0.9 billion, or 7% in 2023 compared with 2022. The increase was due to higher interest-earning asset yields and balances, partially offset by higher funding costs. Net interest margin increased 11 basis points, reflecting higher yields on interest-earning assets, partially offset by increased funding costs. Average investment securities increased $3.2 billion, or 2%, primarily reflecting an increase in agency residential mortgage-backed securities. Average investment securities represented 28% of average interest-earning assets in both 2023 and 2022. Average loans increased $15.8 billion, or 5%, reflecting growth in both commercial and consumer loans. Average loans represented 64% of average interest-earning assets in 2023 compared to 62% in 2022. Average interest-earning deposits with banks decreased $4.4 billion, or 11%, primarily due to lower deposits and higher loan balances, partially offset by higher borrowed funds. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $16.4 billion, or 5%, reflecting a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest- bearing deposits as deposit rates have risen. In total, average interest-bearing deposits represented 82% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2023 compared to 88% in 2022. Average borrowed funds increased $24.8 billion, or 58%, primarily due to higher FHLB borrowings and parent company senior debt issuances. Further details regarding average loans and deposits are included in the Business Segments Review section of this Item 7. Noninterest Income Table 4: Noninterest Income Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Noninterest income Asset management and brokerage $ 1,412 $ 1,444 $ (32) (2) % Capital markets and advisory 952 1,296 (344) (27) % Card and cash management 2,733 2,633 100 4 % Lending and deposit services 1,233 1,134 99 9 % Residential and commercial mortgage 625 647 (22) (3) % Other 619 952 (333) (35) % Total noninterest income $ 7,574 $ 8,106 $ (532) (7) % Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue was 35% for 2023 and 38% for 2022. Asset management and brokerage fees decreased reflecting lower client activity. PNC’s discretionary client assets under management increased to $189 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $173 billion at December 31, 2022, driven by higher spot equity markets, partially offset by client activity. Capital markets and advisory fees decreased primarily due to lower merger and acquisition advisory fees and trading revenue. Card and cash management revenue growth was primarily due to higher treasury management product revenue. Lending and deposit services grew reflecting increased customer activity and growth in loan commitment fees. Residential and commercial mortgage decreased primarily due to lower commercial mortgage banking activities, partially offset by an increase in residential mortgage servicing fees. Other noninterest income decreased compared to 2022, primarily due to lower private equity revenue and the impact of Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments of negative $279 million primarily related to the extension of anticipated litigation resolution timing. Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments were negative $40 million in 2022. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 43

Further details regarding our customer-related trading activities are included in the Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7. Further details regarding private and other equity investments are included in the Market Risk Management – Equity and Other Investment Risk section. Noninterest Expense Table 5: Noninterest Expense Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Noninterest expense Personnel $ 7,428 $ 7,244 $ 184 3 % Occupancy 982 992 (10) (1) % Equipment 1,411 1,395 16 1 % Marketing 350 355 (5) (1) % Other 3,841 3,184 657 21 % Total noninterest expense $ 14,012 $ 13,170 $ 842 6 % Noninterest expense increased compared to 2022 primarily due to higher other noninterest expense, which included $515 million pertaining to the FDIC special assessment as well as higher personnel costs, which included expenses of $150 million of workforce reduction charges. We exceeded our 2023 continuous improvement program savings goal of $450 million, which included a $50 million mid-year increase. In 2024, our continuous improvement program goal will be $425 million. Effective Income Tax Rate The effective income tax rate was 16.2% for 2023 compared with 18.2% for 2022. The decrease was due to the favorable impact of certain tax matters in 2023. The effective tax rate is generally lower than the statutory rate primarily due to tax credits we receive from our investments in low- income housing and new markets investments, as well as earnings on other tax exempt investments. Additional information regarding our effective tax rate is included in the Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates table in Note 18 Income Taxes. Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses Table 6: Provision for (Recapture of) Credit Losses Year ended December 31 Dollars in millions 2023 2022 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses Loans and leases $ 792 $ 439 Unfunded lending related commitments (31) 32 Investment securities (18) 17 Other financial assets (1) (11) Total provision for (recapture of) credit losses $ 742 $ 477 Provision for credit losses was $742 million in 2023, primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio. 44 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW The summarized balance sheet data in Table 7 is based upon our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Item 8 of this Report. For additional detail of the comparison of 2022 over 2021, see the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review section in our 2022 Form 10-K. Table 7: Summarized Balance Sheet Data December 31 December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Assets Interest-earning deposits with banks $ 43,804 $ 27,320 $ 16,484 60 % Loans held for sale 734 1,010 (276) (27) % Investment securities 132,569 139,334 (6,765) (5) % Loans 321,508 326,025 (4,517) (1) % Allowance for loan and lease losses (4,791) (4,741) (50) (1) % Mortgage servicing rights 3,686 3,423 263 8 % Goodwill 10,932 10,987 (55) (1) % Other 53,138 53,905 (767) (1) % Total assets $ 561,580 $ 557,263 $ 4,317 1 % Liabilities Deposits $ 421,418 $ 436,282 $ (14,864) (3) % Borrowed funds 72,737 58,713 14,024 24 % Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments 663 694 (31) (4) % Other 15,621 15,762 (141) (1) % Total liabilities 510,439 511,451 (1,012) — Equity Total shareholders’ equity 51,105 45,774 5,331 12 % Noncontrolling interests 36 38 (2) (5) % Total equity 51,141 45,812 5,329 12 % Total liabilities and equity $ 561,580 $ 557,263 $ 4,317 1 % Our balance sheet was strong and well-positioned at December 31, 2023. In comparison to December 31, 2022: • Total assets increased modestly due to higher balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank, partially offset by lower securities and loan balances. • Total liabilities were largely stable and included lower deposits, mostly offset by higher borrowed funds. • Total equity increased due to the benefit of net income, an improvement in AOCI and net preferred stock issuances, partially offset by dividends paid and common share repurchases. The ACL related to loans totaled $5.5 billion at December 31, 2023, and was relatively stable in comparison to reserves at December 31, 2022. The slight increase in reserves was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by an updated economic outlook. See the following for additional information regarding our ACL related to loans: • Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7, • Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Item 7, and • Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and regulatory compliance is included in the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 and in Note 19 Regulatory Matters. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 45

Loans Table 8: Loans December 31 December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 177,580 $ 182,219 $ (4,639) (3) % Commercial real estate 35,436 36,316 (880) (2) % Equipment lease financing 6,542 6,514 28 — Total commercial 219,558 225,049 (5,491) (2) % Consumer Residential real estate 47,544 45,889 1,655 4 % Home equity 26,150 25,983 167 1 % Automobile 14,860 14,836 24 — Credit card 7,180 7,069 111 2 % Education 1,945 2,173 (228) (10) % Other consumer 4,271 5,026 (755) (15) % Total consumer 101,950 100,976 974 1 % Total loans $ 321,508 $ 326,025 $ (4,517) (1) % Commercial loans decreased driven by lower utilization of loan commitments and paydowns outpacing new production, partially offset by the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023. Consumer loans increased due to growth in residential mortgages, home equity, credit card and automobile loans, partially offset by declines in the remaining portfolios as paydowns outpaced new originations and draws on existing accounts. For additional information regarding our loan portfolio, see the Credit Risk Management portion of the Risk Management section, Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. Investment Securities Investment securities of $132.6 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $6.8 billion, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2022, as limited purchase activity was more than offset by portfolio paydowns and maturities. The level and composition of the investment securities portfolio fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth, and balance sheet management activities. We manage our investment securities portfolio to optimize returns, while providing a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering the LCR, NSFR and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. Table 9: Investment Securities (a) December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Amortized Cost (b) Fair Value Amortized Cost (b) Fair Value U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 44,125 $ 42,348 $ 45,767 $ 43,330 Agency residential mortgage-backed 73,329 67,925 77,385 71,073 Non-agency residential mortgage-backed 844 938 973 1,074 Agency commercial mortgage-backed 2,619 2,471 2,693 2,501 Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed (c) 2,286 2,217 2,992 2,883 Asset-backed (d) 6,982 6,984 7,291 7,183 Other debt (e) 5,952 5,850 6,642 6,394 Total investment securities (f) $ 136,137 $ 128,733 $ 143,743 $ 134,438 (a) Of our total securities portfolio, 97% were rated AAA/AA at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. (b) Amortized cost is presented net of the allowance for investment securities, which totaled $92 million at December 31, 2023 and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities. The comparable amount at December 31, 2022 was $149 million. (c) Collateralized primarily by multifamily housing, office buildings, retail properties, lodging properties and industrial properties. (d) Collateralized primarily by consumer credit products, corporate debt and government guaranteed education loans. (e) Includes state and municipal securities and corporate bonds. (f) Includes available for sale and held to maturity securities, which are recorded on our balance sheet at fair value and amortized cost, respectively. 46 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 9 presents our investment securities portfolio by amortized cost and fair value. The relationship of fair value to amortized cost at December 31, 2023 was comparable to December 31, 2022 and primarily reflected the impact of higher interest rates on the valuation of fixed-rate securities. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and maintain the allowance for investment securities at an appropriate level to absorb expected credit losses on our investment securities portfolio for the remaining contractual term of the securities adjusted for expected prepayments. See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional details regarding the allowance for investment securities. The duration of investment securities was 4.2 years at December 31, 2023. We estimate that at December 31, 2023 the effective duration of investment securities was 4.1 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel increase in interest rates and 4.2 years for an immediate 50 basis points parallel decrease in interest rates. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 for the effective duration of investment securities were 4.4 years and 4.5 years, respectively. Based on expected prepayment speeds, the weighted-average expected maturity of the investment securities portfolio was 5.5 years at December 31, 2023 compared to 6.0 years at December 31, 2022. Table 10: Weighted-Average Expected Maturities of Mortgage and Asset-Backed Debt Securities December 31, 2023 Years Agency residential mortgage-backed 7.4 Non-agency residential mortgage-backed 9.9 Agency commercial mortgage-backed 5.0 Non-agency commercial mortgage-backed 1.0 Asset-backed 2.2 Additional information regarding our investment securities portfolio is included in Note 2 Investment Securities and Note 14 Fair Value. Funding Sources Table 11: Details of Funding Sources December 31 December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Deposits Noninterest-bearing $ 101,285 $ 124,486 $ (23,201) (19) % Interest-bearing Money market 65,594 64,150 1,444 2 % Demand 124,848 126,143 (1,295) (1) % Savings 98,122 103,033 (4,911) (5) % Time deposits 31,569 18,470 13,099 71 % Total interest-bearing deposits 320,133 311,796 8,337 3 % Total deposits 421,418 436,282 (14,864) (3) % Borrowed funds Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 38,000 32,075 5,925 18 % Senior debt 26,836 16,657 10,179 61 % Subordinated debt 4,875 6,307 (1,432) (23) % Other 3,026 3,674 (648) (18) % Total borrowed funds 72,737 58,713 14,024 24 % Total funding sources $ 494,155 $ 494,995 $ (840) — Deposits are considered an attractive source of funding due to their stability and relatively low cost to fund. Compared to December 31, 2022, our funding source composition has shifted and now includes lower deposit balances and higher borrowed funds, contributing to higher funding costs. Total deposits decreased as a result of lower consumer and commercial deposits, reflecting the impact of competitive pricing dynamics and inflationary pressures. In addition, noninterest-bearing balances decreased due to the continued shift into interest-bearing deposits as a result of the elevated interest rate environment. A portion of that shift included an increase in total brokered deposits compared with 2022. Our total brokered deposit balances of $11.0 billion in 2023 and $9.5 billion in 2022, were significantly below both our internal and regulatory guidelines and limits. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 47

Borrowed funds increased due to parent company senior debt issuances and higher FHLB borrowings. The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on many factors, including market conditions, capital considerations, and funding needs, which are primarily driven by changes in loan, deposit and investment securities balances. While our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses, we also manage our borrowed funds to provide a reliable source of liquidity for our banking and other activities, considering our LCR and NSFR requirements and other internal and external guidelines and constraints. See the Liquidity and Capital Management portion of the Risk Management section of this Item 7 for additional information regarding our 2023 liquidity and capital activities. See Note 9 Borrowed Funds for additional information related to our borrowings. See Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest Analysis and Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest Income in the Statistical Information section of this Report for additional information on year-over-year volume and related funding cost changes. Shareholders’ Equity Total shareholders’ equity was $51.1 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $5.3 billion compared to December 31, 2022, as increases related to net income of $5.6 billion, an improvement in AOCI of $2.5 billion and net preferred stock issuances of $0.5 billion were partially offset by dividends paid of $2.8 billion and common share repurchases of $0.6 billion. BUSINESS SEGMENTS REVIEW We have three reportable business segments: • Retail Banking • Corporate & Institutional Banking • Asset Management Group Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in Other, as shown in Table 112 in Note 22 Segment Reporting. Other includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, corporate overhead net of allocations, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses and the residual impact from funds transfer pricing operations. Certain amounts included in this Business Segments Review differ from those amounts shown in Note 22, primarily due to the presentation in this Financial Review of business net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis. See Note 22 Segment Reporting for additional information on our business segments, including a description of each business. 48 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Retail Banking Retail Banking’s core strategy is to build lifelong, primary relationships by creating a sense of financial well-being and ease for our clients. Over time, we seek to deepen those relationships by meeting the broad range of our clients’ financial needs across savings, liquidity, lending, payments, investment and retirement solutions. We work to deliver these solutions in the most seamless and efficient way possible, meeting our customers where they want to be met - whether in a branch, through digital channels, an ATM or through our phone-based customer contact centers - while continuously optimizing the cost to sell and service. We believe that, over time, we can grow our customer base, enhance the breadth and depth of our client relationships and improve our efficiency through differentiated products and leading digital channels. Table 12: Retail Banking Table (Unaudited) Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions, except as noted 2023 2022 $ % Income Statement Net interest income $ 9,974 $ 7,540 $ 2,434 32 % Noninterest income 2,951 2,967 (16) (1) % Total revenue 12,925 10,507 2,418 23 % Provision for credit losses 396 259 137 53 % Noninterest expense 7,555 7,598 (43) (1) % Pretax earnings 4,974 2,650 2,324 88 % Income taxes 1,163 621 542 87 % Noncontrolling interests 43 55 (12) (22) % Earnings $ 3,768 $ 1,974 $ 1,794 91 % Average Balance Sheet Loans held for sale $ 569 $ 927 $ (358) (39) % Loans Consumer Residential real estate $ 35,156 $ 33,643 $ 1,513 4 % Home equity 24,598 23,221 1,377 6 % Automobile 14,943 15,425 (482) (3) % Credit card 7,020 6,620 400 6 % Education 2,090 2,381 (291) (12) % Other consumer 1,910 2,164 (254) (12) % Total consumer 85,717 83,454 2,263 3 % Commercial 11,744 11,177 567 5 % Total loans $ 97,461 $ 94,631 $ 2,830 3 % Total assets $ 114,914 $ 113,829 $ 1,085 1 % Deposits Noninterest-bearing $ 58,566 $ 64,775 $ (6,209) (10) % Interest-bearing 197,589 199,614 (2,025) (1) % Total deposits $ 256,155 $ 264,389 $ (8,234) (3) % Performance Ratios Return on average assets 3.28 % 1.73 % Noninterest income to total revenue 23 % 28 % Efficiency 58 % 72 % (continued on following page) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 49

(Continued from previous page) Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions, except as noted 2023 2022 $ % Supplemental Noninterest Income Information Asset management and brokerage $ 523 $ 528 $ (5) (1) % Card and cash management $ 1,323 $ 1,338 $ (15) (1) % Lending and deposit services $ 736 $ 670 $ 66 10 % Residential and commercial mortgage $ 424 $ 319 $ 105 33 % Residential Mortgage Information Residential mortgage servicing statistics (in billions, except as noted) (a) Serviced portfolio balance (b) $ 209 $ 190 $ 19 10 % Serviced portfolio acquisitions $ 35 $ 74 $ (39) (53) % MSR asset value (b) $ 2.7 $ 2.3 $ 0.4 17 % MSR capitalization value (in basis points) (b) 127 122 5 4 % Servicing income: (in millions) Servicing fees, net (c) $ 301 $ 192 $ 109 57 % Mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge $ 53 $ 9 $ 44 * Residential mortgage loan statistics Loan origination volume (in billions) $ 7.4 $ 15.1 $ (7.7) (51) % Loan sale margin percentage 2.34 % 2.14 % Percentage of originations represented by: Purchase volume (d) 87 % 67 % Refinance volume 13 % 33 % Other Information (b) Customer-related statistics (average) Non-teller deposit transactions (e) 66 % 64 % Digital consumer customers (f) 77 % 78 % Credit-related statistics Nonperforming assets $ 834 $ 1,003 $ (169) (17) % Net charge-offs - loans and leases $ 463 $ 435 $ 28 6 % Other statistics ATMs 8,447 8,933 (486) (5) % Branches (g) 2,299 2,518 (219) (9) % Brokerage account client assets (in billions) (h) $ 78 $ 70 $ 8 11 % *- Not Meaningful (a) Represents mortgage loan servicing balances for third parties and the related income. (b) Presented as of period end, except for average customer-related statistics and net charge-offs, which are both shown for the year ended, respectively. (c) Servicing fees net of impact of decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans paid off during the period. (d) Mortgages with borrowers as part of residential real estate purchase transactions. (e) Percentage of total consumer and business banking deposit transactions processed at an ATM or through our mobile banking application. (f) Represents consumer checking relationships that process the majority of their transactions through non-teller channels. (g) Reflects all branches and solution centers excluding standalone mortgage offices and satellite offices (e.g., drive-ups, electronic branches and retirement centers) that provide limited products and/or services. (h) Includes cash and money market balances. Retail Banking earnings increased $1.8 billion in 2023 compared with 2022, primarily due to increased net interest income, partially offset by an increased provision for credit losses. Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans. Noninterest income decreased primarily due to the impact of negative Visa Class B derivative fair value adjustments compared to 2022, partially offset by growth in residential mortgage banking and lending and deposit customer-related activities. Provision for credit losses was primarily driven by portfolio activity. Noninterest expense decreased in the comparison primarily due to lower personnel expense, partially offset by increased technology costs. 50 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Retail Banking average total loans increased in 2023 compared to 2022. Average consumer loans increased driven by higher residential real estate and home equity loans as a result of new volume and draws on existing accounts outpacing liquidations, as well as growth in credit card loans due to new account production and purchase volume increases. The increase was partially offset by declines across the remaining portfolio as paydowns outpaced new originations. Average commercial loans increased due to growth in automobile dealer segment balances, partially offset by forgiveness of PPP loans. Our focus on growing primary customer relationships is at the core of our deposit strategy in Retail, which is based on attracting and retaining stable, low-cost deposits as a key funding source for PNC. We have taken a disciplined approach to pricing, focused on retaining relationship-based balances and executing on targeted deposit growth and retention strategies aimed at more rate-sensitive customers. Our goal with regard to deposits is to optimize balances, economics and long-term customer growth. In 2023, average total deposits decreased compared to 2022, reflecting the impact of increased consumer spending and quantitative tightening by the Federal Reserve. As part of our strategic focus on growing customers and meeting their financial needs, we operate and continue to optimize a coast-to- coast network of retail branches, solution centers and ATMs, which are complemented by PNC’s suite of digital capabilities. In February 2024, PNC announced it would be investing close to $1.0 billion, through 2028, to open more than 100 new branches in key locations, including Austin, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Miami, and San Antonio, and to renovate more than 1,200 existing locations across the country to enhance the customer experience. Retail Banking continues to enhance the customer experience with refinements to product and service offerings that drive value for consumers and small businesses. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 51

Corporate & Institutional Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking’s strategy is to be the leading relationship-based provider of traditional banking products and services to its customers through the economic cycles. We aim to grow our market share and drive higher returns by delivering value- added solutions that help our clients better run their organizations, all while maintaining prudent risk and expense management. We continue to focus on building client relationships where the risk-return profile is attractive. We are a coast-to-coast franchise and our full suite of commercial products and services are offered nationally. Table 13: Corporate & Institutional Banking Table (Unaudited) Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions 2023 2022 $ % Income Statement Net interest income $ 5,856 $ 5,270 $ 586 11 % Noninterest income 3,537 3,621 (84) (2) % Total revenue 9,393 8,891 502 6 % Provision for credit losses 398 198 200 101 % Noninterest expense 3,730 3,651 79 2 % Pretax earnings 5,265 5,042 223 4 % Income taxes 1,197 1,155 42 4 % Noncontrolling interests 19 17 2 12 % Earnings $ 4,049 $ 3,870 $ 179 5 % Average Balance Sheet Loans held for sale $ 407 $ 475 $ (68) (14) % Loans Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 166,289 $ 155,551 $ 10,738 7 % Commercial real estate 34,522 33,373 1,149 3 % Equipment lease financing 6,422 6,195 227 4 % Total commercial 207,233 195,119 12,114 6 % Consumer 6 9 (3) (33) % Total loans $ 207,239 $ 195,128 $ 12,111 6 % Total assets $ 233,337 $ 219,941 $ 13,396 6 % Deposits Noninterest-bearing $ 51,329 $ 76,956 $ (25,627) (33) % Interest-bearing 91,815 71,388 20,427 29 % Total deposits $ 143,144 $ 148,344 $ (5,200) (4) % Performance Ratios Return on average assets 1.74 % 1.76 % Noninterest income to total revenue 38 % 41 % Efficiency 40 % 41 % Other Information Consolidated revenue from: (a) Treasury Management (b) $ 3,456 $ 2,801 $ 655 23 % Commercial mortgage banking activities: Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (c) $ 74 $ 77 $ (3) (4) % Commercial mortgage loan servicing income (d) 185 256 (71) (28) % Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge 118 138 (20) (14) % Total $ 377 $ 471 $ (94) (20) % Commercial mortgage servicing statistics Serviced portfolio balance (in billions) (e)(f) $ 288 $ 281 $ 7 2 % MSR asset value (e) $ 1,032 $ 1,113 $ (81) (7) % Average Loans by C&IB business (g) Corporate Banking $ 117,568 $ 106,098 $ 11,470 11 % Real Estate 47,312 45,335 1,977 4 % Business Credit 29,984 28,461 1,523 5 % Commercial Banking 8,024 9,294 (1,270) (14) % Other 4,351 5,940 (1,589) (27) % Total average loans $ 207,239 $ 195,128 $ 12,111 6 % Credit-related statistics Nonperforming assets (e) $ 1,217 $ 761 $ 456 60 % Net charge-offs - loans and leases $ 266 $ 143 $ 123 86 % (a) See the additional revenue discussion regarding treasury management and commercial mortgage banking activities in the Product Revenue section of this Corporate & Institutional Banking section. (b) Amounts are reported in net interest income and noninterest income. 52 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

(c) Represents commercial mortgage banking income for valuations on commercial mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, derivative valuations, origination fees, gains on sale of loans held for sale and net interest income on loans held for sale. (d) Represents net interest income and noninterest income from loan servicing, net of reduction in commercial mortgage servicing rights due to time and payoffs. Commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation, net of economic hedge is shown separately. (e) As of December 31. (f) Represents balances related to capitalized servicing. (g) As the result of a business realignment within C&IB during the second quarter of 2023, certain loans were reclassified from Other to Corporate Banking in the prior periods to conform to the current period presentation. Corporate & Institutional Banking earnings increased $179 million in 2023 compared with 2022, driven by higher net interest income, partially offset by a higher provision for credit losses, lower noninterest income and increased noninterest expense. Net interest income increased in the comparison due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher average loan balances, partially offset by narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans and lower average deposit balances. Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by lower commercial mortgage banking activities and a decline in capital markets and advisory fees, partially offset by growth in treasury management product revenue. Provision for credit losses was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio. Noninterest expense increased in the comparison and included continued investments to support business growth. Average loans increased compared with 2022 due to increases in Corporate Banking, Real Estate and Business Credit, partially offset by a decrease in Commercial Banking: • Corporate Banking provides lending, equipment finance, treasury management and capital markets products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, and government and not-for-profit entities. Average loans for this business increased driven by strong new production throughout 2022 and the acquisition of capital commitment facilities from Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on October 2, 2023. • Real Estate provides banking, financing and servicing solutions for commercial real estate clients across the country. Average loans for this business increased largely due to new production throughout 2022, partially offset by a lower average utilization of loan commitments. • Business Credit provides asset-based lending and equipment financing solutions. The loan and lease portfolio is mainly secured by business assets. Average loans for this business increased, primarily driven by new production, partially offset by a lower average utilization of loan commitments. • Commercial Banking provides lending, treasury management and capital markets related products and services to smaller corporations and businesses. Average loans for this business declined primarily driven by lower average utilization of loan commitments, paydowns outpacing new production and PPP loan forgiveness. The deposit strategy of Corporate & Institutional Banking is to remain disciplined on pricing and focused on growing and retaining relationship-based balances over time, executing on customer and segment-specific deposit growth strategies and continuing to provide funding and liquidity to PNC. Average total deposits decreased in 2023 compared to 2022, reflecting the impact of quantitative tightening by the Federal Reserve and included a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposits as deposit rates have risen. We continue to actively monitor the interest rate environment and make adjustments to our deposit strategy in response to evolving market conditions, bank funding needs and client relationship dynamics. Product Revenue In addition to credit and deposit products for commercial customers, Corporate & Institutional Banking offers other services, including treasury management, capital markets and advisory products and services, and commercial mortgage banking activities, for customers of all business segments. On a consolidated basis, the revenue from these other services is included in net interest income and noninterest income, as appropriate. From a business perspective, the majority of the revenue and expense related to these services is reflected in the Corporate & Institutional Banking segment results, and the remainder is reflected in the results of other businesses where the customer relationships exist. The Other Information section in Table 13 includes the consolidated revenue to PNC for treasury management and commercial mortgage banking services. A discussion of the consolidated revenue from these services follows. The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management revenue is reported in noninterest income and net interest income. Noninterest income includes treasury management product revenue less earnings credits provided to customers on compensating deposit balances used to pay for products and services. Net interest income includes funding credit from all treasury management customer deposit balances. Compared with 2022, treasury management revenue increased due to wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits and higher product revenue. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 53

Commercial mortgage banking activities include revenue derived from commercial mortgage servicing (both net interest income and noninterest income), revenue derived from commercial mortgage loans held for sale and hedges related to those activities. Total revenue from commercial mortgage banking activities decreased in the comparison primarily due to lower commercial mortgage servicing income. Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. The decrease in capital markets and advisory fees in the comparison was mostly driven by lower merger and acquisition advisory fees and a decline in syndication fees, partially offset by higher customer-related trading revenue for derivatives, foreign exchange and fixed income. 54 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Asset Management Group The Asset Management Group strives to be a leading relationship-based provider of investment, planning, credit and cash management solutions and fiduciary services to affluent individuals and institutions by endeavoring to proactively deliver value-added ideas, solutions and exceptional service. The Asset Management Group’s priorities are to serve our clients’ financial objectives, grow and deepen customer relationships and deliver solid financial performance with prudent risk and expense management. Table 14: Asset Management Group Table (Unaudited) Year ended December 31 Change Dollars in millions, except as noted 2023 2022 $ % Income Statement Net interest income $ 547 $ 608 $ (61) (10) % Noninterest income 905 936 (31) (3) % Total revenue 1,452 1,544 (92) (6) % Provision for (recapture of) credit losses (3) 28 (31) * Noninterest expense 1,115 1,086 29 3 % Pretax earnings 340 430 (90) (21) % Income taxes 80 100 (20) (20) % Earnings $ 260 $ 330 $ (70) (21) % Average Balance Sheet Loans Consumer Residential real estate $ 10,280 $ 8,029 $ 2,251 28 % Other consumer 4,003 4,550 (547) (12) % Total consumer 14,283 12,579 1,704 14 % Commercial 1,107 1,505 (398) (26) % Total loans $ 15,390 $ 14,084 $ 1,306 9 % Total assets $ 15,812 $ 14,505 $ 1,307 9 % Deposits Noninterest-bearing $ 1,782 $ 2,664 $ (882) (33) % Interest-bearing 25,928 27,830 (1,902) (7) % Total deposits $ 27,710 $ 30,494 $ (2,784) (9) % Performance Ratios Return on average assets 1.64 % 2.28 % Noninterest income to total revenue 62 % 61 % Efficiency 77 % 70 % Supplemental Noninterest Income Information Asset management fees $ 882 $ 908 $ (26) (3) % Brokerage fees 7 8 (1) (13) % Total $ 889 $ 916 $ (27) (3) % Other Information Nonperforming assets (a) $ 39 $ 56 $ (17) (30) % Net charge-offs (recoveries) - loans and leases $ (3) $ 17 $ (20) (118) % Client Assets Under Administration (in billions) (a) (b) Discretionary client assets under management PNC Private Bank $ 117 $ 105 $ 12 11 % Institutional Asset Management 72 68 4 6 % Total discretionary client assets under management $ 189 $ 173 $ 16 9 % Nondiscretionary client assets under administration 179 152 27 18 % Total $ 368 $ 325 $ 43 13 % * -Not Meaningful (a) As of December 31. (b) Excludes brokerage account client assets. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 55

The Asset Management Group consists of two primary businesses: PNC Private Bank and Institutional Asset Management. The PNC Private Bank is focused on being a premier private bank in each of the markets it serves. This business seeks to deliver high quality banking, trust, and investment management services to our emerging affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients through a broad array of products and services. Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, cash and fixed income client solutions, and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients, including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, municipalities and non-profits. Asset Management Group earnings decreased $70 million in 2023 compared with 2022, driven by lower net interest income and noninterest income and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by provision recapture. Net interest income decreased in the comparison due to decline in average deposits as well as narrower interest rate spreads on the value of loans, partially offset by higher average loans and wider interest rate spreads on the value of deposits. Noninterest income decreased in the comparison driven by lower asset management fees due to the impact of client activity. Noninterest expense increased in the comparison, reflecting continued investments to support business growth. Average loans increased compared with 2022, driven by growth in residential real estate lending, partially offset by a decrease in security based lending lines of credit. Average deposits decreased in the comparison due to competitive pricing pressures as clients continue to seek higher yielding returns, including deploying funds into discretionary client assets under management. Discretionary client assets under management increased in comparison to the prior year, primarily due to higher spot equity markets as of December 31, 2023, partially offset by client activity. RISK MANAGEMENT Enterprise Risk Management We encounter risk as part of the normal course of operating our business. Accordingly, we design our risk governance framework, referred to as the ERM Framework, and risk management processes to help manage this risk. We manage risk in light of our risk appetite to optimize long-term shareholder value while supporting our employees, customers and communities. Our ERM Framework is structurally aligned with regulatory enhanced prudential standards and heightened standards promulgated by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively, which establish minimum requirements for the design and implementation of a risk governance framework. This Risk Management section describes our ERM Framework, which consists of seven core components that provide executive management and the Board of Directors with an aggregate view of significant risks impacting the organization. The seven core components are risk culture, enterprise strategy (including risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing), risk governance and oversight, risk identification, risk assessments, risk controls and monitoring, and risk aggregation and reporting (see the figure below). The overall Risk Management section of this Item 7 also provides an analysis of the firm’s Capital Management and our key areas of risk, which include, but are not limited to Credit, Market, Liquidity and Operational (including Compliance and Information Security). Our use of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process is also addressed within this Risk Management section. We operate within a rapidly evolving regulatory and financial services environment. Accordingly, we are actively focused on the timely incorporation of applicable regulatory pronouncements and emerging risks into our ERM Framework. 56 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Risk Culture A strong risk culture helps us make well informed decisions, helps ensure individuals conform to the established culture, reduces an individual’s ability to do something for personal gain, and rewards employees for working toward a common goal rather than individual interests. Our risk culture reinforces the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior. These protocols are especially critical in terms of our risk awareness, risk-taking behavior and risk management practices. Managing risk is every employee’s responsibility. All of our employees, individually and collectively, are responsible for ensuring the organization is performing with the utmost integrity, is applying sound risk management practices and is striving to achieve our stated objectives. All employees are also responsible for understanding our Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement, the ERM Framework and how risk management applies to their respective roles and responsibilities. Employees are encouraged to collaborate across groups to identify and mitigate risks and elevate issues as required. We reinforce risk management responsibilities through a performance management system where employee performance goals include risk management objectives and incentives for employees to reinforce balanced measures of risk-adjusted performance. Proactive and open communication, between groups and up to the Board of Directors, facilitates timely identification and resolution of risk issues. Our multi-level risk committee structure provides formal channels to identify and report risk. Enterprise Strategy We seek to ensure that our overall enterprise strategy is within acceptable risk parameters through our risk appetite, strategic planning, capital planning and stress testing processes. These components are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors or one of its committees. Risk Appetite: Our risk appetite represents the organization’s desired enterprise risk position, set within our capital-based risk and liquidity capacity to achieve our strategic objectives and business plans. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement qualitatively describes the aggregate level of risk we are willing to accept in order to execute our business strategies. Qualitative guiding principles further define each of the risks within our taxonomy to support the risk appetite statement. Risk appetite metrics and limits, including forward-looking metrics, quantitatively measure whether we are operating within our stated Risk Appetite. Our risk appetite metrics reflect material risks, align with our established Risk Appetite Framework, balance risk and reward, leverage analytics, and are adjusted to changes in the external and internal risk environments. Strategic Planning: Our enterprise and line of business strategic plans outline major objectives, strategies and goals which are expected to be achieved over the next five years while seeking to ensure we remain compliant with all capital, risk appetite and liquidity targets and guidelines. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer lead the development of the corporate strategic plan. Capital Planning and Stress Testing: Capital planning helps to ensure we are maintaining safe and sound operations and viability. The capital planning process and the resulting capital plan evolve as our overall risks, activities and risk management practices change. Capital planning aligns with our strategic planning process. Stress testing is an essential element of the macroeconomic capital planning process. Effective stress testing enables us to consider the estimated effect on capital of various hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios. Risk Governance and Oversight We employ a comprehensive risk management governance framework to help ensure that risks are identified, balanced decisions are made that consider risk and return, and risks are adequately monitored and managed. Risk committees established within this risk governance and oversight framework provide oversight for risk management activities at the Board of Directors, executive, corporate The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 57

and business levels. Committee composition is designed to provide effective oversight balanced across the three lines of defense in accordance with the OCC’s heightened standards and the Federal Reserve Board’s enhanced prudential standards. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for more information. To help ensure appropriate risks are being taken and effectively managed and controlled, risk is managed across three lines of defense. A summary of the Board of Directors’ and each line of defense’s responsibilities is provided below: Board of Directors – The Board of Directors oversees our risk-taking activities, holds management accountable for adhering to the ERM Framework and is responsible for exercising sound, independent judgment when assessing risk. First line of defense – The front line units are accountable for identifying, owning and managing risks to within acceptable levels while adhering to the ERM Framework. Our businesses strive to enhance risk management and internal control processes within their areas. Integrated and comprehensive processes are designed to adequately manage the business’ risk profile and risk appetite through identifying, assessing, monitoring and reporting risks that may significantly impact each business. Second line of defense – The second line of defense is independent from the first line of defense and is responsible for establishing the risk governance framework and the standards within each independent risk area for identifying, measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting aggregate risks. As the second line of defense, the independent risk areas monitor the risks generated by the first line of defense, review and challenge the implementation of effective risk management practices, perform independent assessment of risk, and report on issues or exceptions. The risk areas help to ensure processes and controls owned by the businesses are designed and operating as intended. Third line of defense – As the third line of defense, Internal Audit is independent from the first and second lines of defense. Internal Audit provides the Board of Directors and executive management comprehensive assurance on the effectiveness of the ERM Framework and the risk management practices across the organization. Within the three lines of defense, the independent risk organization has sufficient authority to influence material decisions. Our business oversight and decision-making is supported through a governance structure at the Board of Directors and management level. Specific responsibilities include: Board of Directors – Our Board of Directors oversees our business and affairs as managed by our officers and employees. The Board of Directors may receive assistance in carrying out its duties and may delegate authority through standing or special committees. The following provides a summary of some of the key responsibilities of the Board’s standing committees: • Audit Committee: monitors the integrity of our consolidated financial statements; monitors internal control over financial reporting; monitors compliance with our code of ethics; evaluates and monitors the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; and evaluates and monitors the performance of our Internal Audit function and our independent auditors. • Nominating and Governance Committee: oversees the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices while promoting our best interests and those of our shareholders. • Human Resources Committee: oversees the compensation of our executive officers and other specified responsibilities related to talent and human capital matters affecting us. The committee is also responsible for evaluating the relationship between risk-taking activities and incentive compensation plans. • Risk Committee: oversees our enterprise-wide risk structure and the processes established to identify, measure, monitor and manage the organization’s risks and evaluates and approves our risk governance framework. The Risk Committee has formed a Compliance Subcommittee to facilitate Board-level oversight of risk management in the compliance area. • Corporate Responsibility Committee: oversees management’s corporate responsibility efforts, internally and externally, to the extent such corporate responsibility efforts are not specifically within the purview of another Board committee (e.g., climate- related risks overseen by the Risk Committee and climate-related financial disclosures overseen by the Audit Committee), and implementation of PNC's publicly-announced Community Benefits Plan to provide loans, investments and other financial support to bolster economic opportunity for low- and moderate-income individuals and communities and other underserved individuals and communities, and to help remove historic barriers in the banking system. • Technology Committee: oversees technology strategy and significant technology initiatives and programs, including those that can position the use of technology to drive strategic advantages, and fulfills the oversight responsibilities delegated from the Risk Committee with respect to technology risk, technology risk management, data risk, cybersecurity, information security, business continuity and significant technology initiatives and programs. Management Level Executive Committee – The Management Level Executive Committee is responsible for guiding the creation and execution of our business strategy across PNC. With this responsibility, the Management Level Executive Committee executes various strategic approval and review activities, with a focus on capital deployment, business performance and risk management. This Committee also helps ensure PNC is staffed with sufficient resources and talent to operate within its risk appetite. 58 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Corporate Committees – The Corporate Committees generally operate based on the delegated approval authority from a Board- level Committee, the Management Level Executive Committee or other Corporate Committees. These Committees operate at the senior management level and are designed to facilitate the review, evaluation, oversight and approval of key business and risk activities. Working Committees – Working Committees generally operate on delegated approval authority from a Corporate Committee or other Working Committees. Working Committees are intended to provide oversight of regulatory/legal matters, assist in the implementation of key enterprise-level activities within a business or function and support the oversight of key risk activities. Transactional Committees – Transactional Committees generally operate based on delegated approval authority from a Corporate or Working Committee to approve individual transactions, transactional related activities or movements on the organization’s balance sheet. Policies and Procedures – We have established risk management Policies and Procedures to support our ERM Framework, articulate our risk culture, define the parameters and processes within which employees are to manage risk and conduct our business activities and to provide direction, guidance and clarity on roles and responsibilities to management and the Board of Directors. These Policies and Procedures are organized in a multi-tiered framework and require periodic review and approval by relevant Committees, including where appropriate Committees of the Board of Directors, or management. Risk Identification Risk identification takes place across a variety of risk types throughout the organization. These risk types include, but are not limited to, credit, liquidity and capital, market and operational (which includes, among other types of risk, compliance and information security). Risks are identified based on a balanced use of analytical tools and management judgment for both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our governance structure supports risk identification by facilitating assessment of key risk issues, emerging risks and idiosyncratic risks and implementation of mitigation strategies as appropriate. These risks are prioritized based on quantitative and qualitative analysis and assessed against our risk appetite. Multiple tools and approaches are used to help identify and prioritize risks, including Risk Appetite Metrics, Key Risk Indicators, Key Performance Indicators, Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, stress testing and special assessments. Risks are aggregated and assessed within and across risk functions and businesses. The aggregated risk information is reviewed and reported at an enterprise level to the Board of Directors or appropriate committees. This enterprise aggregation and reporting approach promotes the identification and appropriate escalation of material risks across the organization and supports an understanding of the cumulative impact of risk in relation to our risk appetite. Risk Assessment Once risks are identified, they are evaluated based on quantitative and qualitative analysis to determine whether they are material. Risk assessments support the overall management of an effective ERM Framework and help us to control and monitor our actual risk level and risk management effectiveness. Comprehensive, accurate and timely assessments of risk are essential to an effective ERM Framework. Effective risk measurement practices are designed to uncover recurring risks that have been experienced in the past; facilitate the monitoring, understanding, analysis and reporting of known risks; and reveal unanticipated risks that may not be easy to understand or predict. Risk Controls and Monitoring Our ERM Framework consists of policies, procedures, processes, personnel and control systems. Risk controls and limits provide the linkage from our Risk Appetite Statement and associated guiding principles to the risk-taking activities of our businesses. In addition to risk appetite limits, a system of more detailed internal controls exists which oversees and monitors our various processes and functions. These control systems measure performance, help employees make correct decisions, help ensure information is accurate and reliable and facilitate compliance with laws and regulations. We design our monitoring and evaluation of risks and controls to provide assurance that policies, procedures and controls are effective and also to result in the identification of control improvement recommendations. Risk monitoring is a daily, ongoing process used by both the first and second line of defense to help ensure compliance with our ERM Framework. Risk monitoring is accomplished in many ways, including performing risk assessments at the business and risk assessment unit level, monitoring an area’s key controls, the timely reporting of issues and establishing a quality control and/or quality assurance function, as applicable. Risk Aggregation and Reporting Risk reporting is a comprehensive way to: (i) communicate aggregate risks, including identified concentrations; (ii) escalate instances where we are outside of our risk appetite; (iii) monitor our risk profile in relation to our risk appetite; and (iv) communicate risks and views on the effectiveness of our risk management activities to the Board of Directors and executive management. Risk reports are produced at the line of business, functional risk and enterprise levels. Each individual risk report includes an assessment of inherent risk, quality of risk management, residual risk, risk appetite and risk outlook. The enterprise level risk report The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 59

aggregates material risks identified in the risk area reports and in the business reports to define the enterprise risk profile. The enterprise risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of enterprise risk and represents our overall risk position in relation to the desired enterprise risk appetite. The determination of the enterprise risk profile is based on analysis of quantitative reporting of risk limits and other measures along with qualitative assessments. Quarterly aggregation of risk reports from the risk areas and lines of business is designed to provide a clear view of our risk level relative to our risk appetite. The enterprise level report is provided through the governance structure to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Credit Risk Management Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with the contractual terms of their loan, extension of credit or other financial obligation with PNC. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing securities and entering into financial derivative transactions and certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of our most significant risks. Our processes for managing credit risk are designed to be embedded in our risk culture and in our decision-making processes using a systematic approach whereby credit risks and related exposures are identified and assessed, managed through specific policies and processes, measured and evaluated against our risk appetite and credit concentration limits, and reported, along with specific mitigation activities, to management and the Board of Directors through our governance structure. Our most significant concentration of credit risk is in our loan portfolio. Credit Risk Management is working to understand and incorporate into our credit risk management framework the impacts to credit risk that may accelerate or be introduced as a result of climate change, including impacts from physical risk events and risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy. These risk events may impact a borrower’s income, cash flow or collateral due to the frequency or severity of weather events, changing market conditions, consumer preferences and demand for products, or changes to the legislative and regulatory landscape. As disruptive events occur, PNC follows a process to determine if enhanced portfolio monitoring, reporting and executive communication is warranted to ensure appropriate oversight and action. To address issues that are important to the various stakeholders we serve, Corporate & Institutional Banking transactions may be subjected to an industry-agnostic Environmental and Social Risk Management assessment designed to help us better identify and mitigate environmental, human rights and other reputational risks early in the credit application process. Transactions identified as having a potential environmental, human rights or other reputational risk are evaluated to determine whether additional due diligence is warranted. Credit Risk Management employs a governance, policy and monitoring framework for environmental and social risk topics that may include updates to PNC’s Credit Portfolio Strategy Committee. Outcomes from those updates may be incorporated into credit policies and risk procedures that govern our risk appetite, credit decisioning, portfolio management and reserve processes. Additionally, PNC has procedures designed to ensure that flood insurance is present for properties as required by applicable regulations, while also monitoring other water-related risks (such as the increased shoreline and coastal erosion) and weather-related events (such as hurricanes and wildfires). Loan Portfolio Characteristics and Analysis Table 15: Details of Loans In billions $177.6 $35.4 $6.5 $47.5 $26.2 $14.9 $7.2 $1.9 $4.3 $182.2 $36.3 $6.5 $45.9 $26.0 $14.8 $7.1 $2.2 $5.0 December 31, 2023 $321.5 billion December 31, 2022 $326.0 billion Commercial and Industrial Commercial Real Estate Equipment Lease Financing Residential Real Estate Home Equity Automobile Credit Card Education Other Consumer 60 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We use several credit quality indicators, as further detailed in Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses, to monitor and measure our exposure to credit risk within our loan portfolio. The following provides additional information about the significant loan classes that comprise our Commercial and Consumer portfolio segments. Commercial Commercial and Industrial Commercial and industrial loans comprised 55% and 56% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The majority of our commercial and industrial loans are secured by collateral that provides a secondary source of repayment should a borrower experience cash generation difficulties. Examples of this collateral include short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, and long-lived assets, such as equipment, owner-occupied real estate and other business assets. We actively manage our commercial and industrial loans to assess any changes (both positive and negative) in the level of credit risk at both the borrower and portfolio level. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign internal risk ratings reflecting our estimates of the borrower’s PD and LGD for each related credit facility. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process and is updated on an ongoing basis through our credit risk management processes. In addition to monitoring the level of credit risk, we also monitor concentrations of credit risk pertaining to both specific industries and geographies that may exist in our portfolio. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is well-diversified across industries as shown in the following table (based on the North American Industry Classification System). Table 16: Commercial and Industrial Loans by Industry December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Commercial and industrial Manufacturing $ 28,989 16 % $ 30,845 17 % Financial services 28,422 16 21,320 12 Retail/wholesale trade 28,198 16 29,176 16 Service providers 21,354 12 23,548 13 Real estate related (a) 16,235 9 17,780 10 Technology, media & telecommunications 10,249 6 11,845 7 Health care 9,808 6 10,649 6 Transportation and warehousing 7,733 4 7,858 4 Other industries 26,592 15 29,198 15 Total commercial and industrial loans $ 177,580 100 % $ 182,219 100 % (a) Represents loans to customers in the real estate and construction industries. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $9.6 billion at December 31, 2023 and are included in commercial and industrial loans as the credit decisioning for servicing these loans is based on the financial conditions of the owner, not the ability of the collateral to generate income. Owner occupied commercial real estate loans are well-diversified across industries. Commercial Real Estate Commercial real estate loans comprised $21.0 billion related to commercial mortgages on income-producing properties, $8.0 billion of intermediate-term financing loans, and $6.4 billion of real estate construction project loans as of December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2022 were $22.3 billion, $7.6 billion, and $6.4 billion, respectively. Commercial real estate primarily consists of an investment in land and/or buildings held to generate income, that income serves as the primary source for the repayment of the loan. However, for all commercial real estate assets, the disposition of the assigned collateral serves as a secondary source of repayment for the loan should the borrower experience cash generation difficulties. We monitor credit risk associated with our commercial real estate loans similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks associated with commercial real estate loans tend to be correlated to the loan structure, collateral location and quality, project progress and business environment. These attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. The portfolio is geographically diverse due to the nature of our business involving clients throughout the U.S. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 61

The following table presents our commercial real estate loans by geography and property type: Table 17: Commercial Real Estate Loans by Geography and Property Type December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Geography (a) California $ 6,133 17 % $ 6,224 17 % Florida 3,738 11 3,275 9 Texas 3,733 11 3,871 11 Virginia 1,590 4 1,638 5 Pennsylvania 1,515 4 1,638 5 Maryland 1,344 4 1,496 4 Arizona 1,216 3 1,040 3 Illinois 1,201 3 1,321 4 Colorado 1,182 3 1,336 4 Ohio 1,157 3 1,236 3 Other 12,627 37 13,241 35 Total commercial real estate loans $ 35,436 100 % $ 36,316 100 % Property Type (a) Multifamily $ 15,590 44 % $ 13,738 38 % Office 8,019 23 9,123 25 Industrial/warehouse 4,089 12 4,035 11 Retail 2,490 7 2,855 8 Seniors housing 1,772 5 2,228 6 Hotel/motel 1,760 5 1,896 5 Mixed use 388 1 701 2 Other 1,328 3 1,740 5 Total commercial real estate loans $ 35,436 100 % $ 36,316 100 % (a) Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023. Given the foundational change in office demand driven by the acceptance of remote work, real estate performance related to the office sector continues to be an area of uncertainty. At December 31, 2023, our outstanding loan balances in the office portfolio totaled $8.0 billion, or 2.5% of total loans, while additional unfunded loan commitments totaled $0.4 billion. Also, the portfolio is well diversified geographically across our coast-to-coast franchise. Within the office portfolio at December 31, 2023, criticized loans totaled 24.8% and nonperforming loans totaled 8.4%, while delinquencies were zero. As measured at origination, the weighted average LTV for the office portfolio was 58%; however, updated appraisals have increased the weighted average LTV to 65% as of December 31, 2023. While LTV is one consideration, our risk assessment considers a number of factors in assessing the changing conditions affecting the portfolio. As of December 31, 2023, we have established reserves of 8.7% against office loans. The greatest stress in our office portfolio is observed in multi-tenant office loans, which represents 56% of the portfolio at December 31, 2023. Within the multi-tenant classification, criticized levels were 43.4% while nonperforming loans totaled 14.5%, accounting for almost all of the nonperforming office population. The weighted average LTV for multi-tenant is 69% at December 31, 2023. Additionally, all of the commercial real estate charge-offs over the last year have been multi-tenant office loans. Given the higher level of stress, this segment has a proportionally higher reserve rate of 12.9%. The remaining 44% of the office portfolio is primarily comprised of single-tenant, medical and government tenant properties. This subset of the portfolio is performing considerably better, with less than 1% of the book in the criticized, delinquent and nonperforming loan categories. As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average LTV of this book is 60%. Portfolio management efforts have escalated for the office portfolio, with internal risk ratings completed for each asset quarterly, accelerated reappraisal requirements and elevated approval levels for any credit action. Refreshed appraisals have updated valuations on more than 90% of the criticized office exposure over the past year. Additionally, active management efforts include ongoing performance assessments as well as the review of property, lending and capital markets. Portfolio updates are distributed to senior management weekly. Given the ongoing change in this area, we expect additional stress in the office sector. However, we continue to actively manage the portfolio, and we believe reserve levels adequately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio. 62 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Consumer Residential Real Estate Residential real estate loans primarily consisted of residential mortgage loans at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. We obtain loan attributes at origination, including FICO scores and LTVs, and we update these and other credit metrics at least quarterly. We track borrower performance monthly. We also segment the mortgage portfolio into pools based on product type (e.g., nonconforming or conforming). This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV and geographic concentrations. The following table presents certain key statistics related to our residential real estate portfolio: Table 18: Residential Real Estate Loan Statistics December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Geography (a) California $ 19,911 42 % $ 18,609 41 % Texas 4,009 8 4,194 9 Washington 3,467 7 3,009 7 Florida 3,356 7 3,360 7 New Jersey 1,909 4 1,925 4 New York 1,551 3 1,558 3 Arizona 1,431 3 1,436 3 Pennsylvania 1,229 3 1,188 3 Colorado 1,187 2 1,192 3 North Carolina 989 2 965 2 Other 8,505 19 8,453 18 Total residential real estate loans $ 47,544 100 % $ 45,889 100 % December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b) Loan origination FICO score 772 770 LTV of loan originations 73 % 71 % (a) Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023. (b) Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We originate residential mortgage loans nationwide through our national mortgage business as well as within our branch network. Residential mortgage loans underwritten to agency standards, including conforming loan amount limits, are typically sold with servicing retained by us. We also originate nonconforming residential mortgage loans that do not meet agency standards, which we retain on our balance sheet. Our portfolio of originated nonconforming residential mortgage loans totaled $42.4 billion at December 31, 2023 with 45% located in California. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $40.6 billion and 44%, respectively. Home Equity Home equity loans comprised $20.6 billion of home equity lines of credit and $5.6 billion of closed-end home equity installment loans at December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts were $19.5 billion and $6.5 billion as of December 31, 2022, respectively. Home equity lines of credit are a variable interest rate product with fixed rate conversion options available to certain borrowers. Similar to residential real estate loans, we track borrower performance of this portfolio on a monthly basis. We also segment the population into pools based on product type (e.g., home equity loans, legacy brokered home equity loans, home equity lines of credit or legacy brokered home equity lines of credit) and track the historical performance of any related mortgage loans regardless of whether we hold such liens. This information is used for internal reporting and risk management. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we also segment the portfolio based upon loan delinquency, nonperforming status, modification and bankruptcy status, FICO scores, LTV, lien position and geographic concentration. The credit performance of the majority of the home equity portfolio where we hold the first lien position is superior to the portion of the portfolio where we hold the second lien position, but do not hold the first lien. Lien position information is generally determined at the time of origination and monitored on an ongoing basis for risk management purposes. We use a third-party service provider to obtain updated loan information, including lien and collateral data that is aggregated from public and private sources. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 63

The following table presents certain key statistics related to our home equity portfolio: Table 19: Home Equity Loan Statistics December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Amount % of Total Amount % of Total Geography (a) Pennsylvania $ 4,745 18 % $ 5,051 19 % New Jersey 3,184 12 3,266 13 Ohio 2,242 9 2,352 9 Florida 2,230 9 2,082 8 California 1,580 6 1,247 5 Maryland 1,237 5 1,254 5 Texas 1,230 5 1,144 4 Michigan 1,214 5 1,263 5 Illinois 1,069 4 1,126 4 North Carolina 1,001 4 995 4 Other 6,418 23 6,203 24 Total home equity loans $ 26,150 100 % $ 25,983 100 % Lien type 1st lien 52 % 58 % 2nd lien 48 42 Total 100 % 100 % December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Weighted-average loan origination statistics (b) Loan origination FICO score 772 774 LTV of loan originations 64 % 67 % (a) Presented in descending order based on loan balances at December 31, 2023. (b) Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Automobile Auto loans comprised $13.8 billion in the indirect auto portfolio and $1.1 billion in the direct auto portfolio as of December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts as of December 31, 2022 were $13.7 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. The indirect auto portfolio consists of loans originated primarily through independent franchised dealers, including dealers located in our new expansion markets. This business is strategically aligned with our core retail banking business. The following table presents certain key statistics related to our indirect and direct auto portfolios: Table 20: Auto Loan Statistics December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Weighted-average loan origination FICO score (a) (b) Indirect auto 788 784 Direct auto 787 776 Weighted-average term of loan originations - in months (a) Indirect auto 73 73 Direct auto 65 63 (a) Weighted-averages calculated for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (b) Calculated using the auto enhanced FICO scale. We continue to focus on borrowers with strong credit profiles as evidenced by the weighted-average loan origination FICO scores noted in Table 20. We offer both new and used auto financing to customers through our various channels. At December 31, 2023, the portfolio balance was composed of 45% new vehicle loans and 55% used vehicle loans. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were 50% and 50%, respectively. The auto loan portfolio’s performance is measured monthly, including updated collateral values that are obtained monthly and updated FICO scores that are obtained at least quarterly. For internal reporting and risk management, we analyze the portfolio by product channel and product type and regularly evaluate default and delinquency experience. As part of our overall risk analysis and monitoring, we segment the portfolio by geography, channel, collateral attributes and credit metrics which include FICO score, LTV and term. 64 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Nonperforming Assets and Loan Delinquencies Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of contractual principal and interest is not probable and include nonperforming loans whose terms were modified as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulty and PCD loans, OREO and foreclosed assets. Loans held for sale, certain government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option are excluded from nonperforming loans. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for details on our nonaccrual policies. The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets by major category: Table 21: Nonperforming Assets by Type December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Change Dollars in millions $ % Nonperforming loans (a) Commercial $ 1,307 $ 858 $ 449 52% Consumer (b) 873 1,127 (254) (23)% Total nonperforming loans 2,180 1,985 195 10% OREO and foreclosed assets 36 34 2 6% Total nonperforming assets $ 2,216 $ 2,019 $ 197 10% Nonperforming loans to total loans 0.68 % 0.61 % Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets 0.69 % 0.62 % Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.39 % 0.36 % Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans 220 % 239 % Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans (c) 250 % 274 % (a) In connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-02 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2023 include certain loans where terms were modified as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulty. Prior period amounts included nonperforming TDRs, for which accounting guidance was eliminated effective January 1, 2023. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty section of Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for more information on our adoption of this ASU. (b) Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status. (c) Calculated excluding allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. The following table provides details on the change in nonperforming assets for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022: Table 22: Change in Nonperforming Assets In millions 2023 2022 January 1 $ 2,019 $ 2,506 New nonperforming assets 1,999 1,523 Charge-offs and valuation adjustments (452) (370) Principal activity, including paydowns and payoffs (831) (868) Asset sales and transfers to loans held for sale (71) (52) Returned to performing status (448) (720) December 31 $ 2,216 $ 2,019 As of December 31, 2023, approximately 97% of total nonperforming loans were secured by collateral. Loan Delinquencies We regularly monitor the level of loan delinquencies and believe these levels are a key indicator of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans, loans accounted for under the fair value option and PCD loans. Amounts exclude loans held for sale. We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral, and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to meet the changing environment, such as inflation levels, industry specific risks, interest rate levels, the level of consumer savings and deposit balances, and structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we offer loan modifications and collection programs to assist our customers. The CARES Act credit reporting rules expired in the third quarter of 2023 and, as such, delinquency status at December 31, 2023 is being reported for all loans based on the contractual terms of the loan. Amounts as of December 31, 2022 continue to be presented in accordance with the credit reporting rules under the CARES Act, which required certain loans The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 65

modified due to pandemic-related hardships to not be reported as past due based on the contractual terms of the loan, even when borrowers may not have made payments on their loans during the modification period. The following table presents a summary of accruing loans past due by delinquency status: Table 23: Accruing Loans Past Due (a) Amount % of Total Loans Outstanding December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Change December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022Dollars in millions $ % Early stage loan delinquencies Accruing loans past due 30 to 59 days $ 685 $ 747 $ (62) (8) % 0.21 % 0.23 % Accruing loans past due 60 to 89 days 270 261 9 3 % 0.08 % 0.08 % Total early stage loan delinquencies 955 1,008 (53) (5) % 0.30 % 0.31 % Late stage loan delinquencies Accruing loans past due 90 days or more 429 482 (53) (11) % 0.13 % 0.15 % Total accruing loans past due $ 1,384 $ 1,490 $ (106) (7) % 0.43 % 0.46 % (a) Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed loans of $0.4 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. Accruing loans past due 90 days or more continue to accrue interest because they are (i) well secured by collateral and are in the process of collection, (ii) managed in homogeneous portfolios with specified charge-off timeframes adhering to regulatory guidelines, or (iii) certain government insured or guaranteed loans. As such, they are excluded from nonperforming loans. Loan Modifications We provide relief to our customers experiencing financial hardships through a variety of solutions. Commercial loan and lease modifications are based on each individual borrower’s situation, while consumer loan modifications are evaluated under our hardship relief programs. On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures, which eliminates the accounting guidance for TDRs and enhances the disclosure requirements for certain loan modifications when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. Refer to Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on our adoption of this ASU. Allowance for Credit Losses Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, current economic conditions, the reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors, including current borrower and/or transaction characteristics and assessments of the remaining estimated contractual term as of the balance sheet date. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments. Expected losses are estimated primarily using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long run average expected losses, where applicable and (iii) long run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term. We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we have established a framework which includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios and associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Forward-looking information, such as forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates using quantitative macroeconomic models, as well as through analysis from PNC’s economists and management’s judgment. The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long run average period. The reversion period is typically 1-3 years, if not immediate. The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from available historical credit information. We use long-run average expected losses for the portfolio over the estimated remaining contractual term beyond our reasonable and supportable forecast period and the reversion period. The following discussion provides additional information on our reserves for loans and leases as well as unfunded lending related commitments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for further discussion on our ACL, including details of our methodologies and 66 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

discussion of the allowances for investment securities and other financial assets. See also the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments section of this Report for further discussion of the assumptions used in the determination of the ACL as of December 31, 2023. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on the estimated contractual term in our expected loss estimates. We use historical data, current borrower characteristics and forecasted economic variables in quantitative methods to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PDs represent a quantification of risk of the likelihood that a borrower may not be able to pay their contractual obligation over a defined period of time. LGD describes the estimated magnitude of potential loss if a borrower were to default, and EAD (or utilization rates for certain revolving loans) is the estimated balance outstanding at the expected time of default. These parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and the long-run average period, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario in proportion to the scenario weights. Prior to January 1, 2023, we used a discounted cash flow methodology for our consumer real estate related loan classes and certain TDRs. Effective January 1, 2023, we discontinued our use of the discounted cash flow methodology, and we now use a pooled expected credit loss methodology as described above. For loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans, we establish individually assessed reserves using methods prescribed by GAAP. Reserves for individual commercial nonperforming loans exceeding a defined dollar threshold are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Commercial nonperforming loans that are below the defined threshold are collectively reserved for, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged-off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. While our reserve models and methodologies strive to reflect all relevant expected credit risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between expected and actual outcomes. We may hold additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. A portion of the allowance is related to qualitative measurement factors. These factors may include, but are not limited to: • Industry concentrations and conditions, • Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements, • Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio, • Recent credit quality trends, • Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events, • Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information, • Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values, • Model imprecision and limitations, • Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and • Timing of available information. Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable, (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees) at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for pooled loans and leases. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Income Statement. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 67

The following table summarizes our ACL related to loans: Table 24: Allowance for Credit Losses by Loan Class (a) December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Allowance Amount Total Loans % of Total Loans Allowance Amount Total Loans % of Total Loans Allowance for loans and lease losses Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 1,806 $ 177,580 1.02 % $ 1,957 $ 182,219 1.07 % Commercial real estate 1,371 35,436 3.87 % 1,047 36,316 2.88 % Equipment lease financing 82 6,542 1.25 % 110 6,514 1.69 % Total commercial 3,259 219,558 1.48 % 3,114 225,049 1.38 % Consumer Residential real estate 61 47,544 0.13 % 92 45,889 0.20 % Home equity 276 26,150 1.06 % 274 25,983 1.05 % Automobile 173 14,860 1.16 % 226 14,836 1.52 % Credit card 766 7,180 10.67 % 748 7,069 10.58 % Education 56 1,945 2.88 % 63 2,173 2.90 % Other consumer 200 4,271 4.68 % 224 5,026 4.46 % Total consumer 1,532 101,950 1.50 % 1,627 100,976 1.61 % Total $ 4,791 $ 321,508 1.49 % $ 4,741 $ 326,025 1.45 % Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments 663 694 Allowance for credit losses $ 5,454 $ 5,435 Allowance for credit losses to total loans 1.70 % 1.67 % Commercial 1.73 % 1.66 % Consumer 1.62 % 1.69 % (a) Excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $120 million and $176 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 68 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our loan charge-offs and recoveries: Table 25: Loan Charge-Offs and Recoveries Year ended December 31 Dollars in millions Gross Charge-offs Recoveries Net Charge-offs / (Recoveries) % of Average Loans 2023 Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 244 $ 122 $ 122 0.07 % Commercial real estate 180 6 174 0.48 % Equipment lease financing 18 9 9 0.14 % Total commercial 442 137 305 0.14 % Consumer Residential real estate 8 13 (5) (0.01) % Home equity 21 46 (25) (0.10) % Automobile 121 100 21 0.14 % Credit card 319 43 276 3.93 % Education 17 7 10 0.48 % Other consumer 164 36 128 2.77 % Total consumer 650 245 405 0.40 % Total $ 1,092 $ 382 $ 710 0.22 % 2022 Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 257 $ 101 $ 156 0.09 % Commercial real estate 44 5 39 0.11 % Equipment lease financing 6 8 (2) (0.03) % Total commercial 307 114 193 0.09 % Consumer Residential real estate 11 17 (6) (0.01) % Home equity 15 71 (56) (0.23) % Automobile 152 124 28 0.18 % Credit card 256 51 205 3.09 % Education 16 5 11 0.46 % Other consumer 228 40 188 3.44 % Total consumer 678 308 370 0.38 % Total $ 985 $ 422 $ 563 0.18 % Total net charge-offs increased $147 million, or 26%, in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in the comparison was driven by higher net charge-offs in both our commercial and consumer portfolios and was primarily attributable to increases in commercial real estate and credit card, partially offset by declines in other consumer and commercial and industrial. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information. Liquidity and Capital Management Liquidity risk has two fundamental components. The first is potential loss assuming we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our businesses because adequate contingent liquidity is not available. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated company level (bank, parent company and all subsidiaries combined) to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations under both normal “business as usual” and stressful circumstances, and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity. To ensure a strong liquidity position and compliance with regulatory requirements, management maintains a liquid asset buffer of cash on hand and highly liquid unencumbered securities. Management monitors liquidity through a series of early warning indicators that may indicate a potential market, or PNC-specific, liquidity stress event. In addition, management performs a set of internal liquidity stress tests over multiple time horizons with varying levels of severity and maintains a contingency funding plan to address a potential liquidity stress event. In the most severe liquidity stress simulation, we assume that our liquidity position is under pressure, while the market in general is under systemic pressure. The simulation considers, among other things, the impact of restricted access to both secured and unsecured external sources of funding, accelerated runoff of customer deposits, valuation pressure on assets and heavy demand to fund committed obligations. Parent company stress coverage limits and operating liquidity guidelines are designed to help ensure that sufficient liquidity is available to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 69

meet our parent company obligations over the succeeding 24-month period. Liquidity-related risk limits and operating guidelines are established within our Enterprise Liquidity Management Policy covering regulatory metrics and various concentration limits. Management committees, including the ALCO, and the Board of Directors and its Risk Committee regularly review compliance with key established limits. PNC was in compliance with all relevant internal and regulatory liquidity limits and guidelines during 2023. One of the ways we monitor our liquidity is by reference to the LCR, a regulatory minimum liquidity requirement designed to ensure that covered banking organizations maintain an adequate level of liquidity to meet net liquidity needs over the course of a hypothetical 30-day stress scenario. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the LCR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. The LCR for both PNC and PNC Bank exceeded the regulatory minimum requirement throughout the year for 2023, 2022 and 2021. Fluctuations in our average LCR result from changes to the components of the calculation, including high-quality liquid assets and net cash outflows, as a result of ongoing business activity. The NSFR is designed to measure the stability of the maturity structure of assets and liabilities of banking organizations over a one- year time horizon. PNC and PNC Bank calculate the NSFR daily and are required to maintain a regulatory minimum of 100%. PNC and PNC Bank have maintained NSFR compliance since the metric became effective on July 1, 2021. We provide additional information regarding regulatory liquidity requirements and their potential impact on us in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Report. Sources of Liquidity Our largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the customer deposit base generated by our banking businesses. These deposits provide relatively stable and low-cost funding. Total deposits decreased to $421.4 billion at December 31, 2023 from $436.3 billion at December 31, 2022 and included a continued shift from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing deposit products as a result of the elevated interest rate environment. As of December 31, 2023, uninsured deposits represented approximately 44% of our total deposit base. The majority of our uninsured deposits are related to commercial operating and relationship accounts, which we define as commercial deposit customers who utilize two or more PNC products. See the Funding Sources portion of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review and Business Segments Review sections of this Financial Review for additional information on our deposits and related strategies. We also obtain liquidity through various forms of funding, including long-term debt (senior notes, subordinated debt and FHLB borrowings) and short-term borrowings (securities sold under repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings). In addition, PNC joined the Federal Reserve’s Standing Repo Facility on October 20, 2023, which allows eligible banks, such as PNC Bank, to borrow overnight in exchange for U.S Treasury, agency debt and agency mortgage-backed securities. See the Funding Sources section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet Review in this Financial Review and Note 9 Borrowed Funds included in this Report for additional information related to our borrowings. Total senior and subordinated debt, on a consolidated basis, increased during 2023 due to the following activity: Table 26: Senior and Subordinated Debt In billions 2023 January 1 $ 23.0 Issuances 10.5 Calls and maturities (2.3) Other 0.5 December 31 $ 31.7 Additionally, certain liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to manage our liquidity position. PNC has a contingency funding plan designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in the event of liquidity stress. This plan is designed to examine and quantify the organization’s liquidity under various internal liquidity stress scenarios and is periodically tested to assess the plan’s reliability. Additionally, the plan provides the strategies for addressing liquidity needs and responsive actions we would consider during liquidity stress events, which could include the issuance of incremental debt, preferred stock, or additional deposit actions, including the issuance of brokered CDs. The plan also addresses the governance, frequency of reporting and the responsibilities of key departments in the event of liquidity stress. 70 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

PNC defines our primary contingent liquidity sources as cash held at the Federal Reserve Bank, investment securities and unused borrowing capacity at the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. The following table summarizes our primary contingent liquidity sources at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022: Table 27: Primary Contingent Liquidity Sources In billions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Cash balance with Federal Reserve Bank $ 43.3 $ 26.9 Investment securities (a) 98.5 109.8 Unused borrowing capacity from FHLB (b) 35.4 42.9 Unused borrowing capacity from Federal Reserve Bank (c) 47.2 24.3 Total available contingent liquidity $ 224.4 $ 203.9 (a) Represents the fair value of investment securities that are available for sale or that can be used for pledging or to secure other sources of funding. (b) At December 31, 2023, total FHLB borrowing capacity was $73.4 billion and total FHLB borrowings were $38.0 billion. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $75.0 billion and $32.1 billion, respectively. (c) Total borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank was $47.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and $24.3 at December 31, 2022. PNC had no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Bank Liquidity In addition to our primary contingent liquidity sources, under PNC Bank’s 2014 bank note program, as amended, PNC Bank may from time to time offer up to $40.0 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time of its unsecured senior and subordinated notes with maturity dates more than nine months (in the case of senior notes) and five years or more (in the case of subordinated notes) from their date of issue. At December 31, 2023, PNC Bank’s remaining capacity to issue under the program was $33.3 billion. Under PNC Bank’s 2013 commercial paper program, PNC Bank has the ability to offer up to $10.0 billion of its commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2023, there were no issuances outstanding under this program. Additionally, PNC Bank may also access funding from the parent company through deposits placed at the bank or issuing intercompany senior unsecured notes. Parent Company Liquidity In addition to managing liquidity risk at the bank level, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s contractual obligations consist primarily of debt service related to parent company borrowings and funding non-bank affiliates. Additionally, the parent company maintains liquidity to fund discretionary activities such as paying dividends to our shareholders, share repurchases and acquisitions. As of December 31, 2023, available parent company liquidity totaled $20.6 billion. Parent company liquidity is held in intercompany cash and investments. For investments with longer durations, the related maturities are aligned with scheduled cash needs, such as the maturity of parent company debt obligations. The principal source of parent company liquidity is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following: • Bank-level capital needs, • Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities, • Corporate policies, • Contractual restrictions, and • Other factors. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of a national bank to pay dividends or make other capital distributions or to extend credit to the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The amount available for dividend payments by PNC Bank to the parent company without prior regulatory approval was $6.3 billion at December 31, 2023. See Note 19 Regulatory Matters for further discussion of these limitations. In addition to dividends from PNC Bank, other sources of parent company liquidity include cash and investments, as well as dividends and loan repayments from other subsidiaries and dividends or distributions from equity investments. We can also generate liquidity for the parent company and PNC’s non-bank subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities, including certain capital instruments, in public or private markets and commercial paper. Under the parent company’s 2014 commercial paper program, the parent company has the ability to offer up to $5.0 billion of commercial paper to provide additional liquidity. At December 31, 2023, there were no issuances outstanding under this program. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 71

The following table details Parent Company note issuances in 2023: Table 28: Parent Company Notes Issued Issuance Date Amount Description of Issuance January 24, 2023 $1.25 billion $1.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating green bond notes with a maturity date of January 26, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 4.758% per annum, on January 26 and July 26 of each year, beginning on July 26, 2023. Beginning on January 26, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.085%, on April 26, 2026, July 26, 2026, October 26, 2026, and at the maturity date. January 24, 2023 $1.5 billion $1.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of January 24, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.068% per annum, on January 24 and July 24 of each year, beginning on July 24, 2023. Beginning on January 24, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.933% on April 24, 2033, July 24, 2033, October 24, 2033 and at the maturity date. June 12, 2023 $1.0 billion $1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of June 12, 2026. Interest is payable semi- annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.812% per annum, on June 12 and December 12 of each year, beginning on December 12, 2023. Beginning on June 12, 2025, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.322%, on September 12, 2025, December 12, 2025, March 12, 2026 and at the maturity date. June 12, 2023 $2.5 billion $2.5 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of June 12, 2029. Interest is payable semi- annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.582% per annum, on June 12 and December 12 of each year, beginning on December 12, 2023. Beginning on June 12, 2028, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.841%, on September 12, 2028, December 12, 2028, March 12, 2029 and at the maturity date. August 18, 2023 $750 million $750 million of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of August 18, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.939% per annum, on February 18 and August 18 of each year, beginning on February 18, 2024. Beginning on August 18, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.946%, on November 18, 2033, February 18, 2034, May 18, 2034 and at the maturity date. October 20, 2023 $1.25 billion $1.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of October 20, 2027. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 6.615% per annum, on April 20 and October 20 of each year, beginning on April 20, 2024. Beginning on October 20, 2026, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.730%, on January 20, 2027, April 20, 2027, July 20, 2027 and at the maturity date. October 20, 2023 $2.25 billion $2.25 billion of senior fixed-to-floating notes with a maturity date of October 20, 2034. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 6.875% per annum, on April 20 and October 20 of each year, beginning on April 20, 2024. Beginning on October 20, 2033, interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 2.284%, on January 20, 2034, April 20, 2034, July 20, 2034 and at the maturity date. Parent company senior and subordinated debt carrying value totaled $24.0 billion and $13.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. See Note 24 Subsequent Events for details on the parent company’s issuances of $1.0 billion of its 5.300% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 21, 2028, and $1.5 billion of its 5.676% senior fixed-to-floating rate notes that mature on January 22, 2035. Contractual Obligations and Commitments We enter into various contractual arrangements in the normal course of business, certain of which require future payments that could impact our liquidity and capital resources. These obligations include commitments to extend credit, outstanding letters of credit, customer deposits, borrowed funds, operating lease payments and future pension and post-retirement benefits. For further discussion related to these contractual obligations and other commitments, see Note 6 Leases, Note 8 Time Deposits, Note 9 Borrowed Funds, Note 10 Commitments and Note 16 Employee Benefit Plans. Credit Ratings PNC’s credit ratings affect the cost and availability of short and long-term funding, collateral requirements for certain derivative instruments and the ability to offer certain products. In general, rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, level and quality of earnings, and the current legislative and regulatory environment, including implied 72 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

government support. A decrease, or potential decrease, in credit ratings could impact access to the capital markets and/or increase the cost of debt, and thereby adversely affect liquidity and financial condition. For additional information on the potential impacts from a downgrade to our credit ratings, see Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report. The following table presents credit ratings and outlook for PNC as of December 31, 2023: Table 29: Credit Ratings and Outlook December 31, 2023 Moody’s (a) Standard & Poor’s Fitch PNC Senior debt A3 A- A Subordinated debt A3 BBB+ A- Preferred stock Baa2 BBB- BBB PNC Bank Senior debt A2 A A+ Subordinated debt A3 A- A Long-term deposits Aa3 A AA- Short-term deposits P-1 A-1 F1+ Short-term notes P-1 A-1 F1 PNC Agency rating outlook Negative Stable Stable (a) On August 7, 2023, the Moody's rating outlook on PNC's long-term issuer rating, long-term local currency bank deposits and senior unsecured local currency notes was changed to negative from stable, reflecting the current pressures on the U.S. banking sector. Capital Management We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition, issuing or redeeming debt, issuing equity or other capital instruments, executing treasury stock transactions and capital redemptions or repurchases and managing dividend policies and retaining earnings. On February 7, 2023, PNC issued 1,500,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.250% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series W, with a par value of $1 per share. On November 1, 2023, PNC redeemed $1.0 billion of depositary shares representing interests in PNC’s fixed-to-floating non- cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series O. Each depositary share represents 1/100th interest in a share of the Series O preferred stock. In 2023, we returned $3.1 billion of capital to shareholders through dividends on common shares of $2.5 billion and repurchases of 4.0 million common shares for $0.6 billion. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the previously approved repurchase program of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. On January 4, 2024, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.55 per share paid on February 5, 2024. See the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business in this Report for further information concerning the CCAR and DFAST process and the factors the Federal Reserve takes into consideration in its evaluation of capital plans. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 73

The following table summarizes our Basel III capital balances and ratios: Table 30: Basel III Capital December 31, 2023 Dollars in millions Basel III (a) (Fully Implemented) (estimated) (b) Common equity Tier 1 capital Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock $ (3,714) $ (3,714) Retained earnings 56,773 56,290 Goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities (10,698) (10,698) Other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities (302) (302) Other adjustments/(deductions) (85) (86) Common equity Tier 1 capital (c) $ 41,974 $ 41,490 Additional Tier 1 capital Preferred stock plus related surplus 6,241 6,241 Tier 1 capital $ 48,215 $ 47,731 Additional Tier 2 capital Qualifying subordinated debt 2,875 2,875 Eligible credit reserves includable in Tier 2 capital 4,842 5,265 Total Basel III capital $ 55,932 $ 55,871 Risk-weighted assets Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (d) $ 424,408 $ 424,546 Average quarterly adjusted total assets $ 557,202 $ 556,718 Supplementary leverage exposure (e) $ 666,356 $ 666,354 Basel III risk-based capital and leverage ratios (f) Common equity Tier 1 9.9 % 9.8 % Tier 1 11.4 % 11.2 % Total 13.2 % 13.2 % Leverage (g) 8.7 % 8.6 % Supplementary leverage ratio (e) 7.2 % 7.2 % (a) The ratios are calculated to reflect PNC’s election to adopt the CECL five-year transition provisions. Effective for the first quarter 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. (b) The ratios are calculated to reflect the full impact of CECL and exclude the benefits of the optional five-year transition. (c) As permitted, PNC and PNC Bank have elected to exclude AOCI related to both available for sale securities and pension and other post-retirement plans from CET1 capital. (d) Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted-assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets. (e) The Supplementary leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure, which takes into account the quarterly average of both on balance sheet assets as well as certain off-balance sheet items, including loan commitments and potential future exposure under derivative contracts. (f) All ratios are calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to PNC and calculated based on the standardized approach. (g) Leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by Average quarterly adjusted total assets. PNC’s regulatory risk-based capital ratios are calculated using the standardized approach for determining risk-weighted assets. Under the standardized approach for determining credit risk-weighted assets, exposures are generally assigned a pre-defined risk weight. Exposures to high volatility commercial real estate, nonaccruals, FDMs, past due exposures and equity exposures are generally subject to higher risk weights than other types of exposures. The regulatory agencies have adopted a rule permitting certain banks, including PNC, to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from implementing CECL. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital, as defined by the rule, is the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. See additional discussion of this rule in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business and Item 1A Risk Factors. At December 31, 2023, PNC and PNC Bank were considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. To qualify as “well capitalized”, PNC must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% for Total risk-based capital, and PNC Bank must have Basel III capital ratios of at least 6.5% for Common equity Tier 1 risk- based capital, 8% for Tier 1 risk-based capital, 10% for Total risk-based capital and a Leverage ratio of at least 5%. Federal banking regulators have stated that they expect the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a level of regulatory capital well in excess of the regulatory minimum and have required the largest U.S. BHCs, including PNC, to have a capital buffer sufficient to withstand losses and allow them to meet the credit needs of their customers through estimated stress scenarios. We seek to manage 74 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

our capital consistent with these regulatory principles, and we believe that our December 31, 2023 capital levels were aligned with them. We provide additional information regarding regulatory capital requirements and some of their potential impacts, including the proposed rules to adjust the Basel III framework, in the Supervision and Regulation section of Item 1 Business, Item 1A Risk Factors and Note 19 Regulatory Matters. Market Risk Management Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in the following activities, among others: • Traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans, • Fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities, as a result of customer activities, securities underwriting and our investment portfolio, and • Other investments, including equity, and activities whose economic values are directly impacted by market factors. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. Market Risk Management provides independent oversight by monitoring compliance with established guidelines and reporting significant risks in the business to management committees and, where appropriate, the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk Interest rate risk results primarily from our traditional banking activities of gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic and financial conditions, movements in interest rates and consumer preferences, affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities and the level of our noninterest-bearing funding sources. Due to the repricing term mismatches and embedded options inherent in certain of these products, changes in market interest rates not only affect expected near-term earnings, but also the economic values of these assets and liabilities. Our Asset and Liability Management group centrally manages interest rate risk as prescribed in our market risk-related risk management policies, which are approved by management’s ALCO and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. PNC utilizes sensitivities of NII and EVE to a set of interest rate scenarios to identify and measure its short-term and long-term structural interest rate risks. NII sensitivity results for the fourth quarters of 2023 and 2022 follow: Table 31: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis Fourth Quarter 2023 Fourth Quarter 2022 Net Interest Income Sensitivity Simulation (a) Effect on NII in the first year from shocked interest rate: 200 basis point instantaneous increase (0.2) % 4.7 % 200 basis point instantaneous decrease (0.3) % (5.7)% (a) The effect on NII in the first year from a 100 basis point instantaneous increase or decrease is not materially different from the 200 basis point scenarios as disclosed above. When forecasting net interest income, we make certain key assumptions that can materially impact the resulting sensitivities, including the following: Future Balance Sheet Composition: Our balance sheet composition is dynamic and based on our forecasted expectations. As of the fourth quarter 2023, the projected balance sheet composition by the end of year one is generally consistent with the spot composition as of the fourth quarter 2023. Deposit Betas: Deposit pricing changes are primarily driven by changes in the Federal Funds rate, with the relationship between deposit rates and Federal Funds rate defined as deposit beta. We define cumulative deposit beta as the change in deposit rate paid on interest bearing non-maturity deposits divided by the change in the upper level of the stated Federal Funds rate range since the first quarter of 2022, the start of the current rising rate cycle. As of December 2023, PNC’s cumulative deposit beta was 44%, an increase from 31% at December 2022. For interest rate risk modeling, PNC uses dynamic beta models to adjust assumed repricing sensitivity depending on market rate levels as well as other factors. The dynamic beta assumptions reflect historical experience and future expectations. Our scenario assumes that deposit betas slightly increase from current levels. Actual deposit rate paid may differ from modeled projections due to variables such as competition for deposits and customer behavior. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 75

Asset Prepayments: PNC includes prepayment assumptions for both loan and investment portfolios. Mortgage and Home Equity portfolios utilize an industry standard model to drive estimated prepayments that increase in lower rate environments. Commercial and consumer loan portfolios assume static constant prepayment rates that are consistent across rate scenarios, as those portfolios historically do not exhibit significantly different prepayment behaviors based upon the level of market rates. Impact of Derivatives: PNC uses interest rate derivatives to hedge floating rate commercial loans. PNC had $33.3 billion in receive fix / pay float swaps as of December 31, 2023, with a weighted average duration of 2.3 years and an average fixed rate of 2.1%. As of December 31, 2023 PNC also had collars in place, reflecting $12.5 billion of caps and $12.5 billion of floors, that are used to hedge these commercial loans. Additionally, PNC utilizes receive fix / pay float swaps as a means of hedging fixed rate debt. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information on how we use derivatives to hedge commercial loans and fixed rate debt. EVE sensitivity results for the fourth quarter of 2023 and 2022 follow: Table 32: Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Analysis Fourth Quarter 2023 Fourth Quarter 2022 Economic Value of Equity Sensitivity Simulation 200 basis point instantaneous increase (4.3) % (5.1) % 200 basis point instantaneous decrease (3.9) % (3.1)% EVE measures the present value of all projected future cash flows associated with a point-in-time balance sheet and does not include projected new volume. EVE sensitivity to interest rate changes is a complementary metric to NII sensitivity analysis and represents an estimation of long-term interest rate risk. PNC calculates its EVE sensitivity by measuring the changes in the economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments in response to an instantaneous +/-200 bps parallel shift in interest rates. Similar to the NII sensitivity analysis, we incorporate dynamic deposit repricing and loan prepayment assumptions. These methodologies are largely consistent between the EVE and NII sensitivity analyses. Additionally, deposit attrition is a significant contributor to EVE sensitivity. Deposit attrition is projected based on a dynamic model developed using long-term historical deposit behavior in addition to management assumptions including accelerated attrition for pandemic related excess deposits. PNC performs various sensitivity analyses to understand the impact of faster and slower deposit attrition on our risk metrics, with the results reported to the ALCO. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2022, there have been no material changes to our NII sensitivity and EVE sensitivity assumptions, including data sources that drive assumptions setting. Market Risk Management – Customer-Related Trading Risk We engage in fixed income securities, derivatives and foreign exchange transactions to support our customers’ investing and hedging activities. These transactions, related hedges and the credit valuation adjustment related to our customer derivatives portfolio are marked-to-market daily and reported as customer-related trading activities. We do not engage in proprietary trading of these products. We use VaR as the primary means to measure and monitor market risk in customer-related trading activities. VaR is used to estimate the probability of portfolio losses based on the statistical analysis of historical market risk factors. A diversified VaR reflects empirical correlations across different asset classes. We calculate a diversified VaR at a 95% confidence interval and the results for 2023 and 2022 were within our acceptable limits. To help ensure the integrity of the models used to calculate VaR for each portfolio and enterprise-wide, we use a process known as backtesting. The backtesting process consists of comparing actual observations of gains or losses against the VaR levels that were calculated at the close of the prior day. Our VaR measure assumes that exposures remain constant and that recent market variability is a good predictor of future variability. Actual observations include customer-related revenue and intraday hedging, which helps to reduce losses and can reduce the number of instances actual losses exceed the prior day VaR measure. There were no instances during 2023 and 2022 under our diversified VaR measure where actual losses exceeded the prior-day VaR measure. Our portfolio and enterprise-wide VaR models utilize a historical approach with a 500-day look-back period. Customer-related trading revenue was $137 million in 2023 compared with $382 million in 2022 and is recorded in Capital markets and advisory and Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. The decrease was primarily due to higher funding costs in the derivative and security trading desks, partially offset by improved foreign exchange client sales revenues. Market Risk Management – Equity And Other Investment Risk Equity investment risk is the risk of potential losses associated with investing in both private and public equity markets. In addition to extending credit, taking deposits, underwriting securities and trading financial instruments, we make and manage direct investments in a variety of transactions, including management buyouts, recapitalizations and growth financings in a variety of industries. We also have investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds that make similar investments in private equity, consistent with regulatory limitations. The economic and/or book value of these investments and other assets are directly affected by changes in market factors. 76 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Various PNC business units manage our equity and other investment activities. Our businesses are responsible for making investment decisions within the approved policy limits and associated guidelines. A summary of our equity investments follows: Table 33: Equity Investments Summary Dollars in millions December 31 2023 December 31 2022 Change $ % Tax credit investments $ 4,331 $ 4,308 $ 23 1 % Private equity and other 3,983 4,129 (146) (4) % Total $ 8,314 $ 8,437 $ (123) (1) % Tax Credit Investments Included in our equity investments are direct tax credit investments and equity investments held by consolidated entities. These tax credit investment balances included unfunded commitments totaling $2.5 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. These unfunded commitments are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities has further information on tax credit investments. Private Equity and Other The largest component of our other equity investments is our private equity portfolio. The private equity portfolio is an illiquid portfolio consisting of mezzanine and equity investments that vary by industry, stage and type of investment. Private equity investments carried at estimated fair value totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, $2.0 billion was invested directly in a variety of companies, and $0.2 billion was invested indirectly through various private equity funds. See the Supervision and Regulation section in Item 1 of this Report for discussion of the Volcker Rule limitations on our interests in and relationships with private funds. Included in our other equity investments are Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at cost. Visa Class B common shares that we own are transferable only under limited circumstances until they can be converted into shares of the publicly-traded Class A common shares. Based upon the December 31, 2023 per share closing price of $260.35 for a Visa Class A common share, the estimated value of our total investment in the Class B common shares was approximately $1.5 billion at the current conversion rate of Visa B shares to Visa A shares, while our cost basis was insignificant. See Note 14 Fair Value and Note 20 Legal Proceedings for additional information regarding our Visa agreements, and Visa’s amendments to its Certificate of Incorporation to institute a conversion and exchange offer program that would release transfer restrictions on portions of the Visa Class B common shares. The estimated value does not represent fair value of the Visa B common shares given the shares’ limited transferability and the lack of observable transactions in the marketplace. We also have certain other equity investments, the majority of which represent investments in affiliated and non-affiliated funds with both traditional and alternative investment strategies. Net gains related to these investments were $18 million in 2023 and $45 million in 2022. Impact of Inflation Our assets and liabilities are primarily financial in nature and typically have varying maturity dates. Accordingly, future changes in prices do not affect the obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. However, during periods of inflation, there may be a subsequent impact affecting certain fixed costs or expenses, an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power, and fluctuations in the need or demand for our products and services. When significant levels of inflation occur, our business could potentially be impacted by, among other things, reducing our tolerance for extending credit or causing us to incur additional credit losses resulting from possible increased default rates. Throughout 2023, the Federal Reserve monetary policy has tightened with the intent to slow inflation, which has led to larger increases in interest rates. See Risk Factors in Item 1A, our Executive Summary and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking statements in this Item 7 for further discussion of inflation and its overall impact to the economy, our borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations and certain costs and expenses to PNC. Financial Derivatives We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of the overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risk inherent in our business activities. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, market and credit risk. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 77

notional and an underlying as specified in the contract. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are significantly less than the notional amount on these instruments. Further information on our financial derivatives is presented in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 14 Fair Value and Note 15 Financial Derivatives. Not all elements of market and credit risk are addressed through the use of financial derivatives, and such instruments may be ineffective for their intended purposes due to unanticipated market changes, among other reasons. Operational Risk Management Operational risk is the risk to the current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human errors or misconduct or adverse external events. Operational risk is inherent to the entire organization. Operational risk management is embedded in our culture and decision-making processes through a systematic approach whereby operational risks and exposures are: (i) identified and assessed; (ii) managed through the design and implementation of controls; (iii) measured and evaluated against our risk tolerance limits; and (iv) appropriately reported to management and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Strong operational risk management and well-informed risk-based decisions benefit us by improving the customer experience, enhancing compliance, reducing reputational risk, minimizing losses and establishing an appropriate amount of required operational risk capital held by us. The Operational Risk Management Framework is designed to provide effective and consistent management of operational risk. The primary purpose of the framework is to enable us to understand our operational risks and manage them to the desired risk profile, in line with our Risk Appetite. Additionally, the guidance established within the framework assists management in making well-informed risk-based business decisions. The framework provides a disciplined and structured process for us to manage operational risk across eight operational risk domains. These domains provide a comprehensive view of operational risk and allow us to discuss operational risk in a standard way, facilitating reporting and ongoing risk mitigation. The operational risk domains are: • Operations: Risk resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, misconduct or errors of people or fraud. • Compliance: Risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, self-regulatory standards or other regulatory requirements. • Data Management: Risk associated with incomplete or inaccurate data. • Model: Risk associated with the design, implementation and ongoing use and management of models. • Technology and Systems: Risk associated with the use, operation and adoption of technology. • Information Security: Risk resulting from the failure to protect information and ensure appropriate access to, and use and handling of, information assets. • Business Continuity: Risk of potential disruptive events to business activities. • Third Party: Risk arising from failure of third-party providers to conduct activity in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with contract provisions and applicable laws and regulations. We utilize operational risk management programs within the framework, including Risk and Control Self-Assessments, scenario analysis, and internal and external loss event reviews and analysis, to assess existing risks, determine potential/emerging risks and evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls. Program tools and methodology assist our business managers in identifying potential risks and control gaps. Lines of business are responsible for identifying, owning, managing and monitoring the operational risks and controls associated with their business activities and product or service offerings to within acceptable levels. Centralized functions, such as Business Continuity, Enterprise Third Party Management and Information Security, are responsible for the development, implementation and management of their individual programs and for the development and maintenance of the policies, procedures, methodologies, tools and technology utilized across the enterprise to identify, assess, monitor and report program risks. Additionally, independent risk management reviews and challenges line of business adherence to the framework to help ensure proper controls are in place and appropriate risk mitigation plans are established as necessary. Conduct, Reputational and Strategic Risk PNC’s risk culture seeks to reinforce the appropriate protocols for responsible and ethical behavior through sound processes and controls. In order to promote a robust risk culture, the Board and executive management establish code of conduct and professional standards to which all employees must adhere. A strong risk culture discourages misconduct and supports conduct risk management at PNC. Conduct risk is defined as the risk that employees fail to comply with the ethical standards expected of them. Strong conduct 78 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

risk management is important in supporting PNC’s reputation, and PNC maintains a corporate culture that emphasizes complying with laws, regulations, and managing reputational risks. Reputational risk is the risk to the franchise and/or shareholder value based on a negative perception of PNC by its stakeholders and/or the changing expectations of its stakeholders. Strategic risk is another component of the ERM Framework that is also critical to optimizing shareholder returns. Strategic risk is the risk to earnings that may arise from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions and/or inadequate response to changes in the business environment. Strategic risk is considered and assessed by our businesses in the annual strategic planning processes and monitored on an on-going basis as those plans are carried out. Compliance Risk Enterprise Compliance is responsible for oversight of compliance risk for the organization. Compliance issues are identified and tracked through enterprise-wide monitoring and testing activities. Compliance risk issues are escalated through a comprehensive risk reporting process at both a business and enterprise level and incorporated, as appropriate, into the development and assessment of our operational risk profile. A management committee, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer, is responsible for oversight of compliance and fiduciary risk management programs across PNC. Enterprise Compliance, through the Regulatory Change Program, helps PNC understand and proactively address emerging regulatory topics and risks as well as respond to changes in applicable laws and regulations. To understand emerging issues impacting the industry, Enterprise Compliance communicates regularly with various regulators having supervisory or regulatory responsibilities with respect to us, our subsidiaries, or businesses and participates in forums focused on regulatory and compliance matters in the financial services industry. Information Security Risk The Information Security component of our Operational Risk Management Framework is responsible for protecting information assets to achieve business objectives, which includes cybersecurity. PNC’s cybersecurity program is designed to identify risks to sensitive information, protect that information, detect threats and events and maintain an appropriate response and recovery capability to help ensure resilience against information security incidents. The program includes, among other things, annual security and privacy training for all PNC employees and quarterly phishing exercises to raise employee awareness. Our security program is also regularly examined by federal regulators for compliance with financial regulations and standards. The program also establishes expectations for information asset management, system development security, identity and access management, incident management, threat and vulnerability management, security operations management and third- and fourth-party security. For additional information, see Item 1C Cybersecurity of this Report. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS Our consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Note 1 Accounting Policies describes the most significant accounting policies that we use. Certain of these policies require us to make estimates or economic assumptions that may vary under different assumptions or conditions, and such variations may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods. Allowance for Credit Losses We maintain the ACL at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures, taking into consideration expected prepayments and estimated recoveries. Our determination of the ACL is based on historical loss and performance experience, as well as current borrower and transaction characteristics including collateral type and quality, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions and other relevant factors. We use methods sensitive to changes in economic conditions to interpret these factors and to estimate expected credit losses. We evaluate and, when appropriate, enhance the quality of our data and models and other methods used to estimate the ACL on an ongoing basis. We incorporate qualitative factors in the ACL that reflect our best estimate of expected losses that may not be adequately represented in our quantitative methods or economic assumptions. The major drivers of ACL estimates include, but are not limited to: • Current economic conditions: Our forecast of expected losses depends on economic conditions as of the estimation date. As current economic conditions evolve, forecasted losses could be materially affected. • Scenario weights and design: Our loss estimates are sensitive to the shape, direction and rate of change of macroeconomic forecasts and thus vary significantly between upside and downside scenarios. Changes to the probability weights assigned to these scenarios and the timing of peak business cycles reflected by the scenarios could materially affect our loss estimates. • Current borrower quality: Our forecast of expected losses depends on current borrower and transaction characteristics, including credit metrics and collateral type/quality. As borrower quality evolves, forecasted losses could be materially affected. • Portfolio composition: Changes to portfolio volume and mix could materially affect our estimates, as CECL reserves would be recognized upon origination or acquisition and derecognized upon paydown, maturity or sale. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 79

For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments within the scope of the CECL standard, the applicable ACL is composed of one or a combination of the following components: (i) collectively assessed or pooled reserves, (ii) individually assessed reserves, and (iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves. Our methodologies and key assumptions for each of these components are discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. Reasonable and Supportable Economic Forecast Pursuant to the CECL standard, we are required to consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses. For this purpose, we have established a framework that includes a three-year forecast period and the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes. Credit losses estimated in our reasonable and supportable forecast period are sensitive to the shape and severity of the scenarios used and weights assigned to them. To forecast the distribution of economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period, we generate four economic forecast scenarios using a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward- looking expert judgment. Each scenario is then given an associated probability (weight) to represent our current expectation within that distribution over the forecast period. This process is informed by current economic conditions, expected business cycle evolution and the expert judgment of PNC’s RAC. This approach seeks to provide a reasonable representation of the forecast of expected economic outcomes and is used to estimate expected credit losses across a variety of loans, securities and other financial assets. Each quarter, the scenarios are presented to RAC for approval, and the committee also approves CECL scenario weights for use during the current reporting period. The scenarios used for the period ended December 31, 2023 consider, among other factors, the ongoing inflationary pressures and the corresponding tightening of monetary policy and credit availability. We used a number of economic variables in our scenarios, with two of the most significant drivers being real GDP and the U.S. unemployment rate. The following table presents a comparison of these two economic variables based on the weighted-average scenario forecasts used in determining our ACL at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 34: Key Macroeconomic Variables in CECL Weighted-Average Scenarios Assumptions as of December 31, 2023 2024 2025 2026 U.S. real GDP (a) 0.1% 1.5% 2.0% U.S. Unemployment Rate (b) 4.5% 4.6% 4.2% Assumptions as of December 31, 2022 2023 2024 2025 U.S. real GDP (a) (0.4)% 1.4% 1.9% U.S. Unemployment Rate (c) 4.9% 4.9% 4.4% (a) Represents year-over-year growth (loss) rates. (b) Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively. (c) Represents quarterly average rate at December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. Real GDP growth is expected to slow from 3.1% in 2023 to just 0.1% in 2024 on a weighted average basis, with the slow down driven primarily by our most likely scenario that the U.S. economy enters a mild recession during the year. Growth then rises to 1.5% in 2025, before growing to 2.0% in 2026. The weighted average unemployment rate is expected to increase throughout 2024, peaking at 4.7% during the first half of 2025 and gradually improving to 4.2% by the fourth quarter of 2026. The current state of the economy reflects heightened uncertainty due to structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic for certain sectors of the economy, such as commercial real estate, combined with inflation, interest rate movements and declining consumer savings and deposit balances. As such, for both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, PNC identified and performed significant analysis around segments impacted by such uncertainties to ensure our reserves are adequate, given our current macroeconomic expectations. We believe the economic scenarios effectively reflect the distribution of potential economic outcomes. Additionally, through in-depth and granular analysis we have addressed reserve requirements for the specific populations most affected in the current environment. Through this approach, we believe the reserve levels adequately reflect the expected credit losses in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date. To provide additional context regarding the sensitivity of the ACL to a more pessimistic forecast of expected economic outcomes, we considered what our ACL would be when applying a 100% probability weighting to the most severe downside CECL scenario. This severe downside scenario estimated that real GDP contracted in 2024 ending the year down 2.0% compared to 2023 levels, with 80 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

growth picking up again by the end of 2025. The unemployment rate in this scenario increased to end 2024 at 6.3%, then peaks at 7.1% in the second half of 2025, before gradually improving to 6.0% by the end of 2026. Excluding consideration of qualitative adjustments, this sensitivity analysis would result in a hypothetical increase in our ACL of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2023. This scenario does not reflect our current expectation at December 31, 2023, nor does it capture all the potential unknown variables that could arise in the forecast period, but it provides an approximation of a possible outcome under hypothetical severe conditions. The CECL methodology inherently requires a high degree of judgment, and as a result, it is possible that we may, at another point in time, reach different conclusions regarding our credit loss estimates. See the following for additional details on the components of our ACL: • Allowance for Credit Losses in the Credit Risk Management section of this Item 7, and • Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 2 Investment Securities, and Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. Residential and Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights We elect to measure our MSRs at fair value. This election was made to be consistent with our risk management strategy to hedge changes in the fair value of these assets. The fair value of our MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions. We employ risk management strategies designed to protect the value of MSRs from changes in interest rates and related market factors. The values of the MSRs are economically hedged with securities and derivatives, including interest-rate swaps, options, and forward mortgage-backed and futures contracts. As interest rates change, these financial instruments are expected to have changes in fair value inverse to the change in fair value of the hedged MSR portfolios. The hedge relationships are actively managed in response to changing market conditions over the life of the MSRs. Selecting appropriate financial instruments to economically hedge residential or commercial MSRs requires significant management judgment to assess how rates and prepayment speeds could affect the future values of MSRs. Hedging results can frequently be less predictable in the short term, but over longer periods of time, they are expected to protect the economic value of the MSRs. For information on how each estimate has changed and a sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect of the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes in key assumptions, see Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights. For additional information on our residential and commercial MSRs, see Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value. Fair Value Measurements - Level 3 We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. When observable price and third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these valuation techniques could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations. We apply ASC 820 – Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell a financial asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This guidance requires a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used in the measurement are observable or unobservable. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those where the fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s classification as Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances associated with each instrument, and management applies judgment regarding the significance of unobservable inputs to each asset or liability when determining its fair value level classification. In addition to MSRs, certain of our private equity investments and available for sale securities have a high level of estimation uncertainty and require significant management judgment to determine the fair value. While estimating potential sensitivities around fair value measurements is inherently challenging, we provide a summary of the key unobservable inputs as well as additional information on Level 3 fair value measurements in Note 14 Fair Value. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 81

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Update Description Financial Statement Impact Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures - ASU 2023-07 Issued November 2023 • Required with issuance of 2024 Form 10-K; early adoption is permitted. • Requires that a public entity disclose significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss. • Requires that a public entity disclose an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a description of its composition. • Requires that a public entity provide all annual disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets currently required by ASC 280 in interim periods. • Clarifies that if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources, a public entity may report one or more of those additional measures of segment profit. • Requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. • Requires a retrospective transition approach for all prior periods presented in the financial statements. • We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU and do not plan to early adopt. • This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, or Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. • We expect to provide enhanced disclosures of significant segment level noninterest expenses as a result of this ASU. Accounting Standards Update Description Financial Statement Impact Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures - ASU 2023-09 Issued December 2023 • Required effective date of January 1, 2025; early adoption is permitted. • Requires public business entities to, on an annual basis, (1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and (2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. • Requires that all entities disclose, on an annual basis, (1) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes, and (2) the amount of income taxes paid (net of refunds received), disaggregated by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid (net of refunds received) is equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received). • Requires a prospective transition approach, with an optional retrospective transition approach. • We are currently evaluating the disclosure requirements within this ASU. • This ASU will not impact our Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, or Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. • We expect to provide additional disaggregated income tax disclosures in accordance with this ASU. • We are evaluating when to adopt the amendments of this ASU. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements See Note 1 Accounting Policies regarding the impact of new accounting pronouncements that we have adopted. 82 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION We make statements in this Report, and we may from time to time make other statements, regarding our outlook for financial performance, such as earnings, revenues, expenses, tax rates, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, financial position, and other matters regarding or affecting us and our future business and operations, including our sustainability strategy, that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “see,” “look,” “intend,” “outlook,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “goal,” “will,” “should” and other similar words and expressions. Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Future events or circumstances may change our outlook and may also affect the nature of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We do not assume any duty and do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements. Actual results or future events could differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in forward-looking statements, as well as from historical performance. As a result, we caution against placing undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements are subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties. • Our businesses, financial results and balance sheet values are affected by business and economic conditions, including: – Changes in interest rates and valuations in debt, equity and other financial markets, – Disruptions in the U.S. and global financial markets, – Actions by the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Treasury and other government agencies, including those that impact money supply, market interest rates and inflation, – Changes in customer behavior due to changing business and economic conditions or legislative or regulatory initiatives, – Changes in customers’, suppliers’ and other counterparties’ performance and creditworthiness, – Impacts of sanctions, tariffs and other trade policies of the U.S. and its global trading partners, – Impacts of changes in federal, state and local governmental policy, including on the regulatory landscape, capital markets, taxes, infrastructure spending and social programs, – Our ability to attract, recruit and retain skilled employees, and – Commodity price volatility. • Our forward-looking financial statements are subject to the risk that economic and financial market conditions will be substantially different than those we are currently expecting and do not take into account potential legal and regulatory contingencies. These statements are based on our views that: – PNC’s baseline forecast is for slower economic growth in 2024 as consumer spending growth slows and higher interest rates remain a drag on the economy. The ongoing strength of the labor market will continue to support consumer spending. Slowing inflation will allow for federal funds rate cuts starting in the late spring or early summer; this will support economic growth in the second half of 2024. – GDP growth this year will be below trend at slightly above 1%, and the unemployment rate will increase modestly to somewhat above 4% by the end of 2024. Inflation will continue to slow as wage pressures abate, moving back to the Federal Reserve’s 2% long-term objective by the end of the year. – PNC expects the federal funds rate to remain unchanged in the first part of 2024, between 5.25% and 5.50%, with federal funds rate cuts starting in May 2024 as inflation slows further. PNC expects the federal funds rate to end 2024 between 4.25% and 4.50%. • PNC’s ability to take certain capital actions, including returning capital to shareholders, is subject to PNC meeting or exceeding an SCB established by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with the Federal Reserve Board’s CCAR process. • PNC’s regulatory capital ratios in the future will depend on, among other things, its financial performance, the scope and terms of final capital regulations then in effect and management actions affecting the composition of PNC’s balance sheet. In addition, PNC’s ability to determine, evaluate and forecast regulatory capital ratios, and to take actions (such as capital distributions) based on actual or forecasted capital ratios, will be dependent at least in part on the development, validation and regulatory review of related models and the reliability of and risks resulting from extensive use of such models. • Legal and regulatory developments could have an impact on our ability to operate our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, competitive position, reputation or pursuit of attractive acquisition opportunities. Reputational impacts could affect matters such as business generation and retention, liquidity, funding and ability to attract and retain employees. These developments could include: – Changes to laws and regulations, including changes affecting oversight of the financial services industry, changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, and changes in accounting and reporting standards. – Unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or other claims and regulatory and other governmental investigations or other inquiries resulting in monetary losses, costs, or alterations in our business practices, and potentially causing reputational harm to PNC. – Results of the regulatory examination and supervision process, including our failure to satisfy requirements of agreements with governmental agencies. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 83

– Costs associated with obtaining rights in intellectual property claimed by others and of adequacy of our intellectual property protection in general. • Business and operating results are affected by our ability to identify and effectively manage risks inherent in our businesses, including, where appropriate, through effective use of systems and controls, third-party insurance, derivatives and capital management techniques, and to meet evolving regulatory capital and liquidity standards. • Our reputation and business and operating results may be affected by our ability to appropriately meet or address environmental, social or governance targets, goals, commitments or concerns that may arise. • We grow our business in part through acquisitions and new strategic initiatives. Risks and uncertainties include those presented by the nature of the business acquired and strategic initiative, including in some cases those associated with our entry into new businesses or new geographic or other markets and risks resulting from our inexperience in those new areas, as well as risks and uncertainties related to the acquisition transactions themselves, regulatory issues, the integration of the acquired businesses into PNC after closing or any failure to execute strategic or operational plans. • Competition can have an impact on customer acquisition, growth and retention and on credit spreads and product pricing, which can affect market share, deposits and revenues. Our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes can also impact our ability to respond to customer needs and meet competitive demands. • Business and operating results can also be affected by widespread manmade, natural and other disasters (including severe weather events), health emergencies, dislocations, geopolitical instabilities or events, terrorist activities, system failures or disruptions, security breaches, cyberattacks, international hostilities, or other extraordinary events beyond PNC’s control through impacts on the economy and financial markets generally or on us or our counterparties, customers or third-party vendors and service providers specifically. We provide greater detail regarding these as well as other factors in this Report, including in Item 1A Risk Factors, the Risk Management section of Item 7 and Note 20 Legal Proceedings. Our forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those discussed elsewhere in this Report or in our other filings with the SEC. ITEM 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK This information is set forth in the Risk Management section of Item 7 and in Note 1 Accounting Policies, Note 14 Fair Value and Note 15 Financial Derivatives in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Report. ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Page Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 238) 85 Consolidated Income Statement 87 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 88 Consolidated Balance Sheet 89 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 90 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 91 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 93 84 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 85

communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for Loans and Lease Losses – Commercial Loans As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loans and lease losses was approximately $4,791 million as of December 31, 2023, of which $3,259 million relates to commercial loans. For commercial loans, the determination of the allowance is based on historical loss experience, current borrower risk characteristics, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable economic forecasts and other relevant factors. As disclosed by management, the Company considers reasonable and supportable forecasts in estimating expected credit losses and has established a framework which includes the use of four economic scenarios with associated probability weights, which in combination create a forecast of expected economic outcomes over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. To generate the four economic forecast scenarios, the Company uses a combination of quantitative macroeconomic models, other measures of economic activity and forward-looking judgment to forecast the distribution of economic outcomes. Management used a number of economic variables in the scenarios, which are inputs into the loss forecasting models, with the most significant drivers being Real GDP and U.S. unemployment rate. Also included in the allowance for loan and lease losses for commercial loans are qualitative reserves to cover losses that are expected but, in the Company’s assessment, may not be adequately represented in the quantitative methods or the economic assumptions. For example, qualitative factors may include industry concentration and conditions, changes in market conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the Company’s portfolio, recent credit quality trends, recent loss experience in particular portfolios, recent macroeconomic factors, limitations of available input data, model imprecision, changes in lending policies, and other factors. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the allowance for loan and lease losses for commercial loans is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment and estimation by management in developing economic forecast scenarios of Real GDP and U.S. unemployment rate, determining weighting of each scenario, and estimating qualitative reserves, (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating audit evidence related to management’s significant judgements and estimations, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the allowance for loan and lease losses for commercial loans, including controls over the development and approval of economic forecast scenarios, related weightings, and qualitative reserves. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the allowance for loan and lease losses for commercial loans, including (i) evaluating the appropriateness and methodology of certain loss forecasting models, (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of certain borrower risk characteristics, (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of certain forecasted economic variables, including Real GDP and U.S. unemployment rate, (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s weighting of economic forecast scenarios used in the loss forecast models, (v) testing the completeness and accuracy of data used in the estimate, and (vi) evaluating certain qualitative reserves made to the model output results to determine the overall allowance for loan and lease losses for commercial loans. The procedures also included the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in evaluating certain models, model inputs, economic forecasts, and qualitative reserves in the allowance for commercial loans. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania February 21, 2024 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. 86 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Year ended December 31 In millions, except per share data 2023 2022 2021 Interest Income Loans $ 18,299 $ 11,795 $ 9,007 Investment securities 3,545 2,726 1,834 Other 2,464 915 293 Total interest income 24,308 15,436 11,134 Interest Expense Deposits 6,609 1,267 126 Borrowed funds 3,783 1,155 361 Total interest expense 10,392 2,422 487 Net interest income 13,916 13,014 10,647 Noninterest Income Asset management and brokerage 1,412 1,444 1,438 Capital markets and advisory 952 1,296 1,577 Card and cash management 2,733 2,633 2,398 Lending and deposit services 1,233 1,134 1,102 Residential and commercial mortgage 625 647 850 Other 619 952 1,199 Total noninterest income 7,574 8,106 8,564 Total revenue 21,490 21,120 19,211 Provision For (Recapture of) Credit Losses 742 477 (779) Noninterest Expense Personnel 7,428 7,244 7,141 Occupancy 982 992 940 Equipment 1,411 1,395 1,411 Marketing 350 355 319 Other 3,841 3,184 3,191 Total noninterest expense 14,012 13,170 13,002 Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests 6,736 7,473 6,988 Income taxes 1,089 1,360 1,263 Net income 5,647 6,113 5,725 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 69 72 51 Preferred stock dividends 417 301 233 Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions 8 5 5 Net income attributable to common shareholders $ 5,153 $ 5,735 $ 5,436 Earnings Per Common Share Basic $ 12.80 $ 13.86 $ 12.71 Diluted $ 12.79 $ 13.85 $ 12.70 Average Common Shares Outstanding Basic 401 412 426 Diluted 401 412 426 See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 87

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Net income $ 5,647 $ 6,113 $ 5,725 Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income Net change in debt securities 1,753 (10,143) (2,451) Net change in cash flow hedge derivatives 1,303 (3,276) (1,126) Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments 166 (363) 486 Net change in Other 5 (5) 4 Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income 3,227 (13,787) (3,087) Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income (767) 3,206 726 Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax and net of reclassifications into Net income 2,460 (10,581) (2,361) Comprehensive income (loss) 8,107 (4,468) 3,364 Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests 69 72 51 Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to PNC $ 8,038 $ (4,540) $ 3,313 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 88 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. December 31 December 31 In millions, except par value 2023 2022 Assets Cash and due from banks $ 6,921 $ 7,043 Interest-earning deposits with banks 43,804 27,320 Loans held for sale (a) 734 1,010 Investment securities – available for sale 41,785 44,159 Investment securities – held to maturity 90,784 95,175 Loans (a) 321,508 326,025 Allowance for loan and lease losses (4,791) (4,741) Net loans 316,717 321,284 Equity investments 8,314 8,437 Mortgage servicing rights 3,686 3,423 Goodwill 10,932 10,987 Other (a) 37,903 38,425 Total assets $ 561,580 $ 557,263 Liabilities Deposits Noninterest-bearing $ 101,285 $ 124,486 Interest-bearing 320,133 311,796 Total deposits 421,418 436,282 Borrowed funds Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 38,000 32,075 Senior debt 26,836 16,657 Subordinated debt 4,875 6,307 Other (b) 3,026 3,674 Total borrowed funds 72,737 58,713 Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments 663 694 Accrued expenses and other liabilities (b) 15,621 15,762 Total liabilities 510,439 511,451 Equity Preferred stock (c) Common stock ($5 par value, Authorized 800,000,000 shares, issued 543,116,271 and 542,874,829 shares) 2,716 2,714 Capital surplus 19,020 18,376 Retained earnings 56,290 53,572 Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (7,712) (10,172) Common stock held in treasury at cost: 145,087,054 and 142,298,689 shares (19,209) (18,716) Total shareholders’ equity 51,105 45,774 Noncontrolling interests 36 38 Total equity 51,141 45,812 Total liabilities and equity $ 561,580 $ 557,263 (a) Our consolidated assets included the following for which we have elected the fair value option: Loans held for sale of $0.7 billion, Loans of $1.2 billion and Other assets of $0.1 billion at December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $0.9 billion, $1.3 billion and $0.1 billion, respectively. (b) Our consolidated liabilities included the following for which we have elected the fair value option: Other borrowed funds of less than $0.1 billion and Other liabilities of $0.1 billion at December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were less than $0.1 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively. (c) Par value less than $0.5 million at each date. See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 89

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Shareholders’ Equity In millions Shares Outstanding Common Stock Common Stock Capital Surplus - Preferred Stock Capital Surplus - Common Stock and Other Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Treasury Stock Noncontrolling Interests Total Equity Balance at December 31, 2020 (a) 424 $ 2,713 $ 3,517 $ 12,367 $ 46,848 $ 2,770 $ (14,205) $ 31 $ 54,041 Net income 5,674 51 5,725 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (2,361) (2,361) Cash dividends declared - Common (2,056) (2,056) Cash dividends declared - Preferred (233) (233) Preferred stock discount accretion 5 (5) Preferred stock issuance (b) 1,487 1,487 Common stock activity (c) 25 25 Treasury stock activity (4) 84 (907) (823) Other (28) (51) (79) Balance at December 31, 2021 (a) 420 $ 2,713 $ 5,009 $ 12,448 $ 50,228 $ 409 $ (15,112) $ 31 $ 55,726 Net income 6,041 72 6,113 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (10,581) (10,581) Cash dividends declared - Common (2,391) (2,391) Cash dividends declared - Preferred (301) (301) Preferred stock discount accretion 5 (5) Preferred stock issuance (d) (e) 2,232 2,232 Common stock activity (c) 1 30 31 Treasury stock activity (19) 61 (3,604) (3,543) Preferred stock redemption (f) (1,500) (1,500) Other 91 (65) 26 Balance at December 31, 2022 (a) 401 $ 2,714 $ 5,746 $ 12,630 $ 53,572 $ (10,172) $ (18,716) $ 38 $ 45,812 Cumulative effect of ASU adoptions (g) 26 26 Balance at January 1, 2023 (a) 401 $ 2,714 $ 5,746 $ 12,630 $ 53,598 $ (10,172) $ (18,716) $ 38 $ 45,838 Net income 5,578 69 5,647 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 2,460 2,460 Cash dividends declared - Common (2,461) (2,461) Cash dividends declared - Preferred (417) (417) Preferred stock discount accretion 8 (8) Preferred stock issuance (h) 1,487 1,487 Common stock activity (c) 2 30 32 Treasury stock activity (3) 78 (493) (415) Preferred stock redemption (i) (1,000) (1,000) Other 41 (71) (30) Balance at December 31, 2023 (a) 398 $ 2,716 $ 6,241 $ 12,779 $ 56,290 $ (7,712) $ (19,209) $ 36 $ 51,141 (a) The par value of our preferred stock outstanding was less than $0.5 million at each date and, therefore, is excluded from this presentation. (b) On September 13, 2021, PNC issued 1,500,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 3.400% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series T, with a par value of $1 per share. (c) Common stock activity totaled less than 0.5 million shares issued. (d) On April 26, 2022, PNC issued 1,000,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.000% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series U, with a par value of $1 per share. (e) On August 19, 2022, PNC issued 1,250,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.200% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series V, with a par value of $1 per share. (f) On November 1, 2022, PNC redeemed all 15,000 shares of its Series P preferred stock, as well as all 60,000,000 depositary shares each representing a fractional interest in such shares. (g) Represents the cumulative effect of adopting ASU 2022-02. (h) On February 7, 2023, PNC issued 1,500,000 depositary shares each representing 1/100th ownership in a share of 6.250% fixed-rate reset non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series W, with a par value of $1 per share. (i) On November 1, 2023, PNC redeemed all 10,000 shares of its Series O preferred stock, as well as all 1,000,000 depositary shares each representing a fractional interest in such shares. See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 90 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Operating Activities Net income $ 5,647 $ 6,113 $ 5,725 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 742 477 (779) Depreciation, amortization and accretion 217 651 1,773 Deferred income taxes (benefit) (252) 351 178 Changes in fair value of mortgage servicing rights 298 (543) 85 Net change in Trading securities and other short-term investments (767) 433 671 Loans held for sale and related securitization activity 210 1,041 (480) Other assets 2,312 (877) (454) Accrued expenses and other liabilities 507 599 753 Other operating activities, net 1,197 838 (258) Net cash provided (used) by operating activities $ 10,111 $ 9,083 $ 7,214 Investing Activities Sales Securities available for sale $ 36 $ 4,137 $ 26,329 Loans 979 5,643 1,843 Repayments/maturities Securities available for sale 6,916 13,324 30,691 Securities held to maturity 7,003 5,115 131 Purchases Securities available for sale (3,805) (25,582) (85,496) Securities held to maturity (1,857) (15,423) (87) Loans (10,195) (2,074) (1,891) Net change in Federal funds sold and resale agreements 573 (718) (24) Interest-earning deposits with banks (16,519) 46,930 24,236 Loans 12,440 (41,735) 15,616 Net cash paid for acquisition (a) (10,511) Purchases of bank owned life insurance (50) (950) Other investing activities, net (1,950) (2,995) (2,682) Net cash provided (used) by investing activities $ (6,379) $ (13,428) $ (2,795) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 91

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. (Continued from previous page) Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Financing Activities Net change in Noninterest-bearing deposits $ (23,189) $ (30,662) $ 6,697 Interest-bearing deposits 8,337 9,693 (320) Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements 359 (2) (46) Other borrowed funds (549) 636 44 Sales/issuances Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 6,000 32,075 Senior debt 10,464 3,688 1,692 Subordinated debt 847 Other borrowed funds 824 796 822 Preferred stock 1,484 2,225 1,484 Common and treasury stock 72 68 66 Repayments/maturities Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (75) (3,680) Senior debt (750) (6,250) (6,000) Subordinated debt (1,500) (1,000) Other borrowed funds (802) (807) (823) Preferred stock redemption (1,000) (1,500) Acquisition of treasury stock (651) (3,731) (1,079) Preferred stock cash dividends paid (417) (301) (233) Common stock cash dividends paid (2,461) (2,391) (2,056) Net cash provided (used) by financing activities $ (3,854) $ 3,384 $ (3,432) Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks And Restricted Cash $ (122) $ (961) $ 987 Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at beginning of period 7,043 8,004 7,017 Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at end of period $ 6,921 $ 7,043 $ 8,004 Cash And Due From Banks And Restricted Cash Cash and due from banks at end of period (unrestricted cash) $ 5,936 $ 6,446 $ 7,431 Restricted cash 985 597 573 Cash and due from banks and restricted cash at end of period $ 6,921 $ 7,043 $ 8,004 Supplemental Disclosures Interest paid $ 9,451 $ 2,172 $ 582 Income taxes paid $ 997 $ 197 $ 675 Income taxes refunded $ 832 $ 26 $ 73 Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities $ 237 $ 326 $ 337 Non-cash Investing And Financing Items Transfer from securities available for sale to securities held to maturity $ 88,605 Transfer from loans to loans held for sale, net $ 380 $ 435 $ 869 Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets $ 56 $ 58 $ 27 Adjustment to assets and liabilities related to partially financed investment exits $ 834 (a) During the year ended December 31, 2021, cash paid to acquire BBVA was $11,480 million. The amount of $10,511 million represents the cash paid for the acquisition less $969 million in cash acquired. See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements. 92 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. See the Glossary on page 186 for additional information on certain terms and acronyms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes. BUSINESS PNC is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the U.S. and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. We have businesses engaged in retail banking, including residential mortgage, corporate and institutional banking and asset management, providing many of our products and services nationally. Our retail branch network is located coast-to-coast. We also have strategic international offices in four countries outside the U.S. NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Financial Statement Presentation Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly- owned, certain partnership interests and VIEs. On June 1, 2021, we acquired BBVA, a U.S. financial holding company conducting its business operations primarily through its U.S. banking subsidiary, BBVA USA. PNC paid $11.5 billion in cash as consideration for the acquisition. On October 8, 2021, BBVA USA merged into PNC Bank. On October 12, 2021, PNC converted approximately 2.6 million customers, 9,000 employees and over 600 branches across seven states. Our results of operations and balance sheets for all periods presented in this Report reflect the benefit of BBVA’s acquired businesses for the period since the acquisition closed on June 1, 2021. We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior-year amounts to conform to the current period presentation, which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. We have also considered the impact of subsequent events on these consolidated financial statements. Noninterest Income Presentation Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes. A description of each revenue stream follows: Asset management and brokerage includes revenue from our asset management and retail brokerage businesses. Asset management services include investment management, custody, retirement planning, family planning, trust management and retirement administration. Brokerage services offer retail customers a wide range of investment options, including mutual funds, annuities, stock, bonds and managed accounts. Capital markets and advisory includes revenue from services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisition advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting, credit valuation adjustments related to the derivatives portfolio and customer-related trading. Card and cash management includes revenue primarily from debit and credit card activities, inclusive of credit card points and rewards, treasury management services and ATM fees. Debit and credit card activities include interchange revenue and merchant service fees. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables and disbursement management, funds transfer, international payment and access to online/mobile information management and reporting. Lending and deposit services includes revenue primarily related to service charges on deposits, loan commitment and usage fees, the issuance of standby letters of credit, operating lease income and long-term care and insurance products. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 93

Residential and commercial mortgage includes the gain and loss on sale of mortgages, revenue related to our mortgage servicing responsibilities, mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments and net gains on originations and sales of loans held for sale. Other noninterest income is primarily composed of private equity revenue, net securities gains and losses, activity related to our equity investment in Visa, including related swaps and gains and losses on asset sales. See Note 23 Fee-based Revenue from Contracts with Customers for additional details related to these revenue streams within the scope of ASC Topic 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Use of Estimates We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time of preparation, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to the ACL and our fair value measurements. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash Cash and due from banks are considered cash and cash equivalents for financial reporting purposes because they represent a primary source of liquidity. Certain cash balances within Cash and due from banks on our Consolidated Balance Sheet are restricted as to withdrawal or usage by legally binding contractual agreements or regulatory requirements. Investments We hold interests in various types of investments. The accounting for these investments is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, items such as: • Ownership interest, • Our plans for the investment, and • The nature of the investment. Debt Securities Debt securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. We classify debt securities as either trading, held to maturity or available for sale. Debt securities that we purchase for certain risk management activities or customer-related trading activities are classified as trading securities, are reported in the Other assets line item on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and are carried at fair value. For debt securities classified as trading, realized and unrealized gains and losses within our Capital markets business are included in Capital markets and advisory noninterest income; other realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in Other noninterest income. We classify debt securities as held to maturity when we have the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity, and carry them at amortized cost, less any allowance. Debt securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as securities available for sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities are included in AOCI net of income taxes. We include all interest on debt securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities, in net interest income using the constant effective yield method generally calculated over the contractual lives of the securities. Effective yields reflect either the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition or, for debt securities where an OTTI was recorded, the effective interest rate determined based on improved cash flows subsequent to an impairment. We compute gains and losses realized on the sale of available for sale debt securities on a specific security basis. These securities gains and losses are included in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. The CECL standard requires expected credit losses on both held to maturity and available for sale securities to be recognized through a valuation allowance, ACL, instead of as a direct write-down to the amortized cost basis of the security. An available for sale security is considered impaired if the fair value is less than its amortized cost basis. If any portion of the decline in fair value is related to credit, the amount of allowance is determined as the portion related to credit, limited to the difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security. If we have the intent to sell, or believe it is more likely than not we will be required to sell an impaired available for sale security before recovery of the amortized cost basis, the credit loss is recorded as a direct write-down of the amortized cost basis. Credit losses on investment securities are recognized through the Provision for credit losses on our Consolidated Income Statement. Declines in the fair value of available for sale securities that are not considered credit related are recognized in AOCI on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We consider a security to be past due in terms of payment based on its contractual terms. A security may be placed on nonaccrual, with interest no longer recognized until received, when collectability of principal or interest is doubtful. As of December 31, 2023, nonaccrual or past due held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities were immaterial. 94 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

A security may be partially or fully charged off against the allowance if it is determined to be uncollectible, including for an available for sale security, if we have the intent to sell or believe it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Recoveries of previously charged-off available for sale securities are recognized when received, while recoveries on held to maturity securities are recognized when expected. See the Allowance for Credit Losses section of this Note 1 for further discussion regarding the methodologies used to determine the allowance for investment securities. See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional information about the investment securities portfolio and the related ACL. Equity Securities and Partnership Interests We account for equity securities, equity investments, private equity investments, and investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies and other investments that are not required to be consolidated under one of the following methods: • We use the equity method for general and limited partner ownership interests and limited liability companies in which we are considered to have significant influence over the operations of the investee. Under the equity method, we record our equity ownership share of net income or loss of the investee in Noninterest income and any dividends received on equity method investments are recorded as a reduction to the investment balance. When an equity investment experiences an other-than- temporary decline in value, we record a loss on the investment. • We measure equity securities that have a readily determinable fair value at fair value through Net income. We do not consider contractual restrictions on the sale of an equity security when measuring fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in Noninterest income. Dividend income on these equity securities is included in Other interest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. • We generally use the practicability exception to fair value measurement for all other investments without a readily determinable fair value. When we elect this alternative measurement method, the investment is recorded at cost and the carrying value is adjusted for impairment, if any, plus or minus changes in value resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar instruments of the same issuer. Adjustments to fair value based on changes in observable price are recorded in Other noninterest income. These investments are written down to fair value if a qualitative assessment indicates impairment and the fair value is less than the carrying value. The amount of the write-down is accounted for as a loss included in Other noninterest income. Distributions received on these investments are included in Other noninterest income. Investments described above are included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Private Equity Investments We report private equity investments, which include direct investments in companies, affiliated partnership interests and indirect investments in private equity funds, at estimated fair value. These estimates are based on available information and may not necessarily represent amounts that we will ultimately realize through distribution, sale or liquidation of the investments. Fair values of publicly-traded direct investments are determined using quoted market prices and are subject to various discount factors arising from security level restrictions, when appropriate. The valuation procedures applied to direct investments and indirect investments are detailed in Note 14 Fair Value. We include all private equity investments within Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in fair value of private equity investments are recognized in Other noninterest income. We consolidate affiliated partnerships when we have determined that we have control of the partnership or are the primary beneficiary if the entity is a VIE. The portion we do not own is reflected in Noncontrolling interests on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Loans Loans are classified as held for investment when management has both the intent and ability to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff. Management’s intent and view of the foreseeable future may change based on changes in business strategies, the economic environment, market conditions and the availability of government programs. Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due are considered delinquent. The CARES Act credit reporting rules, which required exceptions to this policy, expired in the third quarter of 2023. As such, delinquency status at December 31, 2023 is being reported for all loans based on the contractual terms of each loan. Prior period amounts continue to be presented in accordance with the credit reporting rules under the CARES Act, which required certain loans modified due to pandemic-related hardships to not be reported as past due based on the contractual terms of the loan, even when borrowers may not have made payments on their loans during the modification period. Loans held for investment, excluding PCD loans, are recorded at amortized cost basis unless we elect to measure these under the fair value option. Amortized cost basis represents principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, premiums or discounts on purchased loans and charge-offs. Amortized cost basis does not include accrued The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 95

interest, as we include accrued interest in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Interest on performing loans is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and recorded in Interest income as earned using the constant effective yield method over the contractual life. Loan origination fees, direct loan origination costs, and loan premiums and discounts are deferred and accreted or amortized into Net interest income using the constant effective yield method, over the contractual life of the loan. The processing fee received for loans originated through PPP lending under the CARES Act is deferred and accreted into Net interest income using the effective yield method, over the contractual life of the loan. Loans under the fair value option are reported at their fair value, with any changes to fair value reported as Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement and are excluded from measurement of ALLL. In addition to originating loans, we also acquire loans through the secondary loan market, portfolio purchases or acquisitions of other financial services companies. Certain acquired loans that have experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration of credit quality since origination (i.e., PCD) are recognized at an amortized cost basis equal to their purchase price plus an ALLL measured at the acquisition date. PNC considers a variety of factors in connection with the identification of more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality, including but not limited to nonperforming status, delinquency, risk ratings and other qualitative factors that indicate deterioration in credit quality since origination. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows that are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality are recognized through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the ALLL. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are recognized as a provision recapture of previously recorded ALLL. We consider a loan to be collateral dependent when we determine that substantially all of the expected cash flows will be generated from the operation or sale of the collateral underlying the loan, or when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and we have elected to measure the loan at the estimated fair value of collateral (less costs to sell if sale or foreclosure of the property is expected). Additionally, we consider a loan to be collateral dependent when foreclosure or liquidation of the underlying collateral is probable. On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02 Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures (ASU 2022-02), which eliminates the accounting guidance for TDRs and replaces TDRs with loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, or FDMs. FDMs occur as a result of our loss mitigation activities. A variety of solutions are offered to borrowers, including loan modifications that may result in principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, term extensions, payment delays, repayment plans or combinations thereof: • Principal forgiveness includes principal and accrued interest forgiveness. • Interest rate reductions include modifications where the interest rate is reduced and/or interest is deferred. • Term extensions extend the original contractual maturity date of the loan. • Payment delays consist of modifications where we expect to collect contractual amounts due but that result in a delay in the receipt of payments specified under the original loan terms. We generally consider payment delays to be insignificant when the delay is three months or less. • Repayment plans are offered for some of our credit card and unsecured line of credit products, which provide for a reduced payment and interest rate for a specific period of time. Additionally, modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty also result from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their obligations to us, and those that enter into trial modifications. FDMs exclude loans held for sale and loans accounted for under the fair value option. Our disclosed FDM population also excludes government insured or guaranteed education loans as loss mitigation activities for these loans are either required by law or they are considered separate from PNC’s loss mitigation treatments. Commercial loans with an appraised value of collateral that exceeds the loan value, loans with guarantor support, and residential mortgage government insured or guaranteed loans are included in our disclosed population of FDMs when those loan modifications are granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. FDMs continue to be subject to our existing nonaccrual policies. Expected losses or recoveries on FDMs have been factored into the ALLL estimates for each loan class under the methodologies described in this Note 1. Refer to Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for more information on FDMs. Prior to the adoption of this ASU, a TDR was considered a loan whose terms had been restructured in a manner that granted a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. A concession had been granted when we did not expect to collect all amounts due, including original interest accrued at the original contract rate, as a result of the restructuring, or there was a delay in payment that was more-than-insignificant. TDRs resulted from our loss mitigation activities, and included rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and extensions, which were intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also resulted from borrowers that had been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and had not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the amount of such principal forgiveness was immediately charged off. Additionally, for periods prior to 2023, 96 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

potential incremental losses or recoveries on TDRs had been factored into the ALLL estimates for each loan class under the methodologies described in this Note 1. Once a loan became a TDR, it would continue to be reported as a TDR until it was ultimately repaid in full, the collateral was foreclosed upon or it fully charged off. PNC excluded loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option, and certain government insured or guaranteed loans from our TDR population. See the following for additional information related to loans, including further discussion regarding our policies, the methodologies and significant inputs used to determine the ALLL and additional details on the composition of our loan portfolio: • Nonperforming Loans and Leases section of this Note 1, • Allowance for Credit Losses section of this Note 1, and • Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses in this Report. Nonperforming Loans and Leases The matrix that follows summarizes our policies for classifying certain loans as nonperforming loans and/or discontinuing the accrual of loan interest income. Commercial Loans classified as nonperforming and accounted for as nonaccrual • Loans accounted for at amortized cost where: – The loan is 90 days or more past due. – The loan is rated substandard or worse due to the determination that full collection of principal and interest is not probable as demonstrated by the following conditions: • The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, • Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the borrower’s future debt service ability, according to the terms of the credit arrangement, regardless of whether 90 days have passed or not, • The borrower has filed, or will likely file for bankruptcy, and it is not probable the borrower will be able to repay contractual payments due under the loan, • The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest, • We are in the process of liquidating a commercial borrower, or • We are pursuing remedies under a guarantee. Loans excluded from nonperforming classification but accounted for as nonaccrual • Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. • Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (held for sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. Loans excluded from nonperforming classification and nonaccrual accounting • Loans that are well secured and in the process of collection. • Certain government insured or guaranteed loans where substantially all principal and interest is insured. • Commercial purchasing card assets that do not accrue interest. Consumer Loans classified as nonperforming and accounted for as nonaccrual • Loans accounted for at amortized cost where full collection of contractual principal and interest is not deemed probable as demonstrated in the policies below: – The loan is 90 days past due for home equity and installment loans, and 180 days past due for well- secured residential real estate loans, – The loan had been modified and classified as a TDR prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, – The loan has been modified due to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty and is not government insured or guaranteed, – The loan has been modified to defer prior payments in forbearance to the end of the loan term, – Notification of bankruptcy has been received, – The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and the first lien mortgage loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due), – Other loans within the same borrower relationship have been placed on nonaccrual or charge-offs have been taken on them, – The bank has ordered the repossession of non-real estate collateral securing the loan, or – The bank has charged-off the loan to the value of the collateral. Loans excluded from nonperforming classification but accounted for as nonaccrual • Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. • Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (held for sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable. Loans excluded from nonperforming classification and nonaccrual accounting • Certain government insured or guaranteed loans where substantially all principal and interest is insured. • Residential real estate loans that are well secured and in the process of collection. • Consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate or automobiles, as permitted by regulatory guidance. Commercial We generally charge off commercial (commercial and industrial, commercial real estate and equipment lease financing) nonperforming loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform. For commercial loans and leases less than a defined dollar threshold, balances are generally charged off in full after 180 days for loans and 120 days for leases. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 97

Consumer We generally charge off secured consumer (home equity, residential real estate and automobile) nonperforming loans to the fair value of collateral less costs to sell if the fair value is lower than the amortized cost basis of the loan outstanding and the delinquency of the loan, combined with other risk factors such as bankruptcy or lien position, indicates that the loan (or a portion thereof) is uncollectible as per our historical experience. These nonperforming loans would also be charged off when the collateral has been repossessed. We charge off secured consumer loans no later than 180 days past due. Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by automobiles or residential real estate, are charged off once they have reached 120-180 days past due. For secured collateral dependent loans, collateral values are updated at least annually and subsequent declines in collateral values are charged off, resulting in incremental provision for credit loss. Subsequent increases in collateral values may be reflected as an adjustment to the ALLL to reflect the expectation of recoveries in an amount greater than previously expected, limited to amounts previously charged-off. Accounting for Nonperforming Assets and Leases and Other Nonaccrual Loans For nonaccrual loans, interest income accrual and deferred fee/cost recognition is discontinued. Additionally, depending on whether the accrued interest has been incorporated into the ACL estimates, as discussed in the Accrued Interest section of this Note 1, the accrued and uncollected interest is either reversed through Net interest income (if a CECL reserve is not maintained for accrued interest) or charged off against the allowance (if a CECL reserve is maintained for accrued interest), except for credit cards, where we reverse any accrued interest through Net interest income at the time of a charge-off, as per industry standard practice. Nonaccrual loans that are also collateral dependent may be charged off to reduce the basis to the fair value of collateral less costs to sell. If payment is received on a nonaccrual loan, generally the payment is first applied to the remaining principal balance. Payments are then applied to recover any charged-off amounts related to the loan. Finally, if both the principal balance and any charge-offs have been recovered, then the payment will be recorded as interest income. For certain consumer loans, the receipt of interest payments is recognized as interest income on a cash basis. Cash basis income recognition is applied if a loan’s amortized cost basis is deemed fully collectible and the loan has performed for at least six months. For TDRs prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, payments were applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan was deemed non-performing. TDRs were generally included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans. However, after a reasonable period of time, generally six months, in which the loan performed under restructured terms and met other performance indicators, it was returned to performing/accruing status. TDRs resulting from (i) borrowers that had been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and had not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us, and (ii) borrowers that were not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms were not returned to accruing status. For FDMs, payments are applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan is deemed nonperforming. Consumer loans modified due to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are generally included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans if they are not government insured or guaranteed. Commercial loans modified due to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty may be included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans, subject to the bank’s policies for nonperforming loans and leases. FDMs may remain on accruing status if the bank expects to collect all contractual principal and interest due under the loan and the borrower remains current. Collateral coverage, guarantor and/or sponsor support and debt service coverage are factors that may be considered in the accruing status of an FDM loan. FDM loans classified as nonperforming and nonaccrual loans may return to accruing status after a reasonable period of time, generally six months, in which the loan performs under modified terms and meets other performance indicators. This return to accruing status demonstrates that the bank expects to collect all of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. Loan modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty resulting from (i) borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us, and (ii) borrowers that are not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the modified terms are not returned to accrual status. Other nonaccrual loans are generally not returned to accruing status until the borrower has performed in accordance with the loan’s contractual terms and other performance indicators for at least six months, the period of time which was determined to demonstrate the expected collectability of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. Nonaccrual loans with partially charged-off principal may return to accruing status if the loan performs after a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the loan meets other performance indicators. When a nonperforming loan is returned to accruing status, it is then considered a performing loan. Nonaccrual loans with fully charged-off principal are prohibited from returning to accruing status. Foreclosed assets consist of any asset seized or property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. OREO comprises principally residential and commercial real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. After obtaining a foreclosure judgment, or in some jurisdictions the initiation of proceedings under a power of sale in the loan instruments, the property will be sold. When we are awarded title or completion of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, we transfer the loan to foreclosed assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is 98 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

initially recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell. Based upon the estimated fair value less cost to sell, the amortized cost basis of the loan is adjusted and a charge-off/recovery is recognized to the ALLL. We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals or sales agreements with third parties. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at the acquisition date or estimated fair value less cost to sell. Valuation adjustments on these assets and gains or losses realized from disposition of such property are reflected in Other noninterest expense. For certain mortgage loans that have a government guarantee, we establish a separate other receivable upon foreclosure. The receivable is measured based on the loan balance (inclusive of principal and interest) that is expected to be recovered from the guarantor. See Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on FDMs, nonperforming assets and credit quality indicators related to our loan portfolio. Allowance for Credit Losses Our ACL is based on historical loss experience, current borrower risk characteristics, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions and other relevant factors. We maintain the ACL at an appropriate level for expected losses on our existing investment securities, loans, equipment finance leases, other financial assets and unfunded lending related commitments, for the remaining estimated contractual term of the assets or exposures as of the balance sheet date. The remaining contractual term of assets in scope of CECL is estimated considering contractual maturity dates, prepayment expectations, utilization or draw expectations and any contractually embedded extension options that do not allow us to unilaterally cancel the extension options. For products without a fixed contractual maturity date (e.g., credit cards), we rely on historical payment behavior to determine the length of the paydown or default time period. We estimate expected losses on a pooled basis using a combination of (i) the expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, (ii) a period of reversion to long-run average expected losses, where applicable and (iii) the long-run average expected losses for the remaining estimated contractual term. For all assets and unfunded lending related commitments in the scope of CECL, the ACL also includes individually assessed reserves and qualitative reserves, as applicable. We use forward-looking information in estimating expected credit losses for our reasonable and supportable forecast period. For this purpose, we use forecasted scenarios produced by PNC’s Economics Team, which are designed to reflect potential trajectories of the business cycles and their related estimated probabilities. The forecast length that we have currently determined to be reasonable and supportable is three years. As noted in the methodology discussions that follow, forward-looking information is incorporated into the expected credit loss estimates. Such forward-looking information includes forecasted relevant macroeconomic variables, which are estimated using quantitative macroeconomic models, analysis from PNC economists and management judgment. The reversion period is used to bridge our three-year reasonable and supportable forecast period and the long-run average expected credit losses. We consider a number of factors in determining the duration of the reversion period, such as contractual maturity of the asset, observed historical patterns and the estimated credit loss rates at the end of the forecast period relative to the beginning of the long-run average period. The reversion period is typically one to three years, if not immediate. The long-run average expected credit losses are derived from long-run historical credit loss information adjusted for the credit quality of the current portfolio and, therefore, do not consider current and forecasted economic conditions. See the following sections related to investment securities, loans and leases, unfunded lending related commitments and other financial assets for details about specific reserve methodologies. Allowance for Investment Securities A significant portion of our investment securities are issued or guaranteed by either the U.S. government (U.S. Treasury or a government entity) or a government-sponsored agency (FNMA or FHLMC). Taking into consideration historical information and current and forecasted conditions, we do not expect to incur any credit losses on these securities. Investment securities that are not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or a government-sponsored agency consist of both securitized products, such as non-agency mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as non-securitized products, such as corporate and municipal debt securities. A discounted cash flow approach is primarily used to determine the amount of the allowance required. The estimates of expected cash flows are determined using macroeconomic sensitive models taking into consideration the reasonable and supportable forecast period and scenarios discussed above. Additional factors unique to a specific security may also be taken into consideration when estimating expected cash flows. The cash flows expected to be collected, after considering expected prepayments, are discounted at the effective interest rate. For an available-for-sale security, the amount of the allowance is limited to the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and its estimated fair value. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 99

See Note 2 Investment Securities for additional information about the investment securities portfolio. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Our pooled expected credit loss methodology is based upon the quantification of risk parameters, such as PD, LGD, EAD and the remaining estimated contractual term for a loan, loan segment or lease. We also consider the impact of prepayments and amortization on the estimated contractual term in our expected loss estimates. We use historical credit loss information, current borrower risk characteristics and forecasted economic variables for the reasonable and supportable forecast period, coupled with analytical methods, to estimate these risk parameters by loan, loan segment or lease. PD, LGD and EAD parameters are calculated for each forecasted scenario and the long-run average period, and are combined to generate expected loss estimates by scenario. Each scenario is then weighted to determine our total estimated loss. The following matrix provides key credit risk characteristics that we use to estimate these risk parameters. Loan Class Probability of Default Loss Given Default Exposure at Default Commercial Commercial and industrial / Equipment lease financing •For wholesale obligors: internal risk ratings based on borrower characteristics and industry •For retail small balance obligors: credit score, delinquency status, and product type •Collateral type, LTV, industry, size and outstanding exposure for secured loans •Capital structure, industry and size for unsecured loans •For retail small balance obligors, product type and credit scores •Outstanding balances, commitment, contractual maturities and historical prepayment experience for loans •Current utilization and historical pre-default draw experience for lines Commercial real estate (CRE) •Property performance metrics, property type, market and risk pool for the forecast period •For the long-run average period, internal risk ratings based on borrower characteristics •Property type, LTV, market, risk pool and costs to sell for the forecast period •For the long-run average period, internal ratings based on collateral performance •Outstanding balances, commitment, contractual maturities and historical prepayment experience for loans Consumer Home equity / Residential real estate •Borrower credit scores, delinquency status, origination vintage, LTV and contractual maturity •Collateral characteristics, LTV and costs to sell •Outstanding balances, contractual maturities and historical prepayment experience for loans •Current utilization and historical pre-default draw experience for lines Automobile •Borrower credit scores, delinquency status, borrower income, LTV and contractual maturity •New vs. used, LTV and borrower credit scores •Outstanding balances, contractual maturities and historical prepayment experience Credit card •Borrower credit scores, delinquency status, utilization, payment behavior and months on book •Borrower credit scores and credit line amount •Paydown curves are developed using a pro-rata method and estimated using borrower behavior segments, payment ratios and borrower credit scores Education / Other consumer •Modeled using either discrete risk parameters or analytical approaches based on net charge-offs and paydown rates 100 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following matrix describes the key economic variables that are consumed during our forecast period by loan class, as well as other assumptions that are used for our reversion and long-run average approaches. Loan Class Forecast Period - Key Economic Variables Reversion Method Long-Run Average Commercial Commercial and industrial / Equipment lease financing •GDP and Gross Domestic Investment measures, employment related variables and personal income and consumption measures •Immediate reversion •Average parameters determined based on internal and external historical data •Modeled parameters using long- run economic conditions for retail small balance obligors Commercial real estate (CRE) • CRE Price Index, unemployment rates, GDP, corporate bond yield and interest rates • Immediate reversion • Average parameters determined based on internal and external historical data Consumer Home equity / Residential real estate •Unemployment rates, HPI and interest rates •Straight-line over 3 years •Modeled parameters using long- run economic conditions Automobile •Unemployment rates, HPI, disposable personal income and Manheim used car index •Straight-line over 1 year •Average parameters determined based on internal historical data Credit card •Unemployment rates, personal consumption expenditure and HPI •Straight-line over 2 years •Modeled parameters using long- run economic conditions Education / Other consumer •Modeled using either discrete risk parameters or analytical approaches based on net charge-offs and paydown rates After the forecast period, we revert to the long-run average over the reversion period noted above, which is the period between the end of the forecast period and when losses are estimated to have completely reverted to the long-run average. Once we have developed a combined estimate of credit losses (i.e., for the forecast period, reversion period and long-run average) under each of the forecasted scenarios, we produce a probability-weighted credit loss estimate. In addition, we add or deduct any qualitative components and other adjustments, such as individually assessed loans, to produce the ALLL. See the Individually Assessed Component and Qualitative Component discussions that follow in this Note 1 for additional information about those adjustments. Discounted Cash Flow Prior to January 1, 2023, we used a discounted cash flow methodology for our home equity and residential real estate loan classes, in addition to our TDR portfolios. We determined effective interest rates considering contractual cash flows adjusted for estimated prepayments. Changes in the ALLL due to the impact of the passage of time under the discounted cash flow estimate were recognized through the provision for credit losses. Effective January 1, 2023, we discontinued our use of a discounted cash flow methodology, and we now use a pooled expected loss methodology based upon the quantification of risk parameters, such as PD, LGD and EAD for a loan or loan segment. Individually Assessed Component Loans and leases that do not share similar risk characteristics with a pool of loans are individually assessed as follows: • For commercial nonperforming loans greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold, reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows or the fair value of the collateral, if appropriate under our policy for collateral dependent loans. Nonperforming commercial loans below the defined threshold are reserved for under a pooled basis, as we believe these loans continue to share similar risk characteristics. • For consumer nonperforming loans classified as collateral dependent, charge-off and ALLL related to recovery of amounts previously charged off are evaluated through an analysis of the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Qualitative Component While our reserve models and methodologies strive to reflect all relevant expected credit risk factors, the ACL also accounts for factors that may not be directly measured in the determination of individually assessed or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors may include, but are not limited to: • Industry concentrations and conditions, • Changes in market conditions, including regulatory and legal requirements, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 101

• Changes in the nature and volume of our portfolio, • Recent credit quality trends, • Recent loss experience in particular portfolios, including specific and unique events, • Recent macroeconomic factors that may not be reflected in the forecast information, • Limitations of available input data, including historical loss information and recent data such as collateral values, • Model imprecision and limitations, • Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in loss recognition and mitigation policies and procedures, and • Timing of available information. See Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information about our loan portfolio and the related allowance. Accrued Interest When accrued interest is reversed or charged-off in a timely manner, the CECL standard provides a practical expedient to exclude accrued interest from ACL measurement. We consider our nonaccrual and charge-off policies to be timely for all of our investment securities, loans and leases, with the exception of consumer credit cards, education loans and certain unsecured consumer lines of credit. We consider the length of time before nonaccrual/charge-off and the use of appropriate other triggering events for nonaccrual and charge-offs in making this determination. Pursuant to these policy elections, we calculate reserves for accrued interest on credit cards, education loans and certain unsecured consumer lines of credit, which are then included within the ALLL. See the Debt Securities and the Nonperforming Loans and Leases sections of this Note 1 for additional information on our nonaccrual and charge- off policies. Pursuant to our use of a discounted cash flow methodology in estimating credit losses for our home equity and residential real estate loan classes prior to January 1, 2023, applicable reserves for accrued interest were also included within the ALLL for these loan classes. Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans or Securities The allowance for PCD loans or securities is determined at the time of acquisition, as the estimated expected credit loss of the outstanding balance or par value, based on the methodologies described previously for loans and securities. In accordance with CECL, the allowance recognized at acquisition is added to the acquisition date purchase price to determine the asset’s amortized cost basis. Allowance for Unfunded Lending Related Commitments We maintain the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments on off-balance sheet credit exposures that are not unconditionally cancelable (e.g., unfunded loan commitments, letters of credit and certain financial guarantees), at a level we believe is appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on these exposures. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, this reserve is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for pooled loans and leases. See the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses section of this Note 1 for the key credit risk characteristics for unfunded lending related commitments. The allowance for unfunded lending related commitments is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to this reserve are included in the Provision for credit losses on the Consolidated Income Statement. See Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information about this allowance. Allowance for Other Financial Assets We determine the allowance for other financial assets (e.g., trade receivables, servicing advances on PNC-owned loans and balances with banks) considering historical loss information and other available indicators. In certain cases where there are no historical, current or forecast indicators of an expected credit loss, we may estimate the reserve to be close to zero. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 the allowance for other financial assets was immaterial. Loans Held for Sale We designate loans as held for sale when we have the intent and ability to sell them. At the time of designation to held for sale, any ACL is reversed, and a valuation allowance for the shortfall between the amortized cost basis and the net realizable value is recognized, excluding the amounts already charged off. Similarly, when loans are no longer considered held for sale, the valuation allowance (net of writedowns) is reversed, and an allowance for credit losses is established, excluding the amounts already charged- off. Write-downs on loans held for sale (if required) are recorded as charge-offs through the valuation allowance. Adjustments to the valuation allowance on held for sale loans are recognized in Other noninterest income. We have elected to account for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The changes in the fair value of commercial and residential mortgage loans are measured and recorded within Residential and Commercial mortgage within noninterest income each period. See Note 14 Fair Value for additional information. 102 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Interest income with respect to loans held for sale is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and the loan’s contractual interest rate. In certain circumstances, loans designated as held for sale may be transferred to held for investment based on a change in strategy. We transfer these loans at the lower of cost or estimated fair value; however, any loans originated or purchased for the held for sale portfolio and for which the fair value option has been elected remain at fair value for the life of the loan. Loan Sales, Loan Securitizations and Retained Interests We recognize the sale of loans or other financial assets when the transferred assets are legally isolated from our creditors and the appropriate accounting criteria are met. We have sold mortgage and other loans through securitization transactions. In a securitization, financial assets are transferred into trusts or to SPEs in transactions to effectively legally isolate the assets from us. In a securitization, the trust or SPE issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated securities backed or collateralized by the assets sold to the trust. The senior classes of the asset-backed securities typically receive investment grade credit ratings at the time of issuance. These ratings are generally achieved through the creation of lower-rated subordinated classes of asset-backed securities, as well as subordinated or residual interests. In certain cases, we may retain a portion or all of the securities issued, interest- only strips, one or more subordinated tranches, servicing rights and, in some cases, cash reserve accounts. If sale accounting is achieved, securitized loans are removed from the balance sheet and a net gain or loss is recognized in Noninterest income at the time of initial sale. Gains or losses recognized on the sale of the loans depend on the fair value of the loans sold and the retained interests at the date of sale. We generally estimate the fair value of the retained interests based on the present value of future expected cash flows using assumptions as to discount rates, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit losses and servicing costs, if applicable. With the exception of loan sales to certain U.S. government-chartered entities, our loan sales and securitizations are generally structured without recourse to us except for representations and warranties and with no restrictions on the retained interests. We originate, sell and service commercial mortgage loans under the FNMA DUS program. Under the provisions of the DUS program, we participate in a loss-sharing arrangement with FNMA. When we are obligated for loss-sharing or recourse, our policy is to record such liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently reserve for estimated losses in accordance with guidance contained in applicable GAAP. Variable Interest Entities A VIE is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or any other legal structure used to conduct activities or hold assets generally that either: • Does not have equity investors with voting rights that can directly or indirectly make decisions about the entity’s most significant economic activities through those voting rights or similar rights, or • Has equity investors that do not provide sufficient equity for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. A VIE often holds financial assets, including loans or receivables, real estate or other property. VIEs are assessed for consolidation under ASC 810 – Consolidation when we hold a variable interest in these entities. We consolidate a VIE if we are its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Upon consolidation of a VIE, we recognize all of the VIE’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. On a quarterly basis, we determine whether any changes occurred requiring a reassessment of whether we are the primary beneficiary of an entity. See Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities for information about VIEs that we consolidate as well as those that we do not consolidate but in which we hold a significant variable interest. Mortgage Servicing Rights We provide servicing under various loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential loans. These contracts are either purchased in the open market or retained as part of a loan securitization or loan sale. All acquired or originated servicing rights are initially measured at fair value. Fair value is based on the present value of the expected future net cash flows, including assumptions as to: • Deposit balances and interest rates for escrow and commercial reserve earnings, • Discount rates, • Estimated prepayment speeds, and • Estimated servicing costs. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 103

We’ve elected to subsequently measure commercial and residential MSRs at fair value. We manage the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs by hedging the fair value with derivatives and securities which are expected to offset the change in fair value of the servicing rights. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recognized as gains/(losses). The fair value of these servicing rights is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other factors which are determined based on current market conditions. See Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value for additional information. Goodwill Goodwill arising from business acquisitions represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements in the business acquired. Goodwill is assigned at the reporting unit level on the acquisition date. A reporting unit is a business segment or one level below a business segment. At least annually, in the fourth quarter, management performs the goodwill impairment test at a reporting unit level. The goodwill impairment test may also be performed more frequently if events occur or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date, when such events or circumstances may indicate that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Examples of events or circumstances that are considered for more frequent goodwill impairment testing include, but are not limited to, changes in macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, and other relevant PNC or reporting unit specific events. When performing a goodwill impairment test, PNC may first perform a qualitative analysis to evaluate whether it is more-likely-than- not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after considering all relevant events and circumstances, PNC determines it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing a quantitative impairment test is not necessary. If PNC elects to bypass the qualitative analysis, or concludes via qualitative analysis that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. Inputs are generated and used in calculating the fair value of the reporting unit, which is compared to its carrying amount. The fair value of our reporting units is determined by using discounted cash flows and/or market comparability methodologies. If the fair value is greater than the carrying amount, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is deemed not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit and subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are not permitted. See Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights for additional information. Leases Lessor Arrangements We provide financing for various types of equipment, including aircraft, energy and power systems and vehicles through a variety of lease arrangements. Finance leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased equipment, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, a form of financing leases, are carried net of nonrecourse debt. We recognize income over the term of the lease using the constant effective yield method. Lease residual values are reviewed for impairment at least annually. Gains or losses on the sale of leased assets are included in Other noninterest income. Valuation adjustments on operating lease residuals are included in Other noninterest expense while valuation adjustments on the net investment of a direct financing or sales-type lease are included in Provision for credit losses. Lessee Arrangements We lease retail branches, datacenters, office space, land and equipment under operating and finance leases. Under ASC 842, we elected the practical expedient to account for the lease and nonlease components of real estate leases and leases of advertising assets, such as signage, as a single lease component. For other leased asset classes, lease and nonlease components of new lease agreements are accounted for separately. In addition, we elected the practical expedient to not apply the recognition requirements under the standard to short-term leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, as we recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Generally, we have elected to use the Overnight Indexed Swap rate corresponding to the term of the lease at the lease measurement date as our incremental borrowing rate to measure the right- of-use-asset and lease liability. See Note 6 Leases for additional information on our leasing arrangements. Depreciation and Amortization For financial reporting purposes, we depreciate premises and equipment, net of salvage value, principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. 104 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We use estimated useful lives for furniture and equipment ranging from one to 10 years and depreciate buildings over an estimated useful life of up to 40 years. We amortize leasehold improvements over their estimated useful lives of up to 15 years or the respective lease terms, whichever is shorter. We purchase, as well as internally develop and customize, certain software to enhance or perform internal business functions. Software development costs incurred in the planning and post-development project stages are charged to Noninterest expense. Costs associated with designing software configuration and interfaces, installation, coding programs and testing systems are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over periods generally ranging from one to 10 years. Implementation costs of software hosting arrangements are capitalized and amortized over the contractual term of the associated arrangement, including extension options we are reasonably certain to exercise, on a straight-line basis. We review the remaining useful lives and carrying values of premises and equipment to determine whether an event has occurred that would indicate a change in useful life is warranted or if any impairment exists. Other Comprehensive Income Other comprehensive income, on an after-tax basis, primarily consists of unrealized gains or losses on available for sale debt securities, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations of pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Details of each component are included in Note 12 Other Comprehensive Income. Treasury Stock We record common stock purchased for treasury at cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on the first-in, first-out basis. Earnings Per Common Share Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered participating securities under the two-class method. Distributed dividends and dividend equivalents related to participating securities and an allocation of undistributed net income to participating securities reduce the amount of income attributable to common shareholders. In a period with a loss, no allocation will be made to the participating securities, as they do not have a contractual obligation to absorb losses. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury stock method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. For periods in which there is a loss from continuing operations, any potential dilutive shares will be anti-dilutive. In this scenario, no potential dilutive shares will be included in the continuing operations, discontinued operations or total earnings per common share calculations, even if overall net income is reported. See Note 13 Earnings Per Share for additional information. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The fair value of financial instruments and the methods and assumptions used in estimating fair value amounts and financial assets and liabilities for which fair value was elected are detailed in Note 14 Fair Value. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities We use a variety of financial derivatives to both mitigate exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risks inherent in our business activities, as well as to facilitate customer risk management activities. We manage these risks as part of our asset and liability management process and through credit policies and procedures. We recognize all derivative instruments at fair value as either Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related cash flows in the Operating Activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Adjustments for counterparty credit risk are included in the determination of fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a cash flow or net investment hedging relationship. For all other derivatives, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 105

We utilize a net presentation for derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative exposures by offsetting obligations to return, or general rights to reclaim, cash collateral against the fair values of the net derivatives being collateralized. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as accounting hedges, we designate the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation. We formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy, before undertaking an accounting hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge at inception of the hedge relationship. In addition, a derivative must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. For accounting hedge relationships, we formally assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, if the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting designated changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued. We assess effectiveness using statistical regression analysis. Where the critical terms of the derivative and hedged item match, effectiveness may be assessed qualitatively. For derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability attributable to a particular risk, such as changes in benchmark interest rates), changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in earnings and offset by also recognizing in earnings the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. To the extent the change in fair value of the derivative does not offset the change in fair value of the hedged item, the difference is reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement in the same income statement line as the hedged item. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows), the gain or loss on derivatives is reported as a component of AOCI and subsequently reclassified to income in the same period or periods during which the hedged cash flows affect earnings and recorded in the same income statement line item as the hedged cash flows. For derivatives designated as a hedge of net investment in a foreign operation, the gain or loss on the derivatives is reported as a component of AOCI. We discontinue hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge or, for a cash flow hedge, it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period. We purchase or originate financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative. For financial instruments not measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings, we assess, at inception of the transaction, if the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would be a derivative. If the embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host contract and meets the definition of a derivative, the embedded derivative is recorded separately from the host contract with changes in fair value recorded in earnings, unless we elect to account for the hybrid instrument at fair value. We enter into commitments to originate residential and commercial mortgage loans for sale. We also enter into commitments to purchase or sell commercial and residential real estate loans. These commitments are accounted for as free-standing derivatives which are recorded at fair value in Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any gain or loss from the change in fair value after the inception of the commitment is recognized in Noninterest income. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information. Income Taxes We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that we expect will apply at the time when we believe the differences will reverse. Changes in tax rates and tax law are accounted for in the period of enactment. Thus, at the enactment date, deferred taxes are remeasured and the change is recognized in Income tax expense. The recognition of deferred tax assets requires an assessment to determine the realization of such assets. Realization refers to the incremental benefit achieved through the reduction in future taxes payable or refunds receivable from the deferred tax assets, assuming that the underlying deductible differences and carryforwards are the last items to enter into the determination of future taxable income. We establish a valuation allowance for tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized, based upon all available positive and negative evidence. We have elected to apply the proportional amortization method to our qualifying LIHTC and NMTC equity investments. Investment tax credits and investment impairment are recognized in tax expense for any individual LIHTC and NMTC equity investment for which we can demonstrate that the investment was made primarily for the purpose of receiving income tax credits and other income 106 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

tax benefits. We use the deferral method of accounting for all investment tax credit equity investments. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset. See Note 18 Income Taxes for additional information. Revenue Recognition We earn interest and noninterest income from various sources, including: • Lending, • Securities portfolio, • Asset management, • Loan sales, loan securitizations and servicing, • Brokerage services, • Sale of loans and securities, • Certain private equity activities, and • Securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities. In addition, we earn fees and commissions from: • Issuing loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, • Deposit account services, • Merchant services, • Selling various insurance products, • Providing treasury management services including money transfer services, • Providing merger and acquisition advisory and related services, • Debit and credit card transactions, and • Facilitating and participating in certain capital markets transactions. Service charges on deposit accounts are recognized when earned. Brokerage fees and gains and losses on the sale of securities and certain derivatives are recognized on a trade-date basis. We record private equity income or loss based on changes in the valuation of the underlying investments or when we dispose of our interest. We recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments where we have elected the fair value option. These financial instruments include certain commercial and residential mortgage loans originated for sale, certain residential mortgage portfolio loans and resale agreements. We also recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of residential and commercial MSRs. We recognize revenue from servicing residential and commercial mortgages for others as earned based on the specific contractual terms. These revenues are reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in the line item Residential and commercial mortgage. We recognize revenue from securities, derivatives and foreign exchange customer-related trading, as well as securities underwriting activities, as these transactions occur or as services are provided. We generally recognize gains from the sale of loans upon meeting the derecognition criteria for transfers of financial assets. Mortgage revenue recognized is reported net of mortgage repurchase reserves. For the fee-based revenue within the scope of ASC Topic 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers, revenue is recognized when or as those services are transferred to the customer. See Note 23 Fee-based Revenue from Contracts with Customers for additional information related to revenue within the scope of ASC Topic 606. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 107

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Update Description Financial Statement Impact Reference Rate Reform - ASU 2020-04 Issued March 2020 Reference Rate Reform Scope - ASU 2021-01 Issued January 2021 Reference Rate Reform Deferral of Sunset Date – ASU 2022-06 Issued December 2022 • Provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform (codified in ASC 848). • Includes optional expedients related to contract modifications that allow an entity to account for modifications (if certain criteria are met) as if the modifications were only minor (assets within the scope of ASC 310, Receivables), were not substantial (assets within the scope of ASC 470, Debt) and/or did not result in remeasurements or reclassifications (assets within the scope of ASC 842, Leases, and other Topics) of the existing contract. • Includes optional expedients related to hedging relationships within the scope of ASC 815, Derivatives & Hedging, whereby changes to the critical terms of a hedging relationship do not require dedesignation if certain criteria are met. In addition, potential sources of ineffectiveness as a result of reference rate reform may be disregarded when performing some effectiveness assessments. • Includes optional expedients and exceptions for contract modifications and hedge accounting that apply to derivative instruments impacted by the market-wide discounting transition. • Guidance in these ASUs is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2024. • ASU 2020-04 was adopted March 12, 2020. ASU 2021-01 was retrospectively adopted October 1, 2020. ASU 2022-06 was adopted upon issuance. • During the fourth quarter of 2020, we elected to apply certain optional expedients for contract modifications and hedging relationships to derivative instruments impacted by the market-wide discounting transition. These optional expedients remove the requirement to remeasure contract modifications or dedesignate hedging relationships due to reference rate reform. The elections made in the fourth quarter of 2020 apply only to derivative instruments impacted by the market-wide discounting transition, not all derivative instruments. • During the first quarter of 2021, we elected to apply certain optional expedients to derivative instruments that were modified in the first quarter due to the adoption of fallback language recommended by the ISDA to address the anticipated cessation of LIBOR. These optional expedients remove the requirement to remeasure contract modifications or dedesignate hedging relationships due to reference rate reform. We applied these optional expedients consistently to all eligible LIBOR cessation- related contract modifications and hedging relationships since election. • During the fourth quarter of 2021, we elected to apply certain optional expedients for contract modifications to receivables modified in the fourth quarter due to the cessation of 1-week and 2-month USD LIBOR tenors and non-USD Interbank Offered Rates. These optional expedients remove the requirement to assess whether the contract modification was more-than-minor in accordance with ASC 310. We also elected to apply certain optional expedients related to assessing hedge effectiveness to our cash flow hedge relationships affected by reference rate reform. We applied these optional expedients consistently to all eligible LIBOR cessation-related contract modifications and hedging relationships since election. • During the second quarter of 2023, we elected and applied certain optional expedients for contract modifications and hedging relationships impacted by the central clearing counterparties conversion processes for LIBOR-indexed derivative instruments. These optional expedients remove the requirement to remeasure contract modifications or dedesignate hedging relationships due to reference rate reform. The elections made apply only to derivatives instruments impacted by the central clearinghouse conversion process. • During the second quarter of 2023, we applied certain optional expedients for investment security, debt and preferred stock instrument contract modifications impacted by LIBOR cessation. These optional expedients remove the requirement to remeasure contract modifications. • We may elect additional optional expedients for contract modifications and hedge relationships affected by reference rate reform through the effective date of this guidance. 108 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Accounting Standards Update Description Financial Statement Impact Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures - ASU 2022-02 Issued March 2022 • Eliminates the accounting guidance for TDRs and requires an entity to apply the loan refinancing and restructuring guidance to determine whether a modification results in a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. • Eliminates the requirement to use a discounted cash flow approach to measure the allowance for credit losses for TDRs. • Enhances disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancings and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. • Requires disclosure of current-period gross charge-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investments in leases within the scope of CECL. • Adopted January 1, 2023 using a modified retrospective transition approach for the amendments related to the recognition and measurement of TDRs. • The impact of adoption resulted in a decrease to the beginning period ALLL of $35 million, resulting in an increase to retained earnings of $26 million, net of tax, as of January 1, 2023. • The presentation of our loan modification disclosures have been updated to reflect information on loan modifications given to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and can be found within Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. TDR disclosures are presented for comparative periods only and are not required to be updated in current periods. Additionally, our vintage disclosure has been updated to reflect gross charge-offs by year of origination. Accounting Standards Update Description Financial Statement Impact Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method – ASU 2023-02 Issued March 2023 • Permits reporting entities to elect to account for their tax equity investments, regardless of the tax credit program from which the income tax credits are received, using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. • A reporting entity makes an accounting policy election to apply the proportional amortization method on a tax- credit-program-by-tax-credit-program basis rather than electing to apply the proportional amortization method at the reporting entity level or to individual investments. • Early adopted September 30, 2023, using a modified retrospective transition approach for the amendments related to our tax credit programs that are eligible to apply proportional amortization. The cumulative effect to retained earnings as of January 1, 2023 was immaterial. • At adoption, we elected to apply the proportional amortization method to all qualifying investments in the NMTC program. PNC historically applied proportional amortization to LIHTC investments since applying ASU 2014-01. • See Note 4 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities for the impact of adoption. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 109

NOTE 2 INVESTMENT SECURITIES The following table summarizes our available for sale and held to maturity portfolios by major security type: Table 35: Investment Securities Summary (a)(b) December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Amortized Cost (c) Unrealized Fair Value Amortized Cost (c) Unrealized Fair ValueGains Losses Gains Losses Securities Available for Sale U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 7,596 $ 22 $ (667) $ 6,951 $ 9,196 $ 10 $ (836) $ 8,370 Residential mortgage-backed Agency 30,643 46 (2,809) 27,880 32,114 13 (3,304) 28,823 Non-agency 585 118 (7) 696 697 131 (9) 819 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency 1,680 1 (135) 1,546 1,845 (170) 1,675 Non-agency 913 1 (45) 869 1,325 (69) 1,256 Asset-backed 1,092 25 (1) 1,116 103 27 (1) 129 Other 2,844 44 (161) 2,727 3,288 44 (245) 3,087 Total securities available for sale $ 45,353 $ 257 $ (3,825) $ 41,785 $ 48,568 $ 225 $ (4,634) $ 44,159 Securities Held to Maturity U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 36,529 $ 9 $ (1,141) $ 35,397 $ 36,571 $ 6 $ (1,617) $ 34,960 Residential mortgage-backed Agency 42,686 92 (2,733) 40,045 45,271 74 (3,095) 42,250 Non-agency 259 (17) 242 276 (21) 255 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency 939 9 (23) 925 848 4 (26) 826 Non-agency 1,373 2 (27) 1,348 1,667 (40) 1,627 Asset-backed 5,890 17 (39) 5,868 7,188 6 (140) 7,054 Other 3,108 50 (35) 3,123 3,354 25 (72) 3,307 Total securities held to maturity (d) $ 90,784 $ 179 $ (4,015) $ 86,948 $ 95,175 $ 115 $ (5,011) $ 90,279 (a) At December 31, 2023, the accrued interest associated with our held to maturity and available for sale portfolios totaled $281 million and $144 million, respectively. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $282 million and $144 million, respectively. These amounts are included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (b) Credit ratings represent a primary credit quality indicator used to monitor and manage credit risk. Of our total securities portfolio, 97% were rated AAA/AA at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. (c) Amortized cost is presented net of allowance of $86 million for securities available for sale, primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and $6 million for securities held to maturity at December 31, 2023. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $142 million and $7 million, respectively. (d) Held to maturity securities transferred from available for sale are included in held to maturity at fair value at the time of the transfer. The amortized cost of held to maturity securities included net unrealized losses of $4.2 billion at December 31, 2023, related to securities transferred, which are offset in AOCI, net of tax. The comparable amount at December 31, 2022 was $5.1 billion. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses included in Total shareholders’ equity as AOCI, unless credit-related. Net unrealized gains and losses are determined by taking the difference between the fair value of a security and its amortized cost, net of any allowance. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost, net of any allowance. Investment securities at December 31, 2023 included less than $0.1 billion of net unsettled purchases that represent non-cash investing activity, and accordingly, are not reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The comparable amount for December 31, 2022 was $0.2 billion. During 2022, we transferred securities with a fair value of $82.7 billion from available for sale to held to maturity. The securities transferred included $34.0 billion of U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, $39.0 billion of agency residential mortgage- backed securities, $6.3 billion of asset-backed securities and $3.4 billion of various other security types. The securities were reclassified at fair value at the time of the transfer and the transfers represented non-cash transactions. There were no securities transferred during 2023. We maintain the allowance for investment securities at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date to absorb expected credit losses on our portfolio. As of December 31, 2023, the allowance for investment securities was $92 million and primarily related to non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities in the available for sale portfolio. The comparable amount at December 31, 2022 was $149 million. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for a discussion of the methodologies used to determine the allowance for investment securities. 110 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

At December 31, 2023, AOCI included pretax losses of $293 million from derivatives that hedged the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity. The losses will be accreted to interest income as an adjustment of yield on the securities. Table 36 presents the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities available for sale that do not have an associated allowance for investment securities at December 31, 2023 and 2022. These securities are segregated between investments that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more, based on the point in time that the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. All securities included in the table have been evaluated to determine if a credit loss exists. As part of that assessment, as of December 31, 2023, we concluded that we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. Table 36: Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale Without an Allowance for Credit Losses Unrealized loss position less than 12 months Unrealized loss position 12 months or more Total In millions Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value December 31, 2023 U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ (666) $ 6,035 $ (666) $ 6,035 Residential mortgage-backed Agency $ (4) $ 1,015 (2,805) 24,306 (2,809) 25,321 Non-agency (1) 15 (4) 84 (5) 99 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency (135) 1,495 (135) 1,495 Non-agency (45) 731 (45) 731 Asset-backed (1) 9 (1) 9 Other (3) 78 (136) 2,106 (139) 2,184 Total securities available for sale $ (8) $ 1,108 $ (3,792) $ 34,766 $ (3,800) $ 35,874 December 31, 2022 U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ (601) $ 5,868 $ (235) $ 2,208 $ (836) $ 8,076 Residential mortgage-backed Agency (1,744) 19,036 (1,560) 8,971 (3,304) 28,007 Non-agency (6) 112 (2) 17 (8) 129 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency (125) 1,283 (45) 372 (170) 1,655 Non-agency (44) 750 (18) 394 (62) 1,144 Asset-backed (1) 5 (1) 5 Other (96) 1,418 (112) 1,144 (208) 2,562 Total securities available for sale $ (2,616) $ 28,467 $ (1,973) $ 13,111 $ (4,589) $ 41,578 Information related to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table: Table 37: Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale Year ended December 31 In millions Gross Gains Gross Losses Net Gains (Losses) Tax Expense (Benefit) 2023 $ (2) $ (2) 2022 $ 11 $ (18) $ (7) $ (1) 2021 $ 360 $ (296) $ 64 $ 13 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 111

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at December 31, 2023: Table 38: Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities 1 Year or Less After 1 Year through 5 Years After 5 Years through 10 Years After 10 Years TotalDollars in millions Securities Available for Sale U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 2,055 $ 2,968 $ 461 $ 2,112 $ 7,596 Residential mortgage-backed Agency 1 210 3,766 26,666 30,643 Non-agency 12 573 585 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency 31 576 718 355 1,680 Non-agency 1 106 118 688 913 Asset-backed 273 171 648 1,092 Other 279 2,093 321 151 2,844 Total securities available for sale at amortized cost $ 2,367 $ 6,226 $ 5,567 $ 31,193 $ 45,353 Fair value $ 2,309 $ 5,822 $ 5,265 $ 28,389 $ 41,785 Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis (a) 0.99 % 2.32 % 2.94 % 3.12 % 2.88 % Securities Held to Maturity U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 8,177 $ 25,744 $ 1,711 $ 897 $ 36,529 Residential mortgage-backed Agency 10 329 42,347 42,686 Non-agency 259 259 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency 151 518 270 939 Non-agency 29 50 1,294 1,373 Asset-backed 2 1,689 2,269 1,930 5,890 Other 221 1,025 552 1,310 3,108 Total securities held to maturity at amortized cost $ 8,429 $ 28,669 $ 5,379 $ 48,307 $ 90,784 Fair value $ 8,299 $ 27,830 $ 5,232 $ 45,587 $ 86,948 Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis (a) 0.85 % 1.55 % 4.20 % 2.92 % 2.37 % (a) Weighted-average yields are based on amortized cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security. Actual maturities and yields may differ as certain securities may be prepaid. At December 31, 2023, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than FNMA and FHLMC, that exceeded 10% of total shareholders’ equity. The FNMA and FHLMC investments had a total amortized cost of $37.3 billion and $32.1 billion and fair value of $34.6 billion and $30.0 billion, respectively. The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings: Table 39: Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral In millions December 31 2023 December 31 2022 Pledged to others $ 29,878 $ 24,708 Accepted from others: Permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge $ 755 $ 1,266 Permitted amount repledged to others $ 755 $ 1,266 The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for information related to securities pledged and accepted as collateral for derivatives. 112 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTE 3 LOANS AND RELATED ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES Loan Portfolio Our loan portfolio consists of two portfolio segments – Commercial and Consumer. Each of these segments comprises multiple loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in risk attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. Commercial Consumer • Commercial and industrial • Residential real estate • Commercial real estate • Home equity • Equipment lease financing • Automobile • Credit card • Education • Other consumer See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information on our loan related policies. Credit Quality We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk within the loan portfolio based on our defined loan classes. In doing so, we use several credit quality indicators, including trends in delinquency rates, nonperforming status, analysis of PD and LGD ratings, updated credit scores and originated and updated LTV ratios. We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources, underlying collateral and other support given current events, economic conditions and expectations. We refine our practices to meet the changing environment, such as inflation levels, industry specific risks, interest rate levels, the level of consumer savings and deposit balances, and structural and secular changes fostered by the pandemic. To mitigate losses and enhance customer support, we offer loan modifications and collection programs to assist our customers. Table 40 presents the composition and delinquency status of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Loan delinquencies include government insured or guaranteed loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 113

Table 40: Analysis of Loan Portfolio (a) (b) (c) Accruing Dollars in millions Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90 Days or More Past Due Total Past Due (d) Nonperforming Loans Fair Value Option Nonaccrual Loans (e) Total Loans (f) (g) December 31, 2023 Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 176,796 $ 104 $ 45 $ 76 $ 225 $ 559 $ 177,580 Commercial real estate 34,685 7 9 16 735 35,436 Equipment lease financing 6,480 41 8 49 13 6,542 Total commercial 217,961 152 53 85 290 1,307 219,558 Consumer Residential real estate 46,159 282 101 192 575 (d) 294 $ 516 47,544 Home equity 25,533 63 27 90 458 69 26,150 Automobile 14,638 91 20 7 118 104 14,860 Credit card 6,991 54 39 86 179 10 7,180 Education 1,850 27 19 49 95 (d) 1,945 Other consumer 4,227 16 11 10 37 7 4,271 Total consumer 99,398 533 217 344 1,094 873 585 101,950 Total $ 317,359 $ 685 $ 270 $ 429 $ 1,384 $ 2,180 $ 585 $ 321,508 Percentage of total loans 98.71 % 0.21 % 0.08 % 0.13 % 0.43 % 0.68 % 0.18 % 100.00 % December 31, 2022 Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 181,223 $ 169 $ 27 $ 137 $ 333 $ 663 $ 182,219 Commercial real estate 36,104 19 4 23 189 36,316 Equipment lease financing 6,484 20 4 24 6 6,514 Total commercial 223,811 208 35 137 380 858 225,049 Consumer Residential real estate 44,306 281 112 199 592 (d) 424 $ 567 45,889 Home equity 25,305 53 20 73 526 79 25,983 Automobile 14,543 106 25 7 138 155 14,836 Credit card 6,906 50 35 70 155 8 7,069 Education 2,058 34 22 59 115 (d) 2,173 Other consumer 4,975 15 12 10 37 14 5,026 Total consumer 98,093 539 226 345 1,110 1,127 646 100,976 Total $ 321,904 $ 747 $ 261 $ 482 $ 1,490 $ 1,985 $ 646 $ 326,025 Percentage of total loans 98.73 % 0.23 % 0.08 % 0.15 % 0.46 % 0.61 % 0.20 % 100.00 % (a) Amounts in table represent loans held for investment and do not include any associated ALLL. (b) The CARES Act credit reporting rules expired in the third quarter of 2023 and, as such, delinquency status at December 31, 2023 is being reported for all loans based on the contractual terms of the loan. Amounts as of December 31, 2022 continue to be presented in accordance with the credit reporting rules under the CARES Act, which required certain loans modified due to pandemic related hardships to not be reported as past due based on the contractual terms of the loan, even when borrowers may not have made payments on their loans during the modification period. (c) The accrued interest associated with our loan portfolio totaled $1.5 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These amounts are included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (d) Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate loans and Education loans totaling $0.3 billion and $0.1 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (e) Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option for which we do not expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are subject to nonaccrual accounting and classification upon meeting any of our nonaccrual policy criteria. Given that these loans are not accounted for at amortized cost, they have been excluded from the nonperforming loan population. (f) Includes unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on purchased loans totaling $1.0 billion and $0.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (g) Collateral dependent loans totaled $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In the normal course of business, we originate or purchase loan products with contractual characteristics that, when concentrated, may increase our exposure as a holder of those loan products. Possible product features that may create a concentration of credit risk would include a high original or updated LTV ratio, terms that may expose the borrower to future increases in repayments above increases in market interest rates and interest-only loans, among others. 114 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We originate interest-only loans to commercial borrowers. Such credit arrangements are usually designed to match borrower cash flow expectations (e.g., working capital lines, revolvers). These products are standard in the financial services industry and product features are considered during the underwriting process to mitigate the increased risk that the interest-only feature may result in borrowers not being able to make interest and principal payments when due. We do not believe that these product features create a concentration of credit risk. At December 31, 2023, we pledged $51.3 billion of commercial and other loans to the Federal Reserve Bank and $89.5 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the FHLB as collateral for the ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $28.1 billion and $90.4 billion, respectively. Amounts pledged reflect the unpaid principal balances. Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO and foreclosed assets. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Interest income is not recognized on these loans. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are reported as performing loans; however, when nonaccrual criteria is met, interest income is not recognized on these loans. Additionally, certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are not reported as nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information on our nonperforming loan and lease policies. The following table presents our nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022: Table 41: Nonperforming Assets Dollars in millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Nonperforming loans (a) Commercial $ 1,307 $ 858 Consumer (b) 873 1,127 Total nonperforming loans (c) 2,180 1,985 OREO and foreclosed assets 36 34 Total nonperforming assets $ 2,216 $ 2,019 Nonperforming loans to total loans 0.68 % 0.61 % Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO and foreclosed assets 0.69 % 0.62 % Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.39 % 0.36 % (a) In connection with the adoption of ASU 2022-02, nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2023 include certain loans where terms were modified as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulty. Prior period amounts included nonperforming TDRs, for which accounting guidance was eliminated effective January 1, 2023. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty section of this Note 3 for more information on our adoption of this ASU. (b) Excludes most unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status. (c) Nonperforming loans for which there is no related ALLL totaled $0.5 billion at December 31, 2023 and primarily include loans with a fair value of collateral that exceeds the amortized cost basis. The comparable amount at December 31, 2022 was $0.7 billion. Additional Credit Quality Indicators by Loan Class Commercial and Industrial For commercial and industrial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process. These ratings are generally reviewed and updated at least once per year. For small balance homogeneous pools of commercial and industrial loans and leases, we apply scoring techniques to assist in determining the PD. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to commercial and industrial loans, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and loss severity in the event of default, reflects credit quality characteristics as of the reporting date and are used as inputs into our loss forecasting process. Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and our risk rating assessment, we follow a formal schedule of written periodic reviews. Quarterly, we conduct formal reviews of a market’s or business unit’s loan portfolio, focusing on those loans which we perceive to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or loans for which credit quality is weakening. If circumstances warrant, it is our practice to review any customer obligation and its level of credit risk more frequently. We attempt to proactively manage our loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 115

Commercial Real Estate We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgages similar to commercial and industrial loans by evaluating PD and LGD. Risks associated with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk. As with the commercial and industrial loan class, a formal schedule of periodic reviews is also performed to assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk. Often as a result of these reviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny are placed on areas of higher risk, such as adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. These reviews are designed to assess risk and facilitate actions to mitigate such risks. Equipment Lease Financing We manage credit risk associated with our equipment lease financing loan class similar to commercial and industrial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic reviews. Generally, this occurs quarterly, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements and regulatory compliance as applicable. 116 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table presents credit quality indicators for our commercial loan classes: Table 42: Commercial Credit Quality Indicators (a) Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2023 In millions 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Commercial and industrial Pass Rated $ 23,019 $ 26,657 $ 7,562 $ 5,783 $ 4,110 $ 11,982 $ 88,467 $ 573 $ 168,153 Criticized 838 1,781 739 331 281 698 4,708 51 9,427 Total commercial and industrial loans 23,857 28,438 8,301 6,114 4,391 12,680 93,175 624 177,580 Gross charge-offs (b) 25 (c) 32 33 8 3 26 105 12 244 Commercial real estate Pass Rated 4,182 8,571 2,986 2,190 4,887 7,411 383 30,610 Criticized 155 1,300 455 490 622 1,753 51 4,826 Total commercial real estate loans 4,337 9,871 3,441 2,680 5,509 9,164 434 35,436 Gross charge-offs (b) 12 31 137 180 Equipment lease financing Pass Rated 1,522 1,424 689 690 452 1,378 6,155 Criticized 90 81 81 51 35 49 387 Total equipment lease financing loans 1,612 1,505 770 741 487 1,427 6,542 Gross charge-offs (b) 4 4 4 4 1 1 18 Total commercial loans $ 29,806 $ 39,814 $ 12,512 $ 9,535 $ 10,387 $ 23,271 $ 93,609 $ 624 $ 219,558 Total commercial gross charge-offs $ 29 $ 36 $ 37 $ 24 $ 35 $ 164 $ 105 $ 12 $ 442 Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2022 In millions 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Loans Commercial and industrial Pass Rated $ 41,685 $ 12,493 $ 8,134 $ 6,261 $ 4,209 $ 13,165 $ 89,384 $ 69 $ 175,400 Criticized 1,259 423 277 299 297 551 3,682 31 6,819 Total commercial and industrial 42,944 12,916 8,411 6,560 4,506 13,716 93,066 100 182,219 Commercial real estate Pass Rated 8,835 4,153 3,266 5,511 3,005 7,454 450 32,674 Criticized 348 37 322 758 807 1,367 3 3,642 Total commercial real estate 9,183 4,190 3,588 6,269 3,812 8,821 453 36,316 Equipment lease financing Pass Rated 1,797 962 942 670 410 1,495 6,276 Criticized 60 55 56 39 17 11 238 Total equipment lease financing 1,857 1,017 998 709 427 1,506 6,514 Total commercial $ 53,984 $ 18,123 $ 12,997 $ 13,538 $ 8,745 $ 24,043 $ 93,519 $ 100 $ 225,049 (a) Loans in our commercial portfolio are classified as Pass Rated or Criticized based on the regulatory definitions, which are driven by the PD and LGD ratings that we assign. The Criticized classification includes loans that were rated special mention, substandard or doubtful as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. (b) Gross charge-offs are presented on a year-to-date basis, as of the reporting date. (c) Includes charge-offs of deposit overdrafts. Residential Real Estate and Home Equity We use several credit quality indicators, including delinquency information, nonperforming loan information, updated credit scores and originated and updated LTV ratios, to monitor and manage credit risk within the residential real estate and home equity loan classes. A summary of credit quality indicators follows: Delinquency/Delinquency Rates: We monitor trending of delinquency/delinquency rates for residential real estate and home equity loans. See Table 40 for additional information. Nonperforming Loans: We monitor trending of nonperforming loans for residential real estate and home equity loans. See Table 40 for additional information. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 117

Credit Scores: We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for residential real estate and home equity loans at least quarterly. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit management reports, which are utilized to monitor the risk in the loan classes. LTV (inclusive of CLTV for first and subordinate lien positions): At least quarterly, we update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate an updated LTV ratio. For open-end credit lines secured by real estate in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. We examine LTV migration and stratify LTV into categories to monitor the risk in the loan classes. We use a combination of original LTV and updated LTV for internal risk management and reporting purposes (e.g., line management, loss mitigation strategies). In addition to the fact that estimated property values by their nature are estimates, given certain data limitations, it is important to note that updated LTVs may be based upon management’s assumptions (i.e., if an updated LTV is not provided by the third-party service provider, HPI changes will be incorporated in arriving at management’s estimate of updated LTV). Updated LTV is estimated using modeled property values. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models, broker price opinions, HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. We generally utilize origination lien balances provided by a third- party, where applicable, which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of the calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon lien balances held by others, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we refine our methodology. 118 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table presents credit quality indicators for our residential real estate and home equity loan classes: Table 43: Credit Quality Indicators for Residential Real Estate and Home Equity Loan Classes Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2023 In millions 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Residential real estate Current estimated LTV ratios Greater than 100% $ 15 $ 139 $ 79 $ 31 $ 10 $ 28 $ 302 Greater than or equal to 80% to 100% 1,665 1,928 955 221 69 92 4,930 Less than 80% 3,585 7,977 14,421 6,514 2,154 6,935 41,586 No LTV available 56 13 4 73 Government insured or guaranteed loans 14 20 16 66 37 500 653 Total residential real estate loans $ 5,335 $ 10,064 $ 15,484 $ 6,832 $ 2,270 $ 7,559 $ 47,544 Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 3,206 $ 7,797 $ 12,197 $ 5,035 $ 1,492 $ 4,004 $ 33,731 720 to 779 1,482 1,659 2,389 1,107 432 1,388 8,457 660 to 719 400 508 657 334 171 721 2,791 Less than 660 93 71 133 122 82 680 1,181 No FICO score available 140 9 92 168 56 266 731 Government insured or guaranteed loans 14 20 16 66 37 500 653 Total residential real estate loans $ 5,335 $ 10,064 $ 15,484 $ 6,832 $ 2,270 $ 7,559 $ 47,544 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 2 $ 1 $ 1 $ 4 $ 8 Home equity Current estimated LTV ratios Greater than 100% $ 1 $ 12 $ 6 $ 14 $ 306 $ 309 $ 648 Greater than or equal to 80% to 100% 4 40 17 22 1,116 1,743 2,942 Less than 80% 157 1,866 845 2,556 6,843 10,293 22,560 Total home equity loans $ 162 $ 1,918 $ 868 $ 2,592 $ 8,265 $ 12,345 $ 26,150 Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 102 $ 1,254 $ 489 $ 1,605 $ 4,604 $ 6,083 $ 14,137 720 to 779 38 423 216 488 2,222 3,225 6,612 660 to 719 17 174 110 271 1,207 1,894 3,673 Less than 660 5 65 52 220 223 1,089 1,654 No FICO score available 2 1 8 9 54 74 Total home equity loans $ 162 $ 1,918 $ 868 $ 2,592 $ 8,265 $ 12,345 $ 26,150 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 4 $ 7 $ 10 $ 21 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 119

(Continued from previous page) Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2022 In millions 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Loans Residential real estate Current estimated LTV ratios Greater than 100% $ 4 $ 52 $ 20 $ 10 $ 4 $ 41 $ 131 Greater than or equal to 80% to 100% 1,185 678 232 84 24 92 2,295 Less than 80% 9,396 15,844 7,074 2,346 822 7,220 42,702 No LTV available 61 3 4 68 Government insured or guaranteed loans 9 15 66 39 28 536 693 Total residential real estate $ 10,594 $ 16,650 $ 7,392 $ 2,482 $ 878 $ 7,893 $ 45,889 Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 6,825 $ 12,596 $ 5,276 $ 1,623 $ 463 $ 4,027 $ 30,810 720 to 779 3,172 3,024 1,369 476 180 1,457 9,678 660 to 719 514 744 378 189 98 796 2,719 Less than 660 63 108 110 88 71 740 1,180 No FICO score available 11 163 193 67 38 337 809 Government insured or guaranteed loans 9 15 66 39 28 536 693 Total residential real estate $ 10,594 $ 16,650 $ 7,392 $ 2,482 $ 878 $ 7,893 $ 45,889 Home equity Current estimated LTV ratios Greater than 100% $ 4 $ 14 $ 9 $ 2 $ 15 $ 268 $ 137 $ 449 Greater than or equal to 80% to 100% 4 51 27 4 31 854 1,149 2,120 Less than 80% 172 2,078 961 285 2,851 7,780 9,287 23,414 Total home equity $ 180 $ 2,143 $ 997 $ 291 $ 2,897 $ 8,902 $ 10,573 $ 25,983 Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 110 $ 1,357 $ 554 $ 155 $ 1,791 $ 5,093 $ 5,545 $ 14,605 720 to 779 47 515 248 64 567 2,305 2,843 6,589 660 to 719 19 211 140 42 288 1,146 1,449 3,295 Less than 660 4 57 54 29 242 342 671 1,399 No FICO score available 3 1 1 9 16 65 95 Total home equity $ 180 $ 2,143 $ 997 $ 291 $ 2,897 $ 8,902 $ 10,573 $ 25,983 (a) Gross charge-offs are presented on a year-to-date basis, as of the reporting date. Automobile, Credit Card, Education and Other Consumer We monitor a variety of credit quality information in the management of these consumer loan classes. For all loan types, we generally use a combination of internal loan parameters as well as an updated FICO score. We use FICO scores as a primary credit quality indicator for automobile and credit card loans, as well as non-government guaranteed or non-insured education loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Internal credit metrics, such as delinquency status, are heavily relied upon as credit quality indicators for government guaranteed or insured education loans and consumer loans to high net worth individuals, as internal credit metrics are more relevant than FICO scores for these types of loans. Along with the monitoring of delinquency trends and losses for each class, FICO credit score updates are obtained at least quarterly along with a variety of credit bureau attributes. Loans with high FICO scores tend to have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with low FICO scores tend to have a higher likelihood of loss. 120 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table presents credit quality indicators for our automobile, credit card, education and other consumer loan classes: Table 44: Credit Quality Indicators for Automobile, Credit Card, Education and Other Consumer Loan Classes Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2023 In millions 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Automobile Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 2,722 $ 1,650 $ 1,483 $ 535 $ 368 $ 88 $ 6,846 720 to 779 1,797 1,104 778 301 250 80 4,310 660 to 719 1,014 604 408 186 186 70 2,468 Less than 660 264 272 243 152 200 105 1,236 Total automobile loans $ 5,797 $ 3,630 $ 2,912 $ 1,174 $ 1,004 $ 343 $ 14,860 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 8 $ 24 $ 22 $ 17 $ 30 $ 20 $ 121 Credit card Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 2,017 $ 1 $ 2,018 720 to 779 1,976 4 1,980 660 to 719 1,979 13 1,992 Less than 660 1,036 48 1,084 No FICO score available or required (b) 103 3 106 Total credit card loans $ 7,111 $ 69 $ 7,180 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 290 $ 29 $ 319 Education Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 35 $ 88 $ 45 $ 40 $ 51 $ 331 $ 590 720 to 779 32 47 24 19 24 131 277 660 to 719 20 17 8 6 8 54 113 Less than 660 4 3 2 1 2 21 33 No FICO score available or required (b) 15 5 4 2 1 27 Total loans using FICO credit metric 106 160 83 68 85 538 1,040 Other internal credit metrics 905 905 Total education loans $ 106 $ 160 $ 83 $ 68 $ 85 $ 1,443 $ 1,945 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 1 $ 1 $ 2 $ 13 $ 17 Other consumer Updated FICO scores Greater than or equal to 780 $ 241 $ 127 $ 47 $ 21 $ 14 $ 11 $ 39 $ 1 $ 501 720 to 779 286 157 54 26 17 11 80 1 632 660 to 719 147 140 57 27 21 11 87 2 492 Less than 660 19 52 31 17 14 8 43 1 185 Total loans using FICO credit metric 693 476 189 91 66 41 249 5 1,810 Other internal credit metrics 19 97 33 48 71 34 2,149 10 2,461 Total other consumer loans $ 712 $ 573 $ 222 $ 139 $ 137 $ 75 $ 2,398 $ 15 $ 4,271 Gross charge-offs (a) $ 75 (c) $ 23 $ 18 $ 14 $ 14 $ 8 $ 11 $ 1 $ 164 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 121

(Continued from previous page) Term Loans by Origination Year December 31, 2022 In millions 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 Prior Revolving Loans Revolving Loans Converted to Term Total Loans Updated FICO Scores Automobile Greater than or equal to 780 $ 2,390 $ 2,162 $ 922 $ 760 $ 241 $ 75 $ 6,550 720 to 779 1,702 1,312 561 538 222 69 4,404 660 to 719 854 660 341 401 187 56 2,499 Less than 660 193 290 230 368 228 74 1,383 Total automobile $ 5,139 $ 4,424 $ 2,054 $ 2,067 $ 878 $ 274 $ 14,836 Credit card Greater than or equal to 780 $ 1,954 $ 2 $ 1,956 720 to 779 1,994 6 2,000 660 to 719 1,957 13 1,970 Less than 660 1,001 35 1,036 No FICO score available or required (b) 104 3 107 Total credit card $ 7,010 $ 59 $ 7,069 Education Greater than or equal to 780 $ 42 $ 53 $ 48 $ 61 $ 51 $ 357 $ 612 720 to 779 39 27 24 30 24 143 287 660 to 719 21 8 8 9 8 59 113 Less than 660 4 1 1 2 2 24 34 No FICO score available or required (b) 20 8 7 3 1 39 Education loans using FICO credit metric 126 97 88 105 85 584 1,085 Other internal credit metrics 1,088 1,088 Total education $ 126 $ 97 $ 88 $ 105 $ 85 $ 1,672 $ 2,173 Other consumer Greater than or equal to 780 $ 224 $ 97 $ 53 $ 46 $ 14 $ 18 $ 47 $ 2 $ 501 720 to 779 302 122 68 62 20 15 89 2 680 660 to 719 229 110 68 66 28 8 95 2 606 Less than 660 32 48 37 40 20 6 44 2 229 Other consumer loans using FICO credit metric 787 377 226 214 82 47 275 8 2,016 Other internal credit metrics 125 43 40 34 7 29 2,720 12 3,010 Total other consumer $ 912 $ 420 $ 266 $ 248 $ 89 $ 76 $ 2,995 $ 20 $ 5,026 (a) Gross charge-offs are presented on a year-to-date basis, as of the reporting date. (b) Loans with no FICO score available or required generally refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO score (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan category and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk. (c) Includes charge-offs of deposit overdrafts. 122 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, which eliminates the accounting guidance for TDRs and enhances the disclosure requirements for certain loan modifications when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty (FDMs). FDMs result from our loss mitigation activities and include principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, term extensions, payment delays or combinations thereof. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information on FDMs. The following table presents the amortized cost basis, as of December 31, 2023, of FDMs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023: Table 45: Loan Modifications Granted to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty (a) (b) Year ended December 31, 2023 Dollars in millions Interest Rate Reduction Term Extension Payment Delay Repayment Plan Interest Rate Reduction and Payment Delay Interest Rate Reduction and Term Extension Payment Delay and Term Extension Other (c) Total % of Loan Class Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 13 $ 683 $ 65 $ 14 $ 18 $ 156 $ 150 $ 1,099 0.62 % Commercial real estate 47 816 17 87 967 2.73 % Total commercial 60 1,499 65 14 18 173 237 2,066 0.94 % Consumer Residential real estate 2 1 95 5 6 109 0.23 % Home equity 1 10 8 12 31 0.12 % Credit card $ 58 58 0.81 % Education 5 5 0.26 % Other consumer 1 1 0.02 % Total consumer 2 7 105 59 13 18 204 0.20 % Total $ 62 $ 1,506 $ 170 $ 59 $ 14 $ 31 $ 173 $ 255 $ 2,270 0.71 % (a) At December 31, 2023, there were $0.4 billion of unfunded lending related commitments associated with FDMs. (b) Excludes the amortized cost basis of modified loans that were paid off, charged off or otherwise liquidated as of period end. (c) Includes loans where we have received notification that a borrower has filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy relief, but specific instructions as to the terms of the relief have not been formally ruled upon by the court. Amounts also include trial modifications. Table 46 presents the financial effect of FDMs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023: Table 46: Financial Effect of FDMs (a) Year ended December 31, 2023 Dollars in millions Weighted-Average Interest Rate Reduction Weighted-Average Term Extension (in Months) Weighted-Average Payment Delay (in Months) Commercial Commercial and industrial 2.70 % 12 3 Commercial real estate 4.54 % 14 5 Consumer Residential real estate 1.34 % 80 9 Home equity 1.17 % 56 4 Education 20 (a) Excludes the financial effects of modifications for loans that were paid off, charged off or otherwise liquidated as of period end. Repayment plans are excluded from Table 46. The terms of these programs, which are offered for certain credit card and unsecured line of credit products, are as follows: • Short-term programs are granted for periods of 6 and 12 months. These programs are structurally similar such that the interest rate is reduced to a standard rate of 4.99% and the minimum payment percentage is adjusted to 1.90% of the outstanding balance. At the end of the 6 or 12 months, the borrower is returned to the original contractual interest rate and minimum payment amount specified in the original lending agreement. • Fully-amortized repayment plans are also granted, the most common of which being a 60 month program. In this program, we convert the borrower’s drawn and unpaid balances into a fully-amortized repayment plan consisting of an interest rate of 4.99% and an adjusted minimum payment percentage of 1.90% of the outstanding balance. This fully-amortized program is designed in a manner that allows the drawn and unpaid amounts to be recaptured at the end of the 60 months. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 123

After we modify a loan, we continue to track its performance under its most recent modified terms. The following table presents the performance, as of December 31, 2023, of FDMs granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023: Table 47: Delinquency Status of FDMs (a) Year ended December 31, 2023 Dollars in millions Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90 Days or More Past Due Nonperforming Loans Total Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 828 $ 14 $ 257 $ 1,099 Commercial real estate 863 104 967 Total commercial 1,691 14 361 2,066 Consumer Residential real estate 15 1 93 109 Home equity 4 27 31 Credit card 41 5 $ 4 $ 7 1 58 Education 5 5 Other consumer 1 1 Total consumer 65 6 4 7 122 204 Total $ 1,756 $ 20 $ 4 $ 7 $ 483 $ 2,270 (a) Represents amortized cost basis. We generally consider FDMs to have subsequently defaulted when they become 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was modified. The following table presents loans that were both (i) classified as FDMs, and (ii) subsequently defaulted during the period. Table 48: Subsequently Defaulted FDMs (a) Year ended December 31, 2023 Dollars in millions Interest Rate Reduction Term Extension Payment Delay All Other Modifications (b) Total Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 38 $ 166 $ 7 $ 211 Commercial real estate $ 46 15 61 Total commercial 46 53 166 7 272 Consumer Residential real estate 1 28 2 31 Home equity 2 10 12 Credit card 16 16 Total consumer 1 30 28 59 Total $ 47 $ 53 $ 196 $ 35 $ 331 (a) Represents amortized cost basis. (b) Includes the following modification categories: principal forgiveness, repayment plans, combinations of interest rate reduction/payment delay and interest rate reduction/ term extension and other. 124 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Troubled Debt Restructuring Disclosures Prior to the Adoption of ASU 2022-02 Table 49 quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs as well as the change in the loans’ balance as a result of becoming a TDR during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Additionally, the table provides information about the types of TDR concessions. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional discussion of TDRs. Table 49: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (a) Number of Loans Pre-TDR Amortized Cost Basis (b) Post-TDR Amortized Cost Basis (c) During the year ended December 31, 2022 Dollars in millions Principal Forgiveness Rate Reduction Other Total Commercial 57 $ 363 $ 9 $ 58 $ 202 $ 269 Consumer 10,809 162 123 22 145 Total TDRs 10,866 $ 525 $ 9 $ 181 $ 224 $ 414 During the year ended December 31, 2021 Dollars in millions Commercial 57 $ 536 $ 6 $ 510 $ 516 Consumer 6,109 108 $ 64 33 97 Total TDRs 6,166 $ 644 $ 6 $ 64 $ 543 $ 613 (a) Impact of partial charge-offs at TDR date are included in this table. (b) Represents the amortized cost basis of the loans as of the quarter end prior to TDR designation. (c) Represents the amortized cost basis of the TDRs as of the end of the quarter in which the TDR occurs. After a loan was determined to be a TDR, we continued to track its performance under its most recent restructured terms. We considered a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it became 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was restructured. Loans that were both (i) classified as TDRs, and (ii) subsequently defaulted during the period totaled $0.1 billion for each of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Allowance for Credit Losses We maintain the ACL related to loans at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for a discussion of the methodologies used to determine this allowance. A rollforward of the ACL related to loans follows: Table 50: Rollforward of Allowance for Credit Losses At or for the year ended December 31 2023 2022 2021 In millions Commercial Consumer Total Commercial Consumer Total Commercial Consumer Total Allowance for loan and lease losses Beginning balance $ 3,114 $ 1,627 $ 4,741 $ 3,185 $ 1,683 $ 4,868 $ 3,337 $ 2,024 $ 5,361 Adoption of ASU 2022-02 (a) (35) (35) Beginning balance, adjusted 3,114 1,592 4,706 3,185 1,683 4,868 3,337 2,024 5,361 Acquisition PCD reserves 774 282 1,056 Charge-offs (442) (650) (1,092) (307) (678) (985) (434) (667) (1,101) Recoveries 137 245 382 114 308 422 106 338 444 Net (charge-offs) (305) (405) (710) (193) (370) (563) (328) (329) (657) Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 447 345 792 126 313 439 (594) (293) (887) Other 3 3 (4) 1 (3) (4) (1) (5) Ending balance $ 3,259 $ 1,532 $ 4,791 $ 3,114 $ 1,627 $ 4,741 $ 3,185 $ 1,683 $ 4,868 Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments (b) Beginning balance $ 613 $ 81 $ 694 $ 564 $ 98 $ 662 $ 485 $ 99 $ 584 Acquisition PCD reserves 43 3 46 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses (68) 37 (31) 49 (17) 32 36 (4) 32 Ending balance $ 545 $ 118 $ 663 $ 613 $ 81 $ 694 $ 564 $ 98 $ 662 Allowance for credit losses at December 31 (c) $ 3,804 $ 1,650 $ 5,454 $ 3,727 $ 1,708 $ 5,435 $ 3,749 $ 1,781 $ 5,530 (a) Represents the impact of adopting ASU 2022-02 on January 1, 2023. As a result of adoption, we eliminated the accounting guidance for TDRs, including the use of a discounted cash flow approach to measure the allowance for TDRs. (b) See Note 10 Commitments for additional information about the underlying commitments related to this allowance. (c) Represents the ALLL plus allowance for unfunded lending related commitments and excludes allowances for investment securities and other financial assets, which together totaled $120 million, $176 million and $171 million at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 respectively. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 125

The ACL related to loans totaled $5.5 billion at December 31, 2023, and was relatively stable in comparison to reserves at December 31, 2022. The slight increase in reserves was primarily driven by portfolio activity, including changes in credit quality related to the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by an updated economic outlook. NOTE 4 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES Loan Sale and Servicing Activities We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-agency securitization, and loan sale transactions. Agency securitizations consist of securitization transactions with FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA (collectively, the Agencies). FNMA and FHLMC generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through SPEs that they sponsor. As an authorized GNMA issuer/servicer, we pool FHA and Department of VA insured loans into mortgage- backed securities for sale into the secondary market. In Non-agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. In other instances, third-party investors have also purchased our loans in loan sale transactions and in certain instances have subsequently sold these loans into securitization SPEs. Securitization SPEs utilized in the Agency and Non-agency securitization transactions are VIEs. Our continuing involvement in the FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations, Non-agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions generally consists of servicing, repurchasing previously transferred loans or loss share arrangements under certain conditions, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs. Depending on the transaction, we may act as the master, primary and/or special servicer to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments, maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. Servicing advances, which are generally reimbursable, are made for principal and interest and collateral protection and are carried in Other assets at cost. We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and, depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer where we retain the servicing, we recognize a servicing right at fair value. See Note 5 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 14 Fair Value for further discussion of our servicing rights. Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain ROAPs. Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. In other limited cases, GNMA has granted us the right to repurchase current loans when we intend to modify the borrower’s interest rate under established guidelines. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize an asset (in either Loans or Loans held for sale) and a corresponding liability (in Other borrowed funds) on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan. The Agency and Non-agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs that are purchased and held on our balance sheet are typically purchased in the secondary market. We do not retain any credit risk on our Agency mortgage-backed security positions as FNMA, FHLMC and the U.S. Government (for GNMA) guarantee losses of principal and interest. We also have involvement with certain Agency and Non-agency commercial securitization SPEs where we have not transferred commercial mortgage loans. These SPEs were sponsored by independent third-parties and the loans held by these entities were purchased exclusively from other third-parties. Generally, our involvement with these SPEs is as servicer with servicing activities consistent with those described above. We recognize a liability for our loss exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to possible breaches of representations and warranties and also for loss sharing arrangements (recourse obligations) with the Agencies. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances and our loss exposure associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations, we have not provided nor are we required to provide any type of credit support, guarantees or commitments to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors in these transactions. 126 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table provides our loan sale and servicing activities: Table 51: Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities In millions Residential Mortgages Commercial Mortgages (a) Cash Flows - Year ended December 31, 2023 Sales of loans and related securitization activity (b) $ 2,648 $ 3,650 Repurchases of previously transferred loans (c) $ 87 Servicing fees (d) $ 529 $ 198 Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net $ (7) $ (140) Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (e) $ 2,624 $ 75 Cash Flows - Year ended December 31, 2022 Sales of loans and related securitization activity (b) $ 5,124 $ 3,332 Repurchases of previously transferred loans (c) $ 187 $ 27 Servicing fees (d) $ 405 $ 190 Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net $ 11 $ 42 Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (e) $ 3,790 $ 84 (a) Represents both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities. (b) Gains/losses recognized on sales of loans were insignificant for the periods presented. (c) Includes both residential and commercial mortgage government insured or guaranteed loans eligible for repurchase through the exercise of our ROAP option, as well as residential mortgage loans repurchased due to alleged breaches of origination covenants or representations and warranties made to purchasers. (d) Includes contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees. (e) Represents cash flows on securities where we transferred to, and/or service loans for, a securitization SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. The carrying values of such securities held were $20.4 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $0.7 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2023. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2022 were $21.4 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively. Table 52 presents information about the principal balances of transferred loans that we service and are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We would only experience a loss on these transferred loans if we were required to repurchase a loan, where the repurchase price exceeded the loan’s fair value, due to a breach in representations and warranties or a loss sharing arrangement associated with our continuing involvement with these loans. The estimate of losses related to breaches in representations and warranties was insignificant at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 52: Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others In millions Residential Mortgages Commercial Mortgages (a) December 31, 2023 Total principal balance $ 39,016 $ 57,492 Delinquent loans (b) $ 329 $ 89 December 31, 2022 Total principal balance $ 41,031 $ 57,974 Delinquent loans (b) $ 346 Year ended December 31, 2023 Net charge-offs (c) $ 4 $ 26 Year ended December 31, 2022 Net charge-offs (c) $ 4 $ 74 (a) Represents information at the securitization level in which we have sold loans and we are the servicer for the securitization. (b) Serviced delinquent loans are 90 days or more past due or are in process of foreclosure. (c) Net charge-offs for Residential mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported to investors during the period. Net charge-offs for Commercial mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported by the trustee for commercial mortgage-backed securitizations. Realized losses for Agency securitizations are not reflected as we do not manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to loss information. Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) We are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. We assess VIEs for consolidation based upon the accounting policies described in Note 1 Accounting Policies. Our consolidated VIEs were insignificant at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. We have not provided additional financial support to these entities which we are not contractually required to provide. The following table provides a summary of non-consolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement but are not the primary beneficiary. We have excluded certain transactions with non-consolidated VIEs from the balances presented in Table 53 where we have determined that our continuing involvement is insignificant. We do not consider our continuing involvement to be significant when it relates to a VIE where we only invest in securities issued by the VIE and were not involved in the design of the VIE or where no transfers have occurred between us and the VIE. In addition, where we only have lending arrangements in the normal The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 127

course of business with entities that could be VIEs, we have excluded these transactions with non-consolidated entities from the balances presented in Table 53. These loans are included as part of the asset quality disclosures that we make in Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. Table 53: Non-Consolidated VIEs In millions PNC Risk of Loss (a) Carrying Value of Assets Carrying Value of Liabilities December 31, 2023 Mortgage-backed securitizations (b) $ 21,451 $ 21,453 (c) Tax credit investments and other 4,709 4,631 (d) (e) $ 2,119 (f) (g) Total $ 26,160 $ 26,084 $ 2,119 December 31, 2022 Mortgage-backed securitizations (b) $ 22,666 $ 22,670 (c) $ 1 Tax credit investments and other 4,411 4,240 (d) 2,063 (f) Total $ 27,077 $ 26,910 $ 2,064 (a) Represents loans, investments and other assets related to non-consolidated VIEs, net of collateral (if applicable). The risk of loss excludes any potential tax recapture associated with tax credit investments. (b) Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where we transferred to, and/or service loans for, an SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Values disclosed in the PNC Risk of Loss column represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities’ holdings. (c) Included in Investment securities, Mortgage servicing rights and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (d) Included in Investment securities, Loans, Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (e) Amount includes $3.0 billion of LIHTCs and $0.2 billion of NMTCs, which are included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (f) Included in Deposits and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (g) Amount includes $1.6 billion of LIHTCs and $0.2 billion of NMTCs, which are included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Mortgage-Backed Securitizations In connection with each Agency and Non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the nature of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (i) our role as servicer, (ii) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE and (iii) the rights of third- party variable interest holders. The first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold variable interests in Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs through our holding of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPEs and/or our recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more-than-insignificant variable interest in the entity. Details about the Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in Table 53. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances and our liabilities associated with our recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to our assets or general credit. Tax Credit Investments and Other For tax credit investments in which we do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity, we are not the primary beneficiary and thus do not consolidate the entity. These investments are disclosed in Table 53. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss exclusive of any potential tax credit recapture. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment, partnership results or amortization for qualifying LIHTC investments when applicable. For all legally binding unfunded equity commitments, we increase our recognized investment and recognize a liability. As of December 31, 2023, we had a liability for unfunded commitments of $2.1 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects which is reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Table 53 also includes our involvement in lease financing transactions with LLCs engaged in solar power generation that, to a large extent, provided returns in the form of tax credits. The outstanding financings and operating lease assets are reflected as Loans and Other assets, respectively, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, whereas related liabilities are reported in Deposits and Other liabilities. 128 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We also make certain equity investments in various tax credit limited partnerships or LLCs. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the CRA. During 2023, we recognized $0.4 billion of amortization, $0.4 billion of tax credits and less than $0.1 billion of other tax benefits associated with qualified investments in LIHTCs and NMTCs within Income taxes. We recognized $0.4 billion of amortization, $0.4 billion of tax credits and less than $0.1 billion of other tax benefits associated with qualified investments in LIHTCs within Income taxes in 2022. Comparable amounts for 2021 were $0.3 billion, $0.3 billion and less than $0.1 billion, respectively. NOTE 5 GOODWILL AND MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. Goodwill Allocations of Goodwill by business segment at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 follow: Table 54: Goodwill by Business Segment In millions Retail Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking Asset Management Group Total Balance as of December 31, 2023 $ 6,473 $ 4,270 $ 189 $ 10,932 Other (55) (55) Balance as of December 31, 2022 $ 6,473 $ 4,325 $ 189 $ 10,987 Other 71 71 Balance as of December 31, 2021 $ 6,473 $ 4,254 $ 189 $ 10,916 We review goodwill in each of our reporting units for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date. Based on the results of our analysis, there were no impairment charges related to goodwill in 2023, 2022 or 2021. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information regarding the goodwill impairment test. Mortgage Servicing Rights We recognize the right to service mortgage loans for others as an intangible asset when the benefits of servicing are expected to be more than adequate compensation to a servicer for performing the servicing. MSRs are recognized either when purchased or when originated loans are sold with servicing retained. MSRs totaled $3.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2022, and consisted of loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential mortgages measured at fair value. Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights We recognize gains (losses) on changes in the fair value of commercial MSRs. Commercial MSRs are subject to changes in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of commercial MSRs with securities, derivative instruments and resale agreements which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of commercial MSRs decreases (or increases). The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating inputs for assumptions as to constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors determined based on current market conditions and expectations. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 129

Changes in the commercial MSRs follow: Table 55: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights In millions 2023 2022 2021 January 1 $ 1,113 $ 740 $ 569 Additions: From loans sold with servicing retained 50 62 87 Purchases 44 46 41 Changes in fair value due to: Time and payoffs (a) (332) (208) (119) Other (b) 157 473 162 December 31 $ 1,032 $ 1,113 $ 740 Related unpaid principal balance at December 31 $ 288,042 $ 281,277 $ 272,556 Servicing advances at December 31 $ 561 $ 421 $ 463 (a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans that were paid off during the period. (b) Includes MSR value changes resulting from changes in interest rates and other market-driven conditions. Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights We recognize gains (losses) on changes in the fair value of residential MSRs. Residential MSRs are subject to changes in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of residential MSRs with securities and derivative instruments that are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of residential MSRs decreases (or increases). The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other factors that are determined based on current market conditions. Changes in the residential MSRs follow: Table 56: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights In millions 2023 2022 2021 January 1 $ 2,310 $ 1,078 $ 673 Additions: BBVA Acquisition 35 From loans sold with servicing retained 23 57 87 Purchases 444 897 411 Changes in fair value due to: Time and payoffs (a) (237) (231) (320) Other (b) 115 509 192 Sale (1) December 31 $ 2,654 $ 2,310 $ 1,078 Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at December 31 $ 209,158 $ 189,831 $ 132,953 Servicing advances at December 31 $ 172 $ 165 $ 176 (a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from regularly scheduled loan principal payments, prepayments and loans that were paid off during the period. (b) Includes MSR value changes resulting from changes in interest rates and other market-driven conditions. Sensitivity Analysis The fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation models as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are shown in Tables 57 and 58. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses both internal proprietary models and a third-party model to estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments and a third-party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments. These models have been refined based on current market conditions and management judgment. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate. 130 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented in Tables 57 and 58. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (e.g., changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions: Table 57: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions Dollars in millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Fair value $ 1,032 $ 1,113 Weighted-average life (years) 3.9 4.0 Weighted-average constant prepayment rate 5.51 % 4.28 % Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change $ 9 $ 8 Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change $ 17 $ 15 Effective discount rate 9.64 % 9.77 % Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change $ 31 $ 34 Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change $ 61 $ 68 Table 58: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights – Key Valuation Assumptions Dollars in millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Fair value $ 2,654 $ 2,310 Weighted-average life (years) 8.1 8.0 Weighted-average constant prepayment rate 6.42 % 6.72 % Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change $ 60 $ 55 Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change $ 117 $ 107 Weighted-average option adjusted spread 765 bps 766 bps Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change $ 83 $ 69 Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change $ 161 $ 134 Fees from mortgage loan servicing, which include contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees were $0.7 billion, $0.6 billion and $0.5 billion for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We also generate servicing fees from fee-based activities provided to others for which we do not have an associated servicing asset. Fees from commercial and residential MSRs are reported within Noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement in Residential and commercial mortgage. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 131

NOTE 6 LEASES PNC enters into both lessor and lessee arrangements. For more information on lease accounting, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. For additional details on our equipment lease financing receivables, see Note 3 Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses. Lessor Arrangements PNC’s lessor arrangements primarily consist of direct financing, sales-type and operating leases for equipment. Lease agreements may include options to renew and for the lessee to purchase the leased equipment at the end of the lease term. The following table provides details on our income from lessor arrangements: Table 59: Lessor Income Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Sales-type and direct financing leases (a) $ 300 $ 243 $ 243 Operating leases (b) 46 63 75 Lease income $ 346 $ 306 $ 318 (a) Included in Loans interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. (b) Included in Lending and deposit services on the Consolidated Income Statement. The following table provides the components of our equipment lease financing assets: Table 60: Sales-Type and Direct Financing Leases In millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Lease receivables $ 5,986 $ 5,853 Unguaranteed residual asset values (a) 1,440 1,422 Unearned income (884) (761) Equipment lease financing $ 6,542 $ 6,514 (a) In certain cases, PNC obtains third-party residual value insurance to reduce its residual risk. The carrying value of residual assets with third-party residual value insurance for at least a portion of the asset value was $0.6 billion and $0.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Operating lease assets were $0.4 billion and accumulated depreciation was $0.2 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to operating lease assets of $0.8 billion and accumulated depreciation of $0.2 billion at December 31, 2022. We had no lease transactions with related parties or deferred selling profits at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The future minimum lessor receivable arrangements at December 31, 2023 were as follows: Table 61: Future Minimum Lessor Receivable Arrangements In millions Operating Leases Sales-type and Direct Financing Leases 2024 $ 17 $ 1,655 2025 16 1,174 2026 15 907 2027 10 863 2028 2 491 2029 and thereafter 896 Total future minimum lease receivable arrangements $ 60 $ 5,986 Lessee Arrangements We lease retail branches, datacenters, office space, land and equipment under operating and finance leases. Our leases have remaining lease terms of 1 year to 44 years, some of which may include options to renew the leases for up to 99 years, and some of which may include options to terminate the leases prior to the end date of the lease term. Certain leases also include options to purchase the leased asset. The exercise of lease renewal, termination and purchase options is at our sole discretion. Certain of our lease agreements include rental payments based on a percentage of revenue and others include rental payments if certain bank deposit levels are met. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Subleases to third parties were not material at December 31, 2023 and 2022. 132 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Tables 62 and 63 provide details on our operating leases: Table 62: Operating Lease Costs and Cash Flows Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Operating lease cost (a) $ 386 $ 395 $ 386 Operating cash flows $ 440 $ 434 $ 400 (a) Included in Occupancy, Equipment and Marketing expense on the Consolidated Income Statement. Table 63: Operating Lease Assets and Liabilities In millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Operating lease assets (a) $ 1,745 $ 1,857 Operating lease liabilities (b) $ 1,998 $ 2,160 (a) Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (b) Included in Accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Finance lease assets and liabilities, income, expense and cash flows at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were not material. Operating lease term and discount rates of our lessee arrangements at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows: Table 64: Operating Lease Term and Discount Rates of Lessee Arrangements December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 7 7 Weighted-average discount rate 2.49 % 2.24 % The future lease payments based on maturity for our lessee liability arrangements at December 31, 2023 are as follows: Table 65: Future Lease Payments for Operating Lease Liability Arrangements In millions December 31, 2023 2024 $ 405 2025 378 2026 333 2027 288 2028 230 2029 and thereafter 553 Total future lease payments $ 2,187 Less: Interest 189 Present value of operating lease liability arrangements $ 1,998 NOTE 7 PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements, stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, were as follows: Table 66: Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements In millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements $ 18,358 $ 17,769 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (9,841) (9,015) Net book value $ 8,517 $ 8,754 Depreciation expense on premises, equipment and leasehold improvements, as well as amortization expense, excluding intangible assets, primarily for capitalized internally developed software are shown in the following table: The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 133

Table 67: Depreciation and Amortization Expense Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Depreciation $ 900 $ 899 $ 844 Amortization 138 130 122 Total depreciation and amortization $ 1,038 $ 1,029 $ 966 NOTE 8 TIME DEPOSITS The aggregate amount of time deposit accounts (including certificates of deposits) in denominations that met or exceeded the insured limit were $7.3 billion at December 31, 2023. Table 68 shows the total amount of time deposits at December 31, 2023 by future contractual maturity range: Table 68: Time Deposits In billions 2024 $ 30.7 2025 $ 0.5 2026 $ 0.1 2027 $ 0.1 2028 $ 0.1 2029 and thereafter $ 0.1 Total $ 31.6 NOTE 9 BORROWED FUNDS The following table shows the carrying value of total borrowed funds at December 31, 2023 (including adjustments related to accounting hedges, purchase accounting and unamortized original issuance discounts) by remaining contractual maturity: Table 69: Borrowed Funds In millions 2024 $ 24,516 2025 16,995 2026 8,719 2027 4,214 2028 3,079 2029 and thereafter 15,214 Total $ 72,737 134 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table presents the contractual rates and maturity dates of our FHLB borrowings, senior debt and subordinated debt as of December 31, 2023 and the carrying values as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 70: FHLB Borrowings, Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt Stated Rate Maturity Carrying Value Dollars in millions 2023 2023 2023 2022 Parent Company Senior debt 1.15% - 6.88% 2024-2034 $ 22,221 $ 11,374 Subordinated debt 3.90% - 4.63% 2024-2033 1,544 1,524 Junior subordinated debt 6.21 % 2028 206 205 Total Parent Company 23,971 13,103 Bank Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (a) 5.59% - 5.99% 2024-2026 38,000 32,075 Senior debt 2.50% - 6.14% 2024-2043 4,615 5,283 Subordinated debt 2.70% - 5.90% 2025-2029 3,125 4,578 Total Bank 45,740 41,936 Total $ 69,711 $ 55,039 (a) FHLB borrowings are generally collateralized by residential mortgage loans, other mortgage-related loans and investment securities. In Table 70, the carrying values for Parent Company senior and subordinated debt include basis adjustments of $(355) million and $(52) million, respectively, whereas Bank senior and subordinated debt include basis adjustments of $(164) million and $(166) million, respectively, related to fair value accounting hedges as of December 31, 2023. Certain borrowings are reported at fair value, refer to Note 14 Fair Value for more information on those borrowings. Junior Subordinated Debentures PNC Capital Trust C, a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., owns junior subordinated debentures issued by PNC with a carrying value of $206 million. In June 1998, PNC Capital Trust C issued $200 million of trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities are currently redeemable by PNC Capital Trust C at par. In accordance with GAAP, the financial statements of the Trust are not included in our consolidated financial statements. The obligations of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as the parent of the Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Trust under the terms of the trust preferred securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on our overall ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, see Note 19 Regulatory Matters. We are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments, in connection with the outstanding junior subordinated debentures. Generally, if (i) there is an event of default under the debentures, (ii) we elect to defer interest on the debentures, (iii) we exercise our right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities, or (iv) there is a default under our guarantee of such payment obligations, subject to certain limited exceptions, we would be unable during the period of such default or deferral to make payments on our debt securities that rank equal or junior to the debentures as well as to make payments on our equity securities, including dividend payments. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 135

NOTE 10 COMMITMENTS In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding, certain of which are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table presents our outstanding commitments to extend credit along with other commitments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 71: Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments In millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Commitments to extend credit Commercial $ 203,080 $ 198,542 Home equity 23,970 22,783 Credit card 33,978 33,066 Other 7,363 7,337 Total commitments to extend credit 268,391 261,728 Net outstanding standby letters of credit (a) 10,913 10,575 Standby bond purchase agreements (b) 1,078 1,208 Other commitments (c) 4,386 3,661 Total commitments to extend credit and other commitments $ 284,768 $ 277,172 (a) Net outstanding standby letters of credit include $3.9 billion and $3.6 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which support remarketing programs. (b) We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations. (c) Includes $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Commitments to Extend Credit Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee and generally contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates. Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit We issue standby letters of credit and share in the risk of standby letters of credit issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as insurance requirements and the facilitation of transactions involving capital markets product execution. Approximately 97% of our net outstanding standby letters of credit were rated as Pass at December 31, 2023, with the remainder rated as Criticized. An internal credit rating of Pass indicates the expected risk of loss is currently low, while a rating of Criticized indicates a higher degree of risk. If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon a draw by a beneficiary, subject to the terms of the letter of credit, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit outstanding on December 31, 2023 had terms ranging from less than one year to seven years. As of December 31, 2023, assets of $1.2 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and participations in standby letters of credit was $0.2 billion at December 31, 2023 and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. 136 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTE 11 EQUITY Preferred Stock The following table provides the number of preferred shares issued and outstanding, the liquidation value per share and the number of authorized preferred shares: Table 72: Preferred Stock - Authorized, Issued and Outstanding Preferred Shares December 31 Shares in thousands Liquidation value per share 2023 2022 Authorized $1 par value 20,000 20,000 Issued and outstanding Series B $ 40 1 1 Series O (a) $ 100,000 10 Series R $ 100,000 5 5 Series S $ 100,000 5 5 Series T $ 100,000 15 15 Series U $ 100,000 10 10 Series V $ 100,000 12 12 Series W $ 100,000 15 Total issued and outstanding 63 58 (a) On November 1, 2023, PNC redeemed all 10,000 shares of its Series O preferred stock, as well as all 1,000,000 depositary shares each representing a fractional interest in such shares. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 137

The following table discloses information related to the preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023: Table 73: Terms of Outstanding Preferred Stock Preferred Stock Issue Date Number of Depositary Shares Issued and Outstanding Fractional Interest in a Share of Preferred Stock Represented by Each Depositary Share Dividend Dates (a) Annual Per Share Dividend Rate Optional Redemption Date (b) Series B (c) (c) N/A N/A Quarterly from March 10th $ 1.80 None Series R (d) May 7, 2013 500,000 1/100th Semi-annually beginning on December 1, 2013 until June 1, 2023 Quarterly beginning on September 1, 2023 4.85% until June 1, 2023 3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.04% per annum beginning June 1, 2023 through September 1, 2023 and 3 Mo. CME Term SOFR plus 0.26161% beginning September 1, 2023 June 1, 2023 Series S (d) November 1, 2016 525,000 1/100th Semi-annually beginning on May 1, 2017 until November 1, 2026 Quarterly beginning on February 1, 2027 5.00% until November 1, 2026 3 Mo. CME Term SOFR plus 0.26161% beginning November 1, 2026 November 1, 2026 Series T (d) September 13, 2021 1.5 million 1/100th Quarterly beginning on December 15, 2021 3.40% until September 15, 2026 5 Yr. U.S. Treasury plus 2.595% per annum beginning September 15, 2026 September 15, 2026 Series U (d) April 26, 2022 1 million 1/100th Quarterly beginning on August 15, 2022 6.00% until May 15, 2027 5 Yr. U.S. Treasury plus 3.00% per annum beginning May 15, 2027 May 15, 2027 Series V (d) August 19, 2022 1.25 million 1/100th Quarterly beginning on December 15, 2022 6.20% until September 15, 2027 5 Yr. U.S. Treasury plus 3.238% per annum beginning September 15, 2027 September 15, 2027 Series W (d) February 7, 2023 1.5 million 1/100th Quarterly beginning on June 15, 2023 6.25% until March 15, 2030 7 Yr. U.S. Treasury plus 2.808% per annum beginning March 15, 2030 March 15, 2030 (a) Dividends are payable when, as, and if declared by our Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board of Directors. (b) Redeemable at our option on or after the date stated. With the exception of the Series B preferred stock, also redeemable at our option within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event as defined in the designations. (c) Cumulative preferred stock. Holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to 8 votes per share, which is equal to the number of full shares of common stock into which the Series B preferred stock is convertible. The Series B preferred stock was issued in connection with the consolidation of Pittsburgh National Corporation and Provident National Corporation in 1983. (d) Non-Cumulative preferred stock. Each outstanding series of preferred stock, other than the Series B, contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and make other shareholder payments. Subject to limited exceptions, if dividends are not paid on any such series of preferred stock, we cannot declare dividends on or repurchase shares of our common stock. In addition, if we would like to repurchase shares of preferred stock, such repurchases must be on a pro rata basis with respect to all such series of preferred stock. 138 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table provides the dividends per share for PNC’s common and preferred stock: Table 74: Dividends Per Share December 31 2023 2022 2021 Common Stock $ 6.10 $ 5.75 $ 4.80 Preferred Stock Series B $ 1.80 $ 1.80 $ 1.80 Series O $ 8,848 $ 4,881 $ 7,722 Series P $ 6,181 $ 6,125 Series R $ 6,808 $ 4,850 $ 4,850 Series S $ 5,000 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 Series T $ 3,400 $ 3,400 $ 869 Series U $ 6,000 $ 3,317 Series V $ 6,200 $ 1,998 Series W $ 5,347 On January 4, 2024, the PNC Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on common stock of $1.55 per share, paid on February 5, 2024. Other Shareholders’ Equity Matters At December 31, 2023, we had reserved approximately 77 million common shares to be issued in connection with certain stock plans. Consistent with the SCB framework, which allows for capital return in amounts in excess of the SCB minimum levels, our Board of Directors has authorized a repurchase framework under the repurchase program approved on April 4, 2019 of up to 100 million common shares, of which approximately 45% were still available for repurchase at December 31, 2023. In light of the Federal banking agencies proposed rules to adjust the Basel III capital framework, share repurchase activity is expected to remain modest during the first quarter of 2024. PNC continues to evaluate the potential impact of the proposed expanded risk-based capital rules and may adjust share repurchase activity depending on market and economic conditions, as well as other factors. PNC’s SCB for the four-quarter period beginning October 1, 2023 is the regulatory minimum of 2.5%. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 139

NOTE 12 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Details of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows: Table 75: Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Year ended December 31 2023 2022 2021 In millions Pre-tax Tax effect After-tax Pre-tax Tax effect After-tax Pre-tax Tax effect After-tax Debt securities Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities $ 840 $ (202) $ 638 $ (10,866) $ 2,561 $ (8,305) $ (2,445) $ 576 $ (1,869) Less: Net realized gains (losses) reclassified to earnings (a) (913) 217 (696) (723) 171 (552) 6 (2) 4 Net change 1,753 (419) 1,334 (10,143) 2,390 (7,753) (2,451) 578 (1,873) Cash flow hedge derivatives Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives (237) 65 (172) (3,536) 833 (2,703) (632) 149 (483) Less: Net realized gains (losses) reclassified to earnings (a) (1,540) 376 (1,164) (260) 61 (199) 494 (117) 377 Net change 1,303 (311) 992 (3,276) 772 (2,504) (1,126) 266 (860) Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity and other reclassified to earnings (b) 166 (40) 126 (363) 85 (278) 486 (114) 372 Net change 166 (40) 126 (363) 85 (278) 486 (114) 372 Other Net unrealized gains (losses) on other transactions 5 3 8 (5) (41) (46) 4 (4) Net change 5 3 8 (5) (41) (46) 4 (4) Total other comprehensive income (loss) $ 3,227 $ (767) $ 2,460 $ (13,787) $ 3,206 $ (10,581) $ (3,087) $ 726 $ (2,361) (a) Reclassifications for pre-tax debt securities and cash flow hedges are recorded in Interest income and Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. (b) Reclassifications include amortization of actuarial losses (gains) and amortization of prior period services costs (credits) which are recorded in Noninterest expense on the Consolidated Income Statement. Table 76: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components In millions, after-tax Debt securities Cash flow hedge derivatives Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments Other Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Balance at December 31, 2020 $ 2,462 $ 659 $ (345) $ (6) $ 2,770 Net activity (1,873) (860) 372 (2,361) Balance at December 31, 2021 $ 589 $ (201) $ 27 $ (6) $ 409 Net activity (7,753) (2,504) (278) (46) (10,581) Balance at December 31, 2022 (a) $ (7,164) $ (2,705) $ (251) $ (52) $ (10,172) Net activity 1,334 992 126 8 2,460 Balance at December 31, 2023 (a) $ (5,830) $ (1,713) $ (125) $ (44) $ (7,712) (a) AOCI included pretax losses of $293 million and $314 million from derivatives that hedged the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. 140 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTE 13 EARNINGS PER SHARE Table 77: Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share In millions, except per share data 2023 2022 2021 Basic Net income $ 5,647 $ 6,113 $ 5,725 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 69 72 51 Preferred stock dividends 417 301 233 Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions 8 5 5 Net income attributable to common shareholders 5,153 5,735 5,436 Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares 27 27 27 Net income attributable to basic common shareholders $ 5,126 $ 5,708 $ 5,409 Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 401 412 426 Basic earnings per common share (a) $ 12.80 $ 13.86 $ 12.71 Diluted Net income attributable to diluted common shareholders $ 5,126 $ 5,708 $ 5,409 Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 401 412 426 Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding 401 412 426 Diluted earnings per common share (a) $ 12.79 $ 13.85 $ 12.70 (a) Basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method are determined on net income reported on the income statement less earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares and restricted share units with nonforfeitable dividends and dividend rights (participating securities). NOTE 14 FAIR VALUE Fair Value Measurement We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date and is determined using an exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value hierarchy established by GAAP requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are: • Level 1: Fair value is determined using a quoted price in an active market for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market, and certain U.S. Treasury securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets. • Level 2: Fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. The majority of Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs. • Level 3: Fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques for which the significant valuation inputs are not observable and the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads, and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations that vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks, including credit risk, as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 inherently require the use of various assumptions, estimates and judgments when measuring their fair value. As observable market activity is commonly not available to use when estimating the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities, we must estimate fair value using various modeling techniques. These techniques include the use of a variety of inputs/ assumptions including credit quality, liquidity, interest rates or other relevant inputs across the entire population of our Level 3 assets The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 141

and liabilities. Changes in the significant underlying factors or assumptions (either an increase or a decrease) in any of these areas underlying our estimates may have resulted in a significant increase/decrease in the Level 3 fair value measurement of a particular asset and/or liability from period to period. Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Risk Management Group reviews significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, the Valuation Committee approves valuation methodologies and reviews the results of independent valuation reviews and processes for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale We account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale at fair value on a recurring basis. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the residential mortgages with the related hedges. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, the majority of residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2. Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale in whole loan transactions at fair value. We determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale based upon discounted cash flows. Fair value is determined using sale valuation assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. For loans to be sold to agencies with servicing retained, the fair value is adjusted for the estimated servicing cash flows, which is an unobservable input. This adjustment is not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in the input to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, commercial mortgage loans held for sale to agencies are classified as Level 2. Valuation assumptions may include observable inputs based on the benchmark interest rate swap curve, whole loan sales and agency sales transactions. The significant unobservable input for commercial mortgage loans held for sale, excluding those to be sold to agencies, is management’s assumption of the spread applied to the benchmark rate. The spread over the benchmark curve includes management’s assumptions of the impact of credit and liquidity risk. Significant increases (decreases) in the spread applied to the benchmark would have resulted in a significantly lower (higher) asset value. The wide range of the spread over the benchmark curve is due to the varying risk and underlying property characteristics within our portfolio. Based on the significance of the unobservable input, we classified this portfolio as Level 3. Securities Available for Sale and Trading Securities Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. The majority of securities were priced by third- party vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. We monitor and validate the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis through pricing methodology reviews, including detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and through price validation testing. Securities not priced by one of our pricing vendors may be valued using a dealer quote, which are also subject to price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independent of the risk-taking function and involves corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors and dealers with prices from another third party or through other sources, such as internal valuations or sales of similar securities. Security prices are also validated through actual cash settlement upon sale of a security. Securities are classified within the fair value hierarchy after considering the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine the fair value. When a quoted price in an active market exists for the identical security, this price is used to determine fair value and the security is classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include U.S. Treasury securities. When a quoted price in an active market for the identical security is not available, fair value is estimated using either an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model. If the inputs to the valuation are based primarily on market observable information, then the security is classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Level 2 securities include agency debt securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities 142 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

collateralized by non-mortgage-related corporate and consumer loans, and other debt securities. Level 2 securities are predominantly priced by third parties, either by a pricing vendor or dealer. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around the inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. Securities classified as Level 3 consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset- backed securities collateralized by first- and second-lien residential mortgage loans. Fair value for these securities is primarily estimated using pricing obtained from third-party vendors. In some cases, fair value is estimated using a dealer quote, by reference to prices of securities of a similar vintage and collateral type or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Market activity for these security types is limited with little price transparency. As a result, these securities are generally valued by the third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporates significant unobservable inputs and observable market activity where available. Significant inputs to the valuation include prepayment projections and credit loss assumptions (default rate and loss severity) and discount rates that are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those assumptions in isolation would have resulted in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Certain infrequently traded debt securities within other debt securities available for sale and trading securities are also classified in Level 3 and are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 80. The significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of these securities include an estimate of expected credit losses and a discount for liquidity risk. These inputs are incorporated into the fair value measurement by either increasing the spread over the benchmark curve or by applying a credit and liquidity discount to the par value of the security. Significant increases (decreases) in credit and/or liquidity risk could have resulted in a significantly lower (higher) fair value estimate. Loans Loans accounted for at fair value consist primarily of residential mortgage loans. These loans are generally valued similarly to residential mortgage loans held for sale and are classified as Level 2. However, similar to residential mortgage loans held for sale, if these loans are repurchased and unsalable, they are classified as Level 3. In addition, repurchased VA loans, where only a portion of the principal will be reimbursed, are classified as Level 3. The fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow calculation based on our historical loss rate. We have elected to account for certain home equity lines of credit at fair value. These loans are classified as Level 3. Significant inputs to the valuation of these loans include credit and liquidity discount, cumulative default rate, loss severity and gross discount rate and are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these assumptions would have resulted in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Equity Investments Equity investments includes money market mutual funds as well as direct and indirect private equity investments. Money market mutual funds are valued based on quoted prices in active markets for identical securities and classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. Various valuation techniques are used for direct investments, including multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. A multiple of adjusted earnings calculation is the valuation technique utilized most frequently and is the most significant unobservable input used in such calculation. Significant decreases (increases) in the multiple of earnings could have resulted in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, direct equity investments are classified as Level 3. Indirect investments are not redeemable; however, we receive distributions over the life of the partnerships from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee, which we expect to occur over the next 12 years. We value indirect investments in private equity funds using the NAV practical expedient as provided in the financial statements that we receive from fund managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. Indirect investments valued using NAV are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs) MSRs are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Assumptions incorporated into the MSRs valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the MSRs. Although sales of MSRs do occur and can offer some market insight, MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available. Residential MSRs The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions such as constant prepayment rates, spread over the benchmark curve, and other factors. Due to the nature of the unobservable valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are constant prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 143

(decreases) in prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve would have resulted in lower (higher) fair market value of residential MSRs. As a benchmark for the reasonableness of our residential MSRs fair value, we obtained opinions of value from independent brokers. These brokers provided a range (+/-10 bps) based upon their own discounted cash flow calculations of our portfolio that reflect conditions in the secondary market and any recently executed servicing transactions. We compare our internally-developed residential MSRs value to the ranges of values received from the brokers. If our residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the brokers’ ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. For the periods presented, our residential MSRs value did not fall outside of the brokers’ ranges. Commercial MSRs The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions such as constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors. Due to the nature of the unobservable valuation inputs and the limited availability of market pricing, commercial MSRs are classified as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in constant prepayment rates and discount rates would have resulted in significantly lower (higher) commercial MSR value determined based on current market conditions and expectations. Financial Derivatives Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. The majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal models. These derivatives are primarily classified as Level 2, as the readily observable market inputs to these models are validated to external sources, such as industry pricing services, or are corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Level 2 financial derivatives are primarily estimated using observable benchmark interest rate swaps to construct projected discounted cash flows. Financial derivatives that are priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3. Unobservable inputs related to interest rate contracts include probability of funding of residential mortgage loan commitments and estimated servicing cash flows of commercial and residential mortgage loan commitments. Probability of default and loss severity are the significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of risk participation agreements. The fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities related to these interest rate contract financial derivatives as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 80 of this Note 14. In connection with the sales of portions of our Visa Class B common shares, we entered into swap agreements with the purchasers of those shares to retain any future risk of decreases in the conversion rate of Class B common shares to Class A common shares resulting from increases in the escrow funded by Visa to pay for the costs of resolution of the pending interchange litigation (see Note 20 Legal Proceedings). These swaps also require PNC to make periodic payments based on the market price of the Class A common shares at a fixed rate of interest (in certain cases subject to step-up provisions) until the Visa litigation is resolved. An increase in the estimated length of litigation resolution date, a decrease in the estimated conversion rate or an increase in the estimated growth rate of the Class A share price would have had a negative impact on the fair value of the swaps and vice versa. The fair values of our derivatives include a credit valuation adjustment to reflect our own and our counterparties’ nonperformance risk. Our credit valuation adjustment is computed using credit default swap spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations. Other Assets and Liabilities Other assets held at fair value on a recurring basis primarily include assets related to PNC’s deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plans. The assets related to PNC’s deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plans primarily consist of a prepaid forward contract referencing an amount of shares of PNC stock, equity mutual funds and fixed income funds, and are valued based on the underlying investments. These assets are valued either by reference to the market price of PNC’s stock or by using the quoted market prices for investments other than PNC’s stock and are included in Levels 1 and 2. All Level 3 other assets and liabilities are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 80 in this Note 14. Other Borrowed Funds Other borrowed funds primarily consist of U.S. Treasury securities sold short which are classified as Level 1. Other borrowed funds also includes the related liability for certain repurchased loans for which we have elected the fair value option and are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, consistent with the level classification of the corresponding loans. All Level 3 amounts are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 80 in this Note 14. 144 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which we have elected the fair value option: Table 78: Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Basis Summary December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Assets Residential mortgage loans held for sale $ 371 $ 103 $ 474 $ 411 $ 243 $ 654 Commercial mortgage loans held for sale 227 11 238 243 33 276 Securities available for sale U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 6,292 659 6,951 $ 8,108 262 8,370 Residential mortgage-backed Agency 27,880 27,880 28,823 28,823 Non-agency 696 696 819 819 Commercial mortgage-backed Agency 1,546 1,546 1,675 1,675 Non-agency 766 103 869 1,253 3 1,256 Asset-backed 1,014 102 1,116 5 124 129 Other 2,672 55 2,727 3,032 55 3,087 Total securities available for sale 6,292 34,537 956 41,785 8,108 35,050 1,001 44,159 Loans 512 726 1,238 541 769 1,310 Equity investments (a) 574 1,952 2,717 1,173 1,778 3,147 Residential mortgage servicing rights 2,654 2,654 2,310 2,310 Commercial mortgage servicing rights 1,032 1,032 1,113 1,113 Trading securities (b) 377 2,422 2,799 798 1,168 1,966 Financial derivatives (b) (c) 29 3,394 6 3,429 16 3,747 5 3,768 Other assets 403 85 8 496 352 80 432 Total assets (d) $ 7,675 $ 41,548 $ 7,448 $ 56,862 $ 10,447 $ 41,240 $ 7,252 $ 59,135 Liabilities Other borrowed funds $ 724 $ 84 $ 9 $ 817 $ 1,230 $ 232 $ 4 $ 1,466 Financial derivatives (c) (e) 11 5,736 152 5,899 4 7,491 123 7,618 Other liabilities 237 237 294 294 Total liabilities (f) $ 735 $ 5,820 $ 398 $ 6,953 $ 1,234 $ 7,723 $ 421 $ 9,378 (a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. (b) Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (c) Amounts at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information related to derivative offsetting. (d) Total assets at fair value as a percentage of total consolidated assets was 10% and 11% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Level 3 assets as a percentage of total assets at fair value was 13% and 12% as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Level 3 assets as a percentage of total consolidated assets was 1% at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. (e) Included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. (f) Total liabilities at fair value as a percentage of total consolidated liabilities was 1% and 2% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total liabilities at fair value was 6% and 4% as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total consolidated liabilities was less than 1% at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 145

Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for 2023 and 2022 are as follows: Table 79: Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Year Ended December 31, 2023 Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a) Unrealized gains / losses for the period on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Dec. 31, 2023 (a) (c) Level 3 Instruments Only In millions Fair Value Dec. 31, 2022 Included in Earnings Included in Other comprehensive income (b) Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair Value Dec. 31, 2023 Assets Residential mortgage loans held for sale $ 243 $ 1 $ 15 $ (131) $ (10) $ 7 $ (22) (d) $ 103 $ 1 Commercial mortgage loans held for sale 33 1 (23) 11 Securities available for sale Residential mortgage- backed non-agency 819 15 $ (11) (127) 696 Commercial mortgage- backed non-agency 3 8 92 103 Asset-backed 124 1 (1) (22) 102 Other 55 (1) (3) 6 (5) 3 55 Total securities available for sale 1,001 15 (7) 6 (154) 95 956 Loans 769 15 47 (2) (98) 21 (26) (d) 726 15 Equity investments 1,778 140 768 (600) (134) (e) 1,952 92 Residential mortgage servicing rights 2,310 115 444 (1) $ 23 (237) 2,654 115 Commercial mortgage servicing rights 1,113 157 44 50 (332) 1,032 157 Financial derivatives 5 19 4 (22) 6 24 Other assets 1 7 8 Total assets $ 7,252 $ 464 $ (7) $ 1,335 $ (734) $ 73 $ (876) $ 123 $ (182) $ 7,448 $ 404 Liabilities Other borrowed funds $ 4 $ 13 $ (8) $ 9 Financial derivatives 123 $ 266 $ 5 (242) 152 $ 272 Other liabilities 294 56 442 (555) 237 41 Total liabilities $ 421 $ 322 $ 5 $ 455 $ (805) $ 398 $ 313 Net gains (losses) $ 142 (f) $ 91 (g) 146 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page) Year Ended December 31, 2022 Total realized / unrealized gains or losses for the period (a) Unrealized gains / losses for the period on assets and liabilities held on Consolidated Balance Sheet at Dec. 31, 2022 (a) (c) Level 3 Instruments Only In millions Fair Value Dec. 31, 2021 Included in Earnings Included in Other comprehensive income (b) Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair Value Dec. 31, 2022 Assets Residential mortgage loans held for sale $ 81 $ (5) $ 226 $ (34) $ (13) $ 29 $ (41) (d) $ 243 $ (5) Commercial mortgage loans held for sale 49 (6) (10) 33 (6) Securities available for sale Residential mortgage- backed non-agency 1,097 22 $ (108) (192) 819 Commercial mortgage- backed non-agency 3 3 Asset-backed 163 2 (18) (23) 124 Other 69 6 (20) 55 Total securities available for sale 1,332 24 (126) 6 (235) 1,001 Loans 884 23 55 (10) (164) (19) (d) 769 23 Equity investments 1,680 445 291 (772) 134 (h) 1,778 237 Residential mortgage servicing rights 1,078 509 897 $ 57 (231) 2,310 509 Commercial mortgage servicing rights 740 473 46 62 (208) 1,113 473 Financial derivatives 38 (6) 8 (35) 5 19 Total assets $ 5,882 $ 1,457 $ (126) $ 1,529 $ (816) $ 119 $ (896) $ 163 $ (60) $ 7,252 $ 1,250 Liabilities Other borrowed funds $ 3 $ 7 $ (6) $ 4 Financial derivatives 285 $ 49 $ 14 (225) 123 $ 62 Other liabilities 175 77 $ 32 876 (866) 294 66 Total liabilities $ 463 $ 126 $ 32 $ 14 $ 883 $ (1,097) $ 421 $ 128 Net gains (losses) $ 1,331 (f) $ 1,122 (g) (a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not. (b) The difference in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in Other comprehensive income and changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in Other comprehensive income for securities available for sale held at the end of the reporting period were insignificant. (c) The amount of the total gains or losses for the period included in earnings that is attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period. (d) Residential mortgage loan transfers out of Level 3 are primarily driven by residential mortgage loans transferring to OREO as well as reclassification of mortgage loans held for sale to held for investment. (e) Transfers out of Level 3 during the current period were due to valuation methodology changes for certain private company investments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for more information on our accounting for private company investments. (f) Net gains (losses) realized and unrealized included in earnings related to Level 3 assets and liabilities included amortization and accretion. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement and the remaining net gains (losses) realized and unrealized were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. (g) Net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. (h) Transfers into Level 3 were due to certain private company investments valued using significant unobservable inputs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for more information on our accounting for private company investments. An instrument’s categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 147

Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities is as follows: Table 80: Fair Value Measurements – Recurring Quantitative Information December 31, 2023 Level 3 Instruments Only Dollars in millions Fair Value Valuation Techniques Unobservable Inputs Range (Weighted-Average) (a) Commercial mortgage loans held for sale $ 11 Discounted cash flow Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 575bps - 3,610bps (1,647bps) Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities 696 Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model Constant prepayment rate 1.0% - 27.9% (3.7%) Constant default rate 0.0% - 12.0% (2.7%) Loss severity 10.0% - 69.0% (41.2%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 285bps weighted-average Asset-backed securities 102 Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model Constant prepayment rate 1.0% - 28.0% (5.1%) Constant default rate 0.0% - 4.3% (1.7%) Loss severity 20.0% - 100.0% (49.5%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 248bps weighted-average Loans - Residential real estate - Uninsured 546 Consensus pricing (c) Cumulative default rate 3.6% - 100.0% (59.1%) Loss severity 0.0% - 100.0% (5.4%) Discount rate 5.5% - 7.5% (5.8%) Loans - Residential real estate 75 Discounted cash flow Loss severity 6.0% weighted-average Discount rate 7.8% weighted-average Loans - Home equity - First-lien 18 Consensus pricing (c) Cumulative default rate 3.6% - 100.0% (60.9%) Loss severity 0.0% - 100.0% (14.4%) Discount rate 5.5% - 7.5% (6.2%) Loans - Home equity 87 Consensus pricing (c) Credit and liquidity discount 0.3% - 100.0% (43.8%) Equity investments 1,952 Multiple of adjusted earnings Multiple of earnings 4.5x - 26.7x (10.1x) Residential mortgage servicing rights 2,654 Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 0.0% - 33.6% (6.4%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 337bps - 1,668bps (765bps) Commercial mortgage servicing rights 1,032 Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 5.3% - 9.7% (5.5%) Discount rate 7.6% - 10.0% (9.6%) Financial derivatives - Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares (145) Discounted cash flow Estimated conversion factor of Visa Class B shares into Class A shares 1.59 weighted-average Estimated annual growth rate of Visa Class A share price 16.0% Estimated length of litigation resolution date Q3 2024 Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (d) 22 Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (e) $ 7,050 148 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page) December 31, 2022 Level 3 Instruments Only Dollars in millions Fair Value Valuation Techniques Unobservable Inputs Range (Weighted-Average) (a) Commercial mortgage loans held for sale $ 33 Discounted cash flow Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 585bps - 2,465bps (959bps) Residential mortgage-backed non-agency securities 819 Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model Constant prepayment rate 1.0% - 27.9% (9.9%) Constant default rate 0.0% - 13.0% (4.0%) Loss severity 15.0% - 80.0% (46.1%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 289bps weighted-average Asset-backed securities 124 Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model Constant prepayment rate 1.0% - 40.0% (7.5%) Constant default rate 0.0% - 7.3% (2.1%) Loss severity 20.0% - 100.0% (49.0%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 296bps weighted-average Loans - Residential real estate - Uninsured 570 Consensus pricing (c) Cumulative default rate 3.6% - 100.0% (66.2%) Loss severity 0.0% - 100.0% (6.2%) Discount rate 5.5% - 7.5% (5.9%) Loans - Residential real estate 76 Discounted cash flow Loss severity 6.0% weighted-average Discount rate 7.9% weighted-average Loans - Home equity - First-lien 25 Consensus pricing (c) Cumulative default rate 3.6% - 100.0% (72.5%) Loss severity 0.0% - 100.0% (15.3%) Discount rate 5.5% - 7.5% (6.5%) Loans - Home equity 98 Consensus pricing (c) Credit and liquidity discount 0.4% - 100.0% (46.2%) Equity investments 1,778 Multiple of adjusted earnings Multiple of earnings 4.5x - 25.0x (9.1x) Residential mortgage servicing rights 2,310 Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 0.0% - 34.5% (6.7%) Spread over the benchmark curve (b) 254bps - 1,653bps (766bps) Commercial mortgage servicing rights 1,113 Discounted cash flow Constant prepayment rate 3.9% - 9.8% (4.3%) Discount rate 7.8% - 10.1% (9.8%) Financial derivatives - Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares (107) Discounted cash flow Estimated conversion factor of Visa Class B shares into Class A shares 1.61 weighted-average Estimated annual growth rate of Visa Class A share price 16.0% Estimated length of litigation resolution date Q2 2023 Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (d) (8) Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (e) $ 6,831 (a) Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments. (b) The assumed yield spread over the benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest rate risks, such as credit and liquidity risks. (c) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally internally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party provided valuations or comparable asset prices. (d) Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes certain financial derivative assets and liabilities, trading securities, other securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, other assets, other borrowed funds and other liabilities. (e) Consisted of total Level 3 assets of $7.4 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $0.4 billion as of December 31, 2023 and $7.3 billion and $0.4 billion as of December 31, 2022, respectively. Financial Assets Accounted for at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis We may be required to measure certain financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of amortized cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment and are included in Table 81. Nonaccrual Loans The carrying value of nonaccrual loans represents the fair value of those loans which have been adjusted due to impairment. The impairment is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral. Appraisals are obtained by licensed or certified appraisers at least annually and more recently in certain instances. All third-party appraisals are reviewed and any adjustments to the initial appraisal are incorporated into the final issued appraisal report. In instances where an appraisal is not obtained, collateral value is determined consistent with external third-party appraisal standards by an internal person independent of the asset manager. Equity Investments The majority of the amounts for equity investments represent the carrying value of LIHTC investments held for sale calculated using a discounted cash flow model. The significant unobservable input is management’s estimate of required market rate of return. The The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 149

market rate of return is based on comparison to recent LIHTC sales in the market. Significant increases (decreases) in this input would result in a significantly lower (higher) carrying value of the investments. OREO and Foreclosed Assets The carrying value of OREO and foreclosed assets includes valuation adjustments recorded subsequent to the transfer to OREO and foreclosed assets. These valuation adjustments are based on the fair value less cost to sell of the property. Fair value is based on appraised value or sales price and the appraisal process for OREO and foreclosed assets is the same as described above for nonaccrual loans. Long-Lived Assets Long-lived assets consists of buildings for which valuation adjustments were recorded during the period. A facility classified as held for use is impaired to the extent its carrying value is not recoverable and exceeds fair value. Valuation adjustments on buildings held for sale are based on the fair value of the property less an estimated cost to sell and are recorded subsequent to the transfer of the asset to held for sale status. Fair value is determined either by a third-party appraisal, recent sales offer, changes in market or property conditions or, where we have agreed to sell the building to a third party, the contractual sales price. Impairment on these long-lived assets is recorded in Other noninterest expense on our Consolidated Income Statement. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are as follows: Table 81: Fair Value Measurements – Nonrecurring (a) (b) (c) Year ended December 31 In millions Fair Value Gains (Losses) 2023 2022 2023 2022 2021 Assets Nonaccrual loans $ 578 $ 280 $ (410) $ (287) $ (4) Equity investments 203 135 (1) OREO and foreclosed assets 12 10 (1) Long-lived assets 9 23 (29) (15) (45) Total assets $ 802 $ 448 $ (440) $ (303) $ (49) (a) All Level 3 for the periods presented, except for $30 million and $42 million included in Equity investments which was categorized as Level 1 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. (b) Valuation techniques applied were fair value of property or collateral. (c) Unobservable inputs used were appraised value/sales price, broker opinions or projected income/required improvement costs. Additional quantitative information was not meaningful for the periods presented. Financial Instruments Accounted for under Fair Value Option We elect the fair value option to account for certain financial instruments. For more information on these financial instruments for which the fair value option election has been made, refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 14. These financial instruments are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and any changes in fair value are subsequently recognized in earnings. Interest income related to changes in the fair values of these financial instruments is recorded on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income, except for certain residential mortgage loans, for which income is also recorded in Loans interest income. Changes in the value on prepaid forward contracts included in Other assets is reported in Noninterest expense and interest expense on the Other borrowed funds is reported in Borrowed funds interest expense. 150 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option are as follows: Table 82: Fair Value Option – Fair Value and Principal Balances December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Fair Value Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance Difference Fair Value Aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance Difference Assets Residential mortgage loans held for sale Accruing loans less than 90 days past due $ 432 $ 429 $ 3 $ 609 $ 633 $ (24) Accruing loans 90 days or more past due 6 6 5 5 Nonaccrual loans 36 43 (7) 40 49 (9) Total $ 474 $ 478 $ (4) $ 654 $ 687 $ (33) Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a) Accruing loans less than 90 days past due $ 238 $ 228 $ 10 $ 261 $ 256 $ 5 Nonaccrual loans 15 44 (29) Total $ 238 $ 228 $ 10 $ 276 $ 300 $ (24) Loans Accruing loans less than 90 days past due $ 507 $ 520 $ (13) $ 509 $ 521 $ (12) Accruing loans 90 days or more past due 146 156 (10) 155 167 (12) Nonaccrual loans 585 793 (208) 646 880 (234) Total $ 1,238 $ 1,469 $ (231) $ 1,310 $ 1,568 $ (258) Other assets $ 85 $ 69 $ 16 $ 80 $ 80 Liabilities Other borrowed funds $ 39 $ 40 $ (1) $ 31 $ 32 $ (1) Other liabilities $ 124 $ 124 $ 196 $ 196 (a) There were no accruing loans 90 days or more past due within this category at December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. The changes in fair value for items for which we elected the fair value option are as follows: Table 83: Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value (a) Year ended December 31 In millions Gains (Losses) 2023 2022 2021 Assets Residential mortgage loans held for sale $ 32 $ (80) $ 152 Commercial mortgage loans held for sale $ 53 $ 52 $ 115 Loans $ 26 $ 42 $ 80 Other assets $ 7 $ (16) $ 28 Liabilities Other liabilities $ (41) $ (67) (a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts. Additional Fair Value Information Related to Financial Instruments Not Recorded at Fair Value This section presents fair value information for all other financial instruments that are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value amounts for these financial instruments. Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-earning Deposits with Banks Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts for Cash and due from banks and Interest-earning deposits with banks reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximate fair value. Securities Held to Maturity We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 14 for additional information relating to our pricing processes and procedures. Net Loans Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. Nonaccrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. The carrying value of Net loans are presented net of the ALLL. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 151

Other Assets The carrying value of Other assets, which include accrued interest receivable, cash collateral, federal funds sold and resale agreements, certain loans held for sale, and FHLB and FRB stock, approximates fair value. The aggregate carrying value of our FHLB and FRB stock was $2.7 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Deposits For time deposits, fair values are estimated by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities. For deposits with no defined maturity, such as noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money market and savings deposits, carrying values approximate fair values. Borrowed Funds For short-term borrowed funds, including federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and certain other short- term borrowings and payables, carrying value approximates fair value. For long-term borrowed funds, quoted market prices are used, when available, to estimate fair value. When quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on current market interest rates and credit spreads for debt with similar terms and maturities. Unfunded Lending Related Commitments The fair value of unfunded lending related commitments is determined by market participant assumptions and takes into consideration the impact of changes in interest rates and credit. We establish a liability on these facilities based on the creditworthiness of our counterparty. Other Liabilities Other liabilities includes interest-bearing cash collateral held related to derivatives and other accrued liabilities. Due to its short-term nature, the carrying value of Other liabilities reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value. 152 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows: Table 84: Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments In millions Carrying Amount Fair Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 December 31, 2023 Assets Cash and due from banks $ 6,921 $ 6,921 $ 6,921 Interest-earning deposits with banks 43,804 43,804 $ 43,804 Securities held to maturity 90,790 86,948 30,943 55,850 $ 155 Net loans (excludes leases) 308,936 299,645 299,645 Other assets 5,872 5,872 5,872 Total assets $ 456,323 $ 443,190 $ 37,864 $ 105,526 $ 299,800 Liabilities Time deposits $ 31,569 $ 31,602 $ 31,602 Borrowed funds 71,816 72,369 71,194 $ 1,175 Unfunded lending related commitments 663 663 663 Other liabilities 1,091 1,091 1,091 Total liabilities $ 105,139 $ 105,725 $ 103,887 $ 1,838 December 31, 2022 Assets Cash and due from banks $ 7,043 $ 7,043 $ 7,043 Interest-earning deposits with banks 27,320 27,320 $ 27,320 Securities held to maturity 95,183 90,279 30,748 59,377 $ 154 Net loans (excludes leases) 313,460 310,864 310,864 Other assets 6,022 6,022 6,020 2 Total assets $ 449,028 $ 441,528 $ 37,791 $ 92,717 $ 311,020 Liabilities Time deposits $ 18,470 $ 18,298 $ 18,298 Borrowed funds 57,182 57,557 55,922 $ 1,635 Unfunded lending related commitments 694 694 694 Other liabilities 660 660 660 Total liabilities $ 77,006 $ 77,209 $ 74,880 $ 2,329 The aggregate fair values in Table 84 represent only a portion of the total market value of our assets and liabilities as, in accordance with the guidance related to fair values about financial instruments, we exclude the following: • financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (as they are disclosed in Table 78), • investments accounted for under the equity method, • equity securities without a readily determinable fair value that apply for the alternative measurement approach to fair value under ASU 2016-01, • real and personal property, • lease financing, • loan customer relationships, • deposit customer intangibles, • MSRs, • retail branch networks, • fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, • trademarks and brand names, • trade receivables and payables due in one year or less, • deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturities under ASU 2016-01, and • insurance contracts. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 153

NOTE 15 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES We use a variety of financial derivatives to both mitigate exposure to market (primarily interest rate) and credit risks inherent in our business activities, as well as to facilitate customer risk management activities. We manage these risks as part of our overall asset and liability management process and through our credit policies and procedures. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract. Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate, security price, credit spread or other index. Residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold also qualify as derivative instruments. The following tables presents the notional and gross fair value amounts of all derivative assets and liabilities held by us. Table 85: Total Gross Derivatives (a) December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Notional / Contract Amount Asset Fair Value (b) Liability Fair Value (c) Notional / Contract Amount Asset Fair Value (b) Liability Fair Value (c) Derivatives used for hedging Interest rate contracts : Fair value hedges (d) $ 32,079 $ 24,231 Cash flow hedges (d) 33,302 40,310 $ 1 Cash flow hedges - other (e) 25,000 $ 327 $ 137 Foreign exchange contracts: Net investment hedges 1,174 2 1,120 $ 24 Total derivatives designated for hedging $ 91,555 $ 327 $ 139 $ 65,661 $ 24 $ 1 Derivatives not used for hedging Derivatives used for mortgage banking activities (f): Interest rate contracts: Swaps $ 43,450 $ 47,908 $ 7 $ 1 Futures (g) 10,370 5,537 Mortgage-backed commitments 3,093 $ 66 $ 67 4,516 85 89 Other 15,544 46 22 18,017 90 14 Total interest rate contracts 72,457 112 89 75,978 182 104 Derivatives used for customer-related activities: Interest rate contracts: Swaps 401,607 1,723 4,228 354,150 1,597 5,397 Futures (g) 73 32 Mortgage-backed commitments 2,592 9 25 2,799 10 6 Other 28,489 186 169 29,071 334 321 Total interest rate contracts 432,761 1,918 4,422 386,052 1,941 5,724 Commodity contracts: Swaps 6,714 577 569 5,792 1,003 1,067 Other 4,797 188 188 4,488 205 202 Total commodity contracts 11,511 765 757 10,280 1,208 1,269 Foreign exchange contracts and other 32,885 295 239 30,512 366 293 Total derivatives for customer-related activities 477,157 2,978 5,418 426,844 3,515 7,286 Derivatives used for other risk management activities: Foreign exchange contracts and other 14,882 12 253 12,785 47 227 Total derivatives not designated for hedging $ 564,496 $ 3,102 $ 5,760 $ 515,607 $ 3,744 $ 7,617 Total gross derivatives $ 656,051 $ 3,429 $ 5,899 $ 581,268 $ 3,768 $ 7,618 Less: Impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements 1,406 1,406 1,523 1,523 Less: Cash collateral received/paid 1,126 955 714 1,571 Total derivatives $ 897 $ 3,538 $ 1,531 $ 4,524 (a) Centrally cleared derivatives are settled in cash daily and result in no derivative asset or derivative liability being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (b) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (c) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (d) Represents primarily swaps. (e) Represents caps and floors. (f) Includes both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities. (g) Futures contracts are settled in cash daily and result in no derivative asset or derivative liability being recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. 154 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and, when appropriate, any related cash collateral exchanged with counterparties. Further discussion regarding the offsetting rights associated with these legally enforceable master netting agreements is included in the Offsetting and Counterparty Credit Risk section of this Note 15. Any nonperformance risk, including credit risk, is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value of the derivatives. Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies. Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges and derivatives hedging a net investment in a foreign subsidiary are considered net investment hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives to be recognized in the same period and in the same income statement line item as the earnings impact of the hedged items. Fair Value Hedges We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. Gains and losses on the interest rate swaps designated in these hedge relationships, along with the offsetting gains and losses on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings within the same income statement line item. Cash Flow Hedges We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps and interest rate caps and floors to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. For these cash flow hedges, gains and losses on the hedging instruments are recorded in AOCI and are then reclassified into earnings in the same period the hedged cash flows affect earnings and within the same income statement line as the hedged cash flows. In the 12 months that follow December 31, 2023, we expect to reclassify net derivative losses of $1.1 billion pretax, or $0.9 billion after-tax, from AOCI to interest income for these cash flow hedge strategies. This reclassified amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, the maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is eight years. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 155

Further detail regarding gains (losses) related to our fair value and cash flow hedge derivatives is presented in the following table: Table 86: Gains (Losses) Recognized on Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges in the Consolidated Income Statement (a) (b) Location and Amount of Gains (Losses) Recognized in Income Interest Income Interest Expense Noninterest Income In millions Loans Investment Securities Borrowed Funds Other Year ended December 31, 2023 Total amounts on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 18,299 $ 3,545 $ 3,783 $ 619 Gains (losses) on fair value hedges recognized on: Hedged items (c) $ 2 $ (545) Derivatives $ 2 $ 531 Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives $ 28 $ (605) Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges (d): Amount of derivative gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income $ (1,512) $ (28) Other amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives $ 115 Year ended December 31, 2022 Total amounts on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 11,795 $ 2,726 $ 1,155 $ 952 Gains (losses) on fair value hedges recognized on: Hedged items (c) $ (136) $ 1,945 Derivatives $ 143 $ (1,976) Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives $ (2) $ 120 Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges (d): Amount of derivative gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income $ (259) $ (1) Other amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives $ 41 Year ended December 31, 2021 Total amounts on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 9,007 $ 1,834 $ 361 $ 1,199 Gains (losses) on fair value hedges recognized on: Hedged items (c) $ (5) $ 937 Derivatives $ 9 $ (993) Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives $ (4) $ 521 Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges (d): Amount of derivative gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income $ 376 $ 57 $ 61 (a) For all periods presented, there were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for any of the fair value or cash flow hedge strategies. (b) All cash flow and fair value hedge derivatives were interest rate contracts for the periods presented. (c) Includes an insignificant amount of fair value hedge adjustments related to discontinued hedge relationships. (d) For all periods presented, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to income because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur. Detail regarding the impact of fair value hedge accounting on the carrying value of the hedged items is presented in the following table: Table 87: Hedged Items - Fair Value Hedges December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Carrying Value of the Hedged Items Cumulative Fair Value Hedge Adjustment included in the Carrying Value of Hedged Items (a) Carrying Value of the Hedged Items Cumulative Fair Value Hedge Adjustment included in the Carrying Value of Hedged Items (a) Investment securities - available for sale (b) $ 2,076 $ (122) $ 2,376 $ (121) Borrowed funds $ 30,503 $ (737) $ 21,781 $ (1,283) (a) Includes less than $(0.1) billion of fair value hedge adjustments primarily related to discontinued borrowed funds hedge relationships at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. (b) Carrying value shown represents amortized cost. Net Investment Hedges We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge non-U.S. dollar net investments in foreign subsidiaries against adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess whether the hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the value of the hedge and hedged item by qualitatively verifying that the critical terms of the hedge and hedged item match at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. Net investment hedge derivatives are classified as foreign exchange contracts. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness for the 156 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

periods presented. Net gains (losses) on net investment hedge derivatives recognized in OCI were $(53) million and $119 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively, and insignificant in 2021. Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward contracts to sell mortgage-backed securities, as well as U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in Residential and commercial mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement. Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps, options and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in Residential and commercial mortgage noninterest income. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk include forward loan sale contracts and interest rate swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are included in Residential and commercial mortgage noninterest income. Derivatives used to economically hedge the change in value of commercial mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps and options. Gains or losses on these derivatives are included in Residential and commercial mortgage noninterest income. The residential and commercial mortgage loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right. We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, foreign exchange contracts and commodity swaps. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into a variety of hedging transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in Capital markets and advisory noninterest income. Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management portfolios are written interest-rate caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions. We have entered into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. The following table presents the notional amount of risk participation agreements sold and maximum potential exposures at December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 88: Risk Participation Agreements Year ended December 31 In billions 2023 2022 Risk participation agreements: Sold - notional amount $ 8.0 $ 8.0 Maximum potential amount of exposure (a) $ 0.2 $ 0.1 (a) Based on the fair value of the underlying swaps assuming all underlying third party customers referenced in the swap contracts defaulted. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 157

Further detail regarding the gains (losses) on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the following table: Table 89: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated for Hedging Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Derivatives used for mortgage banking activities: Interest rate contracts (a) $ (70) $ (671) $ (78) Derivatives used for customer-related activities: Interest rate contracts (15) 220 149 Foreign exchange contracts and other 220 111 135 Gains from customer-related activities (b) 205 331 284 Derivatives used for other risk management activities: Foreign exchange contracts and other (b) (395) 255 (30) Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments $ (260) $ (85) $ 176 (a) Included in Residential and commercial mortgage noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. (b) Included in Capital markets and advisory and Other noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement. Offsetting and Counterparty Credit Risk We generally utilize a net presentation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for those derivative financial instruments entered into with counterparties under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The master netting agreements reduce credit risk by permitting the closeout netting of all outstanding derivative instruments under the master netting agreement with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of an event of default. The master netting agreement also may require the exchange of cash or marketable securities to collateralize either party’s net position. Collateral is typically exchanged daily on unsettled positions based on the net fair value of the positions with the counterparty as of the preceding day. Collateral representing initial margin, which is based on potential future exposure, may also be required to be exchanged. In certain cases, minimum thresholds must be exceeded before any collateral is exchanged. Any cash collateral exchanged with counterparties under these master netting agreements is also netted, when appropriate, against the applicable derivative fair values on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. However, the fair value of any securities held or pledged is not included in the net presentation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In order for derivative instruments under a master netting agreement to be eligible for closeout netting under GAAP, we must conduct sufficient legal review to conclude with a well- founded basis that the offsetting rights included in the master netting agreement would be legally enforceable upon an event of default, including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of the counterparty. Enforceability is evidenced by a legal opinion that supports, with sufficient confidence, the enforceability of the master netting agreement in such circumstances. Table 90 shows the impact legally enforceable master netting agreements had on our derivative assets and derivative liabilities at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The table includes cash collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The table also includes the fair value of any securities collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash and securities collateral amounts are included in the table only to the extent of the related net derivative fair values. Table 90 includes OTC derivatives not settled through an exchange (“OTC derivatives”) and OTC derivatives cleared through a central clearing house (“OTC cleared derivatives”). OTC derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties that are not settled through an organized exchange or directly cleared through a central clearing house. The majority of OTC derivatives are governed by the ISDA documentation or other legally enforceable master netting agreements. OTC cleared derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties in the OTC market that are novated to a central clearing house that then becomes our counterparty. OTC cleared derivative instruments are typically settled in cash each day based on the prior day value. 158 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 90: Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting In millions Gross Fair Value Amounts Offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheet Net Fair Value Securities Collateral Held / Pledged Under Master Netting Agreements Net Amounts Fair Value Offset Amount Cash Collateral December 31, 2023 Derivative assets Interest rate contracts: Over-the-counter cleared $ 19 $ 19 $ 19 Over-the-counter 2,338 $ 976 $ 767 595 $ 61 534 Commodity contracts 765 316 283 166 5 161 Foreign exchange and other contracts 307 114 76 117 117 Total derivative assets $ 3,429 $ 1,406 $ 1,126 $ 897 (a) $ 66 $ 831 Derivative liabilities Interest rate contracts: Over-the-counter cleared $ 36 $ 36 $ 36 Over-the-counter 4,612 $ 885 $ 942 2,785 $ 58 2,727 Commodity contracts 757 332 425 425 Foreign exchange and other contracts 494 189 13 292 292 Total derivative liabilities $ 5,899 $ 1,406 $ 955 $ 3,538 (b) $ 58 $ 3,480 December 31, 2022 Derivative assets Interest rate contracts: Over-the-counter cleared $ 23 $ 23 $ 23 Over-the-counter 2,100 $ 974 $ 630 496 $ 34 462 Commodity contracts 1,208 335 2 871 871 Foreign exchange and other contracts 437 214 82 141 141 Total derivative assets $ 3,768 $ 1,523 $ 714 $ 1,531 (a) $ 34 $ 1,497 Derivative liabilities Interest rate contracts: Over-the-counter cleared $ 28 $ 28 $ 28 Over-the-counter 5,801 $ 625 $ 1,041 4,135 $ 78 4,057 Commodity contracts 1,269 679 520 70 4 66 Foreign exchange and other contracts 520 219 10 291 291 Total derivative liabilities $ 7,618 $ 1,523 $ 1,571 $ 4,524 (b) $ 82 $ 4,442 (a) Represents the net amount of derivative assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. (b) Represents the net amount of derivative liabilities included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition to using master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to reduce credit risk associated with derivative instruments, we also seek to manage credit risk by evaluating credit ratings of counterparties and by using internal credit analysis, limits, and monitoring procedures. At December 31, 2023, cash and debt securities (primarily agency mortgage-backed securities) totaling $2.3 billion were pledged to us under master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to collateralize net derivative assets due from counterparties and to meet initial margin requirements, and we pledged cash and debt securities (primarily agency mortgage-backed securities) totaling $1.9 billion under these agreements to collateralize net derivative liabilities owed to counterparties and to meet initial margin requirements. These totals may differ from the amounts presented in the preceding offsetting table because these totals may include collateral exchanged under an agreement that does not qualify as a master netting agreement or because the total amount of collateral pledged exceeds the net derivative fair values with the counterparty as of the balance sheet date due to timing or other factors, such as initial margin. To the extent not netted against the derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, the receivable for cash pledged is included in Other assets and the obligation for cash held is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities pledged to us by counterparties are not recognized on our balance sheet. Likewise, securities we have pledged to counterparties remain on our balance sheet. Credit-Risk Contingent Features Certain derivative agreements contain various credit-risk-related contingent provisions, such as those that require our debt to maintain a specified credit rating from one or more of the major credit rating agencies. If our debt ratings were to fall below such specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The following table presents the aggregate fair value of derivative The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 159

instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features, the associated collateral posted in the normal course of business and the maximum amount of collateral we would be required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 91: Credit-Risk Contingent Features December 31 In billions 2023 2022 Net derivative liabilities with credit-risk contingent features $ 4.2 $ 5.8 Collateral posted 1.0 1.7 Maximum additional amount of collateral exposure $ 3.2 $ 4.1 NOTE 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Pension and Postretirement Plans We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Earnings credit percentages for those employees who were plan participants on December 31, 2009 are frozen at the level earned to that point. Earnings credits for all employees who became participants on or after January 1, 2010 are a flat 3% of eligible compensation. All participants as of December 31, 2009 earn a minimum rate on their cash balances; new participants on or after January 1, 2010 earn interest credits on their cash balances based on 30-year Treasury securities. New participants on or after January 1, 2010 are not subject to the minimum rate. The plan provides for a minimum annual earnings credit amount of $2,000, subject to eligibility criteria. Pension contributions to the plan are typically based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. Assets of the qualified pension plan are held in a separate Trust. We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. PNC reserves the right to terminate or make changes to these plans at any time. The nonqualified pension plan is unfunded. Contributions from PNC, and participant contributions in the case of the postretirement benefit plans, cover all benefits paid under the nonqualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plans. The postretirement plan provides benefits to certain retirees that are at least actuarially equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D and accordingly, we receive a federal subsidy. PNC has established a VEBA to partially fund postretirement medical and life insurance benefit obligations. We use a measurement date of December 31 for plan assets and benefit obligations. A reconciliation of the changes in the projected benefit obligation for qualified pension, nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as the change in plan assets for the qualified pension and postretirement benefit plans follows: 160 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 92: Reconciliation of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation and Change in Plan Assets Qualified Pension (a) Nonqualified Pension Postretirement Benefits In millions 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31 $ 4,601 $ 4,517 $ 212 $ 219 Projected benefit obligation at January 1 $ 4,543 $ 5,423 $ 222 $ 280 $ 260 $ 326 Service cost 130 142 3 3 3 4 Interest cost 249 156 11 7 14 9 Amendments Actuarial (gains)/losses and changes in assumptions (a) 45 (833) 3 (44) 7 (57) Participant contributions 2 2 Federal Medicare subsidy on benefits paid 1 Benefits paid (326) (345) (22) (24) (25) (25) Projected benefit obligation at December 31 $ 4,641 $ 4,543 $ 217 $ 222 $ 261 $ 260 Fair value of plan assets at January 1 $ 5,400 $ 6,788 $ 242 $ 263 Actual return on plan assets 541 (1,043) 16 (21) Employer contribution $ 22 $ 24 22 22 Participant contributions 2 2 Federal Medicare subsidy on benefits paid 1 Benefits paid (326) (345) (22) (24) (25) (25) Fair value of plan assets at December 31 $ 5,615 $ 5,400 $ 257 $ 242 Funded status $ 974 $ 857 $ (217) $ (222) $ (4) $ (18) Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet Noncurrent asset $ 974 $ 857 $ 26 $ 10 Current liability $ (23) $ (24) (3) (3) Noncurrent liability (194) (198) (27) (25) Net amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheet $ 974 $ 857 $ (217) $ (222) $ (4) $ (18) Amounts recognized in AOCI consist of: Prior service cost (credit) $ 11 $ 14 $ 1 $ 1 Net actuarial (gain)/loss 148 322 $ 33 $ 31 (31) (32) Amount of (gain)/loss recognized in AOCI $ 159 $ 336 $ 33 $ 31 $ (30) $ (31) (a) The actuarial (gains)/losses and changes in assumptions in 2023 and 2022 were primarily related to a change in the discount rate used to measure the projected benefit obligation. PNC Pension Plan Assets The long-term investment strategy for pension plan assets in our qualified pension plan (the Plan) is to: • Meet present and future benefit obligations to all participants and beneficiaries, • Cover reasonable expenses incurred to provide such benefits, including expenses incurred in the administration of the Trust and the Plan, • Provide sufficient liquidity to meet benefit and expense payment requirements on a timely basis, and • Provide a total return that, over the long term, maximizes the ratio of trust assets to liabilities by maximizing investment return, at an appropriate level of risk. The Plan’s named investment fiduciary has the ability to make short to intermediate term asset allocation shifts under the dynamic asset allocation strategy based on factors such as the Plan’s funded status, the named investment fiduciary’s view of return on equities relative to long term expectations, the named investment fiduciary’s view on the direction of interest rates and credit spreads, and other relevant financial or economic factors which would be expected to impact the ability of the Trust to meet its obligation to participants and beneficiaries. Accordingly, the allowable asset allocation ranges have been updated to incorporate the flexibility required by the dynamic allocation policy. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 161

The asset strategy allocations for the Plan at the end of 2023 and 2022, and the target allocation range at the end of 2023, by asset category, are as follows: Table 93: Asset Strategy Allocations Target Allocation Range Percentage of Plan Assets by Strategy at December 31 2023 2022 Asset Category Domestic equity 15 – 40% 22 % 21 % International equity 10 – 25% 19 % 17 % Private equity 0 – 15% 11 % 11 % Total equity 30 – 70% 52 % 49 % Domestic fixed income 10 – 40% 29 % 30 % High yield fixed income 0 – 25% 9 % 9 % Total fixed income 10 – 65% 38 % 39 % Real estate 0 – 10% 6 % 6 % Other 0 – 20% 4 % 6 % Total 100% 100 % 100 % The asset category represents the allocation of Plan assets in accordance with the investment objective of each of the Plan’s investment managers. Certain domestic equity investment managers utilize derivatives and fixed income securities as described in their Investment Management Agreements to achieve their investment objective under the Investment Policy Statement. Other investment managers may invest in eligible securities outside of their assigned asset category to meet their investment objectives. The actual percentage of the fair value of total Plan assets held as of December 31, 2023 for equity securities, fixed income securities, real estate and all other assets are 67%, 23%, 5% and 5%, respectively. We believe that, over the long term, asset allocation is the single greatest determinant of risk. Asset allocation will deviate from the target percentages due to market movement, cash flows, investment manager performance and implementation of shifts under the dynamic asset allocation policy. Material deviations from the asset allocation targets can alter the expected return and risk of the Trust. However, frequent rebalancing of the asset allocation targets may result in significant transaction costs, which can impair the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objective. Accordingly, the Trust portfolio is periodically rebalanced to maintain asset allocation within the target ranges described above. In addition to being diversified across asset classes, the Trust is diversified within each asset class. Secondary diversification provides a reasonable basis for the expectation that no single security or class of securities will have a disproportionate impact on the total risk and return of the Trust. Where investment strategies permit the use of derivatives and/or currency management, language is incorporated in the managers’ guidelines to define allowable and prohibited transactions and/or strategies. Derivatives are typically employed by investment managers to modify risk/return characteristics of their portfolio(s), implement asset allocation changes in a cost effective manner, or reduce transaction costs. Under the managers’ investment guidelines, derivatives may not be used solely for speculation or leverage. Derivatives are to be used only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of the portfolio. 162 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Fair Value Measurements As further described in Note 14 Fair Value, GAAP establishes the framework for measuring fair value, including a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value. A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value at both December 31, 2023 and 2022 follows: Table 94: Pension Plan Valuation Methodologies Asset Valuation Methodology Money market funds • Valued at the NAV of the shares held by the pension plan at year end. U.S. government and agency securities Corporate debt Common stock • Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. • If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Such securities are generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy but may be a Level 3 depending on the level of liquidity and activity in the market for the security. Mutual funds • Valued based on third-party pricing of the fund that is not actively traded. Other investments Derivative financial instruments Group annuity contracts Preferred stock • Derivative financial instruments - recorded at estimated fair value as determined by third-party appraisals and pricing models. • Group annuity contracts - measured at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the creditworthiness of the issuer. • Preferred stock - valued at the closing price reported on an active market on which the securities are traded. Investments measured at NAV Collective trust fund investments Limited partnerships • Collective trust fund investments - valued based upon the units of such collective trust fund held by the Plan at year end multiplied by the respective unit value. The unit value of the collective trust fund is based upon significant observable inputs, although it is not based upon quoted prices in an active market. The underlying investments of the collective trust funds consist primarily of equity securities, debt obligations, short-term investments, and other marketable securities. Due to the nature of these securities, there are no unfunded commitments or redemption restrictions. • Limited partnerships - valued by investment managers based on recent financial information used to estimate fair value. The unit value of limited partnerships is based upon significant observable inputs, although it is not based upon quoted marked prices in an active market. These methods may result in fair value calculations that may not be indicative of net realizable values or future fair values. Furthermore, while the pension plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date. The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Table 95: Pension Plan Assets - Fair Value Hierarchy December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 In millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Interest-bearing cash $ 46 $ 46 $ 51 $ 51 Money market funds 186 186 333 333 U.S. government and agency securities 394 $ 145 539 454 $ 136 590 Corporate debt 749 $ 2 751 699 $ 2 701 Common stock 716 716 605 605 Mutual funds 160 160 150 150 Other 32 32 1 1 2 Investments measured at NAV (a) 3,185 2,968 Total $ 1,342 $ 1,086 $ 2 $ 5,615 $ 1,444 $ 986 $ 2 $ 5,400 (a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 163

The following table provides information regarding our estimated future cash flows related to our various plans. Table 96: Estimated Cash Flows Pension Plans Postretirement Benefits In millions Qualified Pension Nonqualified Pension Estimated 2024 employer contributions $ 24 $ 23 Estimated future benefit payments 2024 $ 358 $ 24 $ 23 2025 $ 332 $ 24 $ 23 2026 $ 353 $ 24 $ 23 2027 $ 345 $ 24 $ 23 2028 $ 335 $ 22 $ 22 2029-2033 $ 1,636 $ 93 $ 104 The qualified pension plan contributions are deposited into the Trust, and the qualified pension plan benefit payments are paid from the Trust. We do not expect to be required to make a contribution to the qualified plan for 2024 based on the funding calculations under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. For the other plans, total contributions and the benefit payments are the same and represent expected benefit amounts, which are paid from general assets. Postretirement benefits are net of participant contributions. Estimated cash flows reflect the partial funding of postretirement medical and life insurance obligations in the VEBA. The components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in OCI were as follows: Table 97: Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (a) Qualified Pension Plan Nonqualified Pension Plan Postretirement Benefits Year ended December 31 – in millions 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 2023 2022 2021 Net periodic cost consists of: Service cost $ 130 $ 142 $ 133 $ 3 $ 3 $ 4 $ 3 $ 4 $ 4 Interest cost 249 156 139 11 7 6 14 9 8 Expected return on plan assets (324) (298) (273) (10) (6) (6) Amortization of prior service cost 4 3 4 Amortization of actuarial loss 1 5 6 Net periodic cost $ 59 $ 3 $ 3 $ 15 $ 15 $ 16 $ 7 $ 7 $ 6 Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in OCI: Current year prior service (credit) (4) Amortization of prior service (cost) (4) (3) (4) Current year actuarial loss/(gain) (173) 508 (485) 3 (44) (4) 1 (30) (7) Amortization of actuarial (loss) (1) (5) (6) Total recognized in OCI $ (177) $ 505 $ (493) $ 2 $ (49) $ (10) $ 1 $ (30) $ (7) Total amounts recognized in net periodic cost and OCI $ (118) $ 508 $ (490) $ 17 $ (34) $ 6 $ 8 $ (23) $ (1) (a) The service cost component is included in Personnel expense on the Consolidated Income Statement. All other components are included in Other noninterest expense on the Consolidated Income Statement. 164 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the beginning of each year) to determine the net periodic costs shown in Table 97 were as follows: Table 98: Net Periodic Costs - Assumptions Net Periodic Cost Determination As of January 1 2023 2022 2021 Discount rate (a) Qualified pension 5.55 % 2.90 % 2.60 % Nonqualified pension 5.45 % 2.65 % 2.15 % Postretirement benefits 5.50 % 2.80 % 2.40 % Rate of compensation increase (average) (b) 4.25 % 4.25 % 4.25 % Interest crediting rate (average) Qualified pension 4.65 % 3.70 % 3.70 % Nonqualified pension 4.80 % 4.00 % 4.00 % Postretirement benefits 4.30 % 1.65 % 1.30 % Assumed health care cost trend rate (c) Initial trend 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 % Ultimate trend 4.50 % 4.50 % 5.00 % Year ultimate trend reached 2029 2028 2025 Expected long-term return on plan assets (b) (d) 6.20 % 4.50 % 4.40 % (a) The 2021 discount rate for each plan is a blended rate that is inclusive of the BBVA plans acquired during the year. (b) Rate disclosed is for the qualified pension plan. (c) Rate is applicable only to the postretirement benefit plans. (d) The 2021 rate is a blended rate that is inclusive of the BBVA plan assets acquired during the year. The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the end of each year) to determine year end obligations for pension and postretirement benefits were as follows: Table 99: Other Pension Assumptions Year ended December 31 2023 2022 Discount rate Qualified pension 5.25 % 5.55 % Nonqualified pension 5.10 % 5.45 % Postretirement benefits 5.15 % 5.50 % Rate of compensation increase (average) (a) 4.25 % 4.25 % Interest crediting rate (average) Qualified pension 4.35 % 4.65 % Nonqualified pension 4.45 % 4.80 % Postretirement benefits 4.00 % 4.30 % Assumed health care cost trend rate (b) Initial trend 6.00 % 6.00 % Ultimate trend 4.50 % 4.50 % Year ultimate trend reached 2030 2029 (a) Rate disclosed is for the qualified pension plan. (b) Rate is applicable only to the postretirement benefit plans. The discount rates are determined independently for each plan by comparing the expected future benefits that will be paid under each plan with yields available on high quality corporate bonds of similar duration. For this analysis, 10% of bonds with the highest yields and 40% with the lowest yields were removed from the bond universe. With all other assumptions held constant, a 0.50% decline in the discount rate would have resulted in an immaterial change in net periodic benefit cost in 2023 and to be recognized in 2024 for each of the qualified pension, nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans. The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. For purposes of setting and reviewing this assumption, “long-term” refers to the period over which the plan’s projected benefit obligations will be disbursed. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted. Our selection process references certain historical data and the current environment, but primarily utilizes qualitative judgment regarding future return expectations. We also examine the assumption used by other companies with similar pension investment strategies. Taking into account all of these factors, the expected The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 165

long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost for 2023 was 6.20%. We are increasing our expected long- term return on assets to 6.60% for determining pension cost for 2024. This decision was made after considering the views of both internal and external capital market advisors, particularly with regard to the effects of the recent economic environment on long-term prospective equity and fixed income returns. Defined Contribution Plans The ISP is a qualified defined contribution plan that covers all of our eligible employees. Newly-hired full time employees and part- time employees who are eligible to participate in the ISP are automatically enrolled in the ISP with a deferral rate equal to 4% of eligible compensation in the absence of an affirmative election otherwise. Employee benefits expense related to the ISP was $188 million in 2023, $175 million in 2022 and $168 million in 2021, representing cash contributed to the ISP by PNC. The ISP is a 401(k) Plan and includes a frozen employee stock ownership feature. Employee contributions are invested in a number of investment options, including pre-mixed portfolios and individual core funds, available under the ISP at the direction of the employee. NOTE 17 STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS We have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance share units, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of each year. Performance Share Unit Awards and Restricted Share Unit Awards PNC grants share unit awards that are based on performance, service and certain metrics tied to market conditions. The fair value of nonvested performance share unit awards and restricted share unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock on the date of grant with a reduction for estimated forfeitures. Fair value of some performance awards are based on a Monte Carlo model, with subsequent remeasurement based on the achievement of one or more performance goals. Additionally, certain performance share unit awards could require subsequent adjustment due to certain discretionary risk review triggers. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance share unit awards and restricted share unit awards granted in 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $154.91, $198.28 and $161.04 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of performance share unit awards and restricted share unit awards vested during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was approximately $219 million, $322 million and $207 million, respectively. We recognize compensation expense for such awards ratably over the corresponding vesting and/or performance periods for each type of program. A rollforward of the nonvested performance share unit and restricted share unit awards follows: Table 100: Nonvested Performance Share Unit Awards and Restricted Share Unit Awards - Rollforward Shares in thousands Nonvested Performance Share Units Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Nonvested Restricted Share Units Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value December 31, 2022 (a) 685 $ 161.20 3,348 $ 172.40 Granted (b) 182 $ 147.85 1,683 $ 155.67 Vested/Released (b) (221) $ 137.67 (1,170) $ 156.89 Forfeitures (99) $ 171.03 December 31, 2023 646 $ 165.48 3,762 $ 169.79 (a) Includes 170 performance share units with market conditions. (b) Includes adjustments for achieving specific performance goals for performance share unit awards granted in prior periods. In Table 100, the units and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the performance unit share awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash if and when the underlying shares are issued to the participants. 166 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTE 18 INCOME TAXES The components of income tax expense are as follows: Table 101: Components of Income Tax Expense Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Current Federal $ 1,021 $ 782 $ 894 State 320 227 191 Total current 1,341 1,009 1,085 Deferred Federal (149) 307 123 State (103) 44 55 Total deferred (252) 351 178 Total $ 1,089 $ 1,360 $ 1,263 Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: Table 102: Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities December 31 – in millions 2023 2022 Deferred tax assets Net unrealized losses on securities and financial instruments $ 2,417 $ 3,107 Allowance for loan and lease losses 1,147 1,152 Lease obligations 508 548 Compensation and benefits 261 369 Allowance for unfunded lending related commitments 161 170 Accrued expenses 209 78 Other 384 350 Total gross deferred tax assets 5,087 5,774 Valuation allowance (26) (27) Total deferred tax assets 5,061 5,747 Deferred tax liabilities Leasing 938 1,034 Fixed assets 477 589 Right of Use Assets 445 472 Mortgage servicing rights 359 325 Goodwill and intangibles 252 270 Other 461 405 Total deferred tax liabilities 2,932 3,095 Net deferred tax asset $ 2,129 $ 2,652 A reconciliation between the statutory and effective tax rates follows: Table 103: Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates Year ended December 31 2023 2022 2021 Statutory tax rate 21.0 % 21.0 % 21.0 % Increases (decreases) resulting from: State taxes net of federal benefit 2.9 2.7 2.6 Tax-exempt interest (1.7) (1.2) (0.9) Life insurance (0.9) (0.8) (0.8) Tax credits (5.2) (3.2) (4.4) Other 0.1 (0.3) 0.6 Effective tax rate 16.2 % 18.2 % 18.1 % The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 167

The net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2023 and 2022 follow: Table 104: Net Operating Loss Carryforwards Dollars in millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022 Expiration Net Operating Loss Carryforwards: Federal $ 45 N/A State $ 624 $ 698 2024-2042 The majority of the tax credit carryforwards expire in 2027-2043 and were insignificant at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. Some federal and state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are from acquired entities and utilization is subject to various statutory limitations. We anticipate that we will be able to fully utilize our carryforwards for federal tax purposes. However, we have recorded an insignificant valuation allowance against our carryforwards for state tax purposes as of December 31, 2023. Retained earnings included $0.1 billion at both December 31, 2023 and 2022 in allocations for bad debt deductions of former thrift subsidiaries for which no income tax has been provided. Under current law, if certain subsidiaries use these bad debt reserves for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses, they will be subject to Federal income tax at the current corporate tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Table 105: Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits In millions 2023 2022 2021 Balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1 $ 318 $ 275 $ 265 Increases: Positions taken during a current period 20 Acquired unrecognized tax benefits 8 Positions taken during a prior period 35 46 7 Decreases: Positions taken during a prior period (2) Settlements with taxing authorities (4) (3) (3) Reductions resulting from lapse of statute of limitations (1) Balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 $ 368 $ 318 $ 275 Favorable impact if recognized $ 306 $ 258 $ 217 We do not expect that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months. We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in most states and some foreign jurisdictions. Table 106 summarizes the status of significant IRS examinations. Table 106: IRS Tax Examination Status Year(s) Status at December 31, 2023 PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. Federal 2020-2021 2018 Under Exam In addition, we are under continuous examinations by various state taxing authorities. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to state and local and foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for periods before 2015. For all open audits, any potential adjustments have been considered in establishing our unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023. Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with income taxes as income tax expense. For 2023 and 2022, the amount of gross interest and penalties was insignificant. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related amounts of accrued interest and penalties were also insignificant. 168 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

NOTE 19 REGULATORY MATTERS We are subject to the regulations of certain federal, state and foreign agencies and undergo examinations by such regulatory authorities. The ability to undertake new business initiatives (including acquisitions), the access to and cost of funding for new business initiatives, the ability to pay dividends, the ability to repurchase shares or other capital instruments, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial institution’s capital strength. As of January 1, 2020, the 2019 Tailoring Rules became effective for PNC. The most significant changes involve the election to exclude specific AOCI items from CET1 capital and higher thresholds used to calculate CET1 capital deductions. On March 27, 2020, the regulatory agencies issued an interim final rule permitting banking organizations to delay the estimated impact on regulatory capital stemming from implementing CECL. PNC elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on CET1 capital through December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year transition period. CECL’s estimated impact on CET1 capital is defined as the change in retained earnings at adoption plus or minus 25% of the change in CECL ACL at the balance sheet date, excluding the allowance for PCD loans, compared to CECL ACL at adoption. Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC is now in the three-year transition period, and the full impact of the CECL standard is being phased-in to regulatory capital through December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, PNC and PNC Bank were both considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements. The following table sets forth the Basel III regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2023 and 2022, for PNC and PNC Bank: Table 107: Basel Regulatory Capital (a) Amount Ratios December 31 Dollars in millions 2023 2022 2023 2022 “Well Capitalized” Requirements Risk-based capital Common equity Tier 1 PNC $ 41,974 $ 39,685 9.9 % 9.1 % N/A PNC Bank $ 47,273 $ 43,658 11.3 % 10.2 % 6.5 % Tier 1 PNC $ 48,215 $ 45,431 11.4 % 10.4 % 6.0 % PNC Bank $ 47,273 $ 43,658 11.3 % 10.2 % 8.0 % Total PNC $ 55,932 $ 53,440 13.2 % 12.3 % 10.0 % PNC Bank $ 54,140 $ 50,666 12.9 % 11.8 % 10.0 % Leverage PNC $ 48,215 $ 45,431 8.7 % 8.2 % N/A PNC Bank $ 47,273 $ 43,658 8.6 % 8.0 % 5.0 % (a) Calculated using the regulatory capital methodology applicable to us during both 2023 and 2022. The principal source of parent company cash flow is the dividends or other capital distributions it receives from PNC Bank, which may be impacted by the following: • Bank-level capital needs, • Laws, regulations and the results of supervisory activities, • Corporate policies, • Contractual restrictions, and • Other factors. Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions. The amount available for dividend payments to the parent company by PNC Bank without prior regulatory approval was approximately $6.3 billion at December 31, 2023. Under federal law, a bank subsidiary generally may not extend credit to, or engage in other types of covered transactions (including the purchase of assets) with, the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries on terms and under circumstances that are not substantially the same as comparable transactions with nonaffiliates. A bank subsidiary may not extend credit to, or engage in a covered transaction with, the parent company or a non-bank subsidiary if the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company or non-bank subsidiary exceeds 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such bank subsidiary or the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company and all The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 169

non-bank subsidiaries exceeds 20% of the capital stock and surplus of such bank subsidiary. Such extensions of credit, with limited exceptions, must be at least fully collateralized in accordance with specified collateralization thresholds, with the thresholds varying based on the type of assets serving as collateral. In certain circumstances, federal regulatory authorities may impose more restrictive limitations. The Federal Reserve is authorized to establish reserve requirements for certain types of deposits and other liabilities of depository institutions. Effective March 26, 2020, the reserve requirement ratios were reduced to zero. At December 31, 2023, the balance outstanding at the Federal Reserve Bank was $43.3 billion. This amount is included in Interest-earning deposits with banks on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. FDIC Special Assessment In November 2023, the FDIC finalized a rule to implement a special assessment, in connection with the systemic risk determination announced in March 2023, to recover the cost associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. Under the rule, the FDIC will collect from PNC, along with other BHCs and insured depository institutions, special assessments at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points of an institution’s uninsured deposits reported as of December 31, 2022 (adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion), over eight quarterly assessment periods, beginning after the first quarter of 2024. Because the losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund from the systemic risk exception are estimated, the FDIC will periodically adjust the estimate, which could result in extending the special assessment for additional quarters, imposing a final special assessment on a one- time basis if actual losses exceed the amounts collected, or cease collection early if the FDIC has collected enough to recover actual losses. Based on the rule, PNC incurred expense of $515 million pre-tax, or $407 million after-tax, during the fourth quarter of 2023, representing the total estimated cost of the assessment. NOTE 20 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We establish accruals for legal proceedings, including litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of reasonably possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed legal proceedings (“Disclosed Matters,” which are those matters disclosed in this Note 20). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of December 31, 2023, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in excess of related accrued liabilities, if any, in an aggregate amount less than $300 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount. In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. One or more of the following factors frequently contribute to this inherent unpredictability: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the other party is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages (including, in the case of regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, the possibility of fines and penalties); the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; the possible outcomes may not be amenable to the use of statistical or quantitative analytical tools; predicting possible outcomes depends on making assumptions about future decisions of courts or regulatory bodies or the behavior of other parties; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is uncertain how damages or liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably possible we could incur. As a result of these types of factors, we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that are reasonably possible to be incurred or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the Disclosed Matters, and the aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under “Other.” We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff’s claim against us as alleged in the plaintiff’s pleadings or other public filings or otherwise publicly available information. While information 170 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual. Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we would record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses. Interchange Litigation Beginning in June 2005, a series of antitrust lawsuits were filed against Visa®, Mastercard®, and several major financial institutions, including cases naming National City (since merged into The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.) and its subsidiary, National City Bank of Kentucky (since merged into National City Bank, which, in turn, was merged into PNC Bank). The plaintiffs in these cases are merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S., as well as trade associations. Some of these cases (including those naming National City entities) were brought as class actions on behalf of all persons or business entities that have accepted Visa or Mastercard. The cases have been consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York under the caption In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant-Discount Antitrust Litigation (Master File No. 1:05- md-1720- MKB-JO). In November 2016, the district court appointed separate interim class counsel for a proposed class seeking damages and a proposed class seeking equitable (injunctive) relief. In February 2017, each of these counsel filed a proposed amended and supplemental complaint on behalf of its respective proposed class. These complaints make similar allegations, including that the defendants conspired to monopolize and to fix the prices for general purpose card network services, that the restructuring of Visa and Mastercard, each of which included an initial public offering, violated the antitrust laws, and that the defendants otherwise imposed unreasonable restraints on trade, resulting in the payment of inflated interchange fees and other fees, which also violated the antitrust laws. In their complaints, collectively the plaintiffs seek, among other things, injunctive relief, unspecified damages (trebled under the antitrust laws) and attorneys’ fees. PNC is named as a defendant in the complaint seeking damages but is not named as a defendant in the complaint that seeks equitable relief. In September 2017, the magistrate judge at the district court granted in part and denied in part the plaintiffs’ motions to file their proposed amended complaints. The dispute over amendment arose in part from the decision in United States v. American Express, Co., 838 F.3d 179 (2d Cir. 2016), in which the court held that the relevant market in a similar complaint against American Express is “two- sided,” i.e., requires consideration of effects on consumers as well as merchants. In June 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed (under the caption Ohio v. American Express Co.) the court of appeal’s decision. Previously, the plaintiffs in this litigation had alleged a one-sided market, and, as a result of the court’s decision in American Express, they sought leave to add claims based on a two-sided market. The order allowed the complaint to be amended to include allegations pertaining to a two-sided market only to the extent those claims are not time-barred, but held that the two-sided market allegations do not relate back to the time of the original complaint and are not subject to tolling. In October 2017, the plaintiffs appealed this order to the presiding district court judge. In August 2018, the judge overruled this decision, finding that the two-sided market allegations do relate back. In September 2018, the relevant parties entered an amended definitive agreement to resolve the claims of the class seeking damages. In this amended settlement agreement, the parties agreed, among other things, to the following terms: • An additional settlement payment from all defendants of $900 million, with Visa’s share of the additional settlement payment being $600 million. The additional settlement payment will be added to the approximately $5.3 billion previously paid by the defendants pursuant to the original 2012 settlement agreement. • Up to $700 million may be returned to the defendants (with up to $467 million to Visa) if more than 15% of class members (by payment volume) opt out of the class. As more than 15% of class members opted out of the class, $700 million has been returned to the defendants ($467 million to Visa). The district court granted final approval of the settlement in December 2019. Several objectors appealed the district court’s order granting final approval to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. In March 2023, the court of appeals affirmed the district court’s approval in all material respects. Later in March, certain objectors petitioned for rehearing in the court of appeals by either the panel that decided the appeal or the court en banc. Some merchants that opted out from the settlement have brought lawsuits against Visa and Mastercard and one or more of the issuing banks. Resolution by Visa of claims by merchants that opted out of the settlement, including those that file lawsuits, have been or will be paid from the Visa litigation escrow account. National City and National City Bank entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks with respect to all of the above referenced litigation. We were not originally named as defendants in any of the Visa or Mastercard related antitrust litigation nor were we initially parties to the judgment or loss sharing agreements. However, we became responsible for National City’s and National City Bank’s position in the litigation and responsibilities under the agreements through our acquisition of National City. In addition, following Visa’s reorganization in 2007 in contemplation of its initial public offering, U.S. Visa members received shares of Class B Visa common stock, convertible upon resolution of specified litigation, including the remaining litigation The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 171

described above, into shares of Class A Visa common stock, with the conversion rate adjusted to reflect amounts paid or escrowed to resolve the specified litigation, and also remained responsible for indemnifying Visa against the specified litigation. Our Class B Visa common stock is all subject to this conversion adjustment provision, and we are now responsible for the indemnification obligations of our predecessors as well as ourselves. In January 2024, Visa’s stockholders approved amendments to its Certificate of Incorporation to institute a conversion and exchange offer program that will result in the conversion of Visa’s Class B common stock to Class B-1 common stock and permit Visa to release transfer restrictions on a portion of the redenominated Class B common stock. In the initial potential exchange offer, a holder of Class B-1 common stock will have the ability to exchange some or all of its Class B-1 common stock for one-half of newly issued shares of Class B-2 common stock and one-half of newly issued shares of Class C common stock. Subject to certain restrictions, the Class C shares could then be sold on the open market, at which point they would be automatically converted into Visa's Class A common stock at the then-applicable conversion rate. Additional such exchanges taking place no less than one year apart may occur that permit a holder of Visa’s redenominated Class B common stock to exchange up to half of its then held redenominated Class B common stock into Visa’s Class C common stock. The exchanges are subject to the applicable stockholder agreeing to make-whole agreements that subject them to the same indemnity obligations to Visa as are currently present. We have also entered into a Mastercard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement with Mastercard and other financial institution defendants and an Omnibus Agreement Regarding Interchange Litigation Sharing and Settlement Sharing with Visa, Mastercard and other financial institution defendants. The Omnibus Agreement, in substance, apportions resolution of the claims in this litigation into a Visa portion and a Mastercard portion, with the Visa portion being two-thirds and the Mastercard portion being one-third. This apportionment only applies in the case of either a global settlement involving all defendants or an adverse judgment against the defendants, to the extent that damages either are related to the merchants’ inter-network conspiracy claims or are otherwise not attributed to specific Mastercard or Visa conduct or damages. The Mastercard portion (or any Mastercard-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will then be apportioned under the Mastercard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement among Mastercard and PNC and the other financial institution defendants that are parties to this agreement. The responsibility for the Visa portion (or any Visa-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will be apportioned under the pre-existing indemnification responsibilities and judgment and loss sharing agreements. USAA Patent Infringement Litigation In September 2020, USAA filed a lawsuit (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 2:20-cv-319)) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against PNC Bank for patent infringement (the “first Texas case”). USAA amended its complaint in December 2020. As amended, the complaint alleges that PNC’s mobile remote deposit capture systems infringe four patents owned by USAA. USAA seeks, among other things, a judgment that PNC is infringing each of the patents, damages for willful infringement, and attorneys’ fees. PNC, in its answer, alleged that USAA infringed four of PNC’s patents and that PNC seeks, among other things, a judgment that USAA is infringing each of the patents, damages for willful infringement, and attorneys’ fees. In March 2022, the court severed PNC’s infringement allegations from the first Texas case and in June 2022 opened a new case (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 2:22-cv-193) (the “fourth Texas case”)). In December 2020, we filed a lawsuit (PNC Bank, NA v. United Services Automobile Association (Case No. 2:20-cv-1886) in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against USAA seeking declaratory judgment of non-infringement as to two of the patents at issue in the first Texas case and awarding PNC its fees and costs. In June 2021, the court stayed and administratively closed this case pending the court in the first Texas case ruling that the case should be transferred to the Western District of Pennsylvania. In September 2021, the court in the first Texas case denied PNC’s motion to transfer the case to the Western District of Pennsylvania. In March 2021, USAA filed a second lawsuit (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 2:21-cv-110)) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against PNC Bank for patent infringement (the “second Texas case”). The complaint alleges that PNC’s mobile remote deposit capture systems infringe an additional two patents owned by USAA. USAA seeks, among other things, a judgment that PNC is infringing each of the patents, damages for willful infringement, and attorneys’ fees. The first Texas case and the second Texas case were consolidated (together, the “first consolidated cases”). At trial, in May 2022, only four of the original six USAA patents raised in its complaints were asserted against PNC, including U.S. Patent No. 8,977,571 (‘571). Following the jury trial in the first consolidated cases, the jury found against PNC for willful infringement of at least one of USAA’s asserted patent claims and awarded approximately $218 million. Subsequently, PNC filed post-trial motions for judgment as a matter of law and for a new trial, all of which the court denied. In April 2023, PNC noticed an appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-1778)) regarding the final judgment entered against PNC. Briefing for Case No. 23-1778 is now complete, and the parties are waiting for the appeal to be calendared. In July 2021, USAA filed a third lawsuit (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 2:21-cv-246)) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against PNC Bank for patent infringement (the “third Texas case”). The complaint alleges that PNC’s mobile remote deposit capture systems, including its new versions, infringe three additional patents owned by USAA. USAA seeks, among other things, a judgment that PNC is infringing each of the patents, damages for willful infringement, and attorneys’ fees. In June 2022, the court consolidated the fourth Texas case into the third Texas case (together, “the second consolidated cases”). At trial in September 2022, only two of the original three USAA patents were asserted against PNC, including U.S. Patent No. 10,769,598 (‘598), and only two of the original four PNC patents were asserted against USAA. Following 172 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

the jury trial in the second consolidated cases, the jury found against PNC for infringement of at least one of the two asserted patents and awarded $4.3 million, and determined that PNC did not willfully infringe the patents. The jury further found that USAA did not infringe any of PNC’s asserted patents. Subsequently, USAA filed a motion for a new trial on damages, and, in April 2023, the court denied USAA’s motion. In March 2023, PNC noticed an appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit regarding the final judgment entered against PNC and in April 2023, USAA noticed a cross-appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit regarding the final judgment. These appeals were consolidated as United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-1639). Briefing for Case No. 23-1639 is now complete and the parties are waiting on the appeal to be calendared. In August 2021, USAA filed a lawsuit (United Services Automobile Association v. BBVA USA (Case No. 2:21-cv-311)) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against BBVA USA for patent infringement (the “BBVA USA Texas case”). The complaint alleges that BBVA USA’s remote deposit capture systems infringe the same six USAA patents at issue in the first consolidated cases. USAA seeks, among other things, a judgment that BBVA USA is infringing each of the patents, damages for willful infringement, and attorneys’ fees. In October 2021, BBVA USA was merged into PNC Bank. In June 2022, the court entered a stipulation proposed by the parties, stayed all deadlines, and administratively closed the matter. In January 2022, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board granted institution of inter partes review (“IPR”) with respect to petitions filed by PNC for three of the six patents then at issue in the first consolidated cases and in the BBVA USA Texas case. Because of USAA’s case narrowing in the first consolidated cases, only one of these three patents being reviewed (U.S. Patent No. ‘571) was presented to the jury in the first consolidated cases. In January 2023, with respect to the three patents in which an IPR was instituted, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board entered its Final Written Decisions and found all of the challenged claims were unpatentable. With respect to U.S. Patent No. ‘571, in June 2023, USAA noticed an appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit challenging the Patent Trial and Appeal Board’s Final Written Decision, which became United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-2125). USAA, in May and June 2023, also appealed the Final Written Decisions invalidating the claims of the patents not presented to the jury which became United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 2023-2124) and United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-1920). Two of these appeals (Case Nos. 23-2124 and 23-2125) were consolidated. Briefing for Case No. 23-1920 is now complete and the parties are waiting on the appeal to be calendared. In May and June 2022, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board granted institution of IPR with respect to petitions filed by PNC for two of the three patents then at issue in the third Texas case. Because of USAA’s case narrowing in the third Texas case, only one of these two patents being reviewed (U.S. Patent No. ‘598) was presented to the jury in the third Texas case. With respect to U.S. Patent No. ‘598, in May 2023, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board entered its Final Written Decision holding most of the claims of this patent unpatentable and other claims were patentable. Both parties, in July 2023, appealed the Final Written Decision, with USAA appealing first (United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-2171) and PNC being the cross-appellant (PNC Bank N.A. v. United Services Automobile Association (Case No. 23-2172)). These appeals were consolidated. With respect to the other patent (which was not presented to the jury), the Patent Trial and Appeal Board entered its Final Written Decision in June 2023 and held all of the claims unpatentable. USAA, in August 2023, appealed from this decision which became United Services Automobile Association v. PNC Bank N.A. (Case No. 23-2244). Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries We are the subject of investigations, audits, examinations and other forms of regulatory and governmental inquiry covering a broad range of issues in our consumer, mortgage, brokerage, securities and other financial services businesses, as well as other aspects of our operations. In some cases, these inquiries are part of reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants; in others, they are directed at PNC individually. From time to time, these inquiries have involved and may in the future involve or lead to regulatory enforcement actions and other administrative proceedings. These inquiries have also led to and may in the future lead to civil or criminal judicial proceedings. Some of these inquiries result in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs and other consequences. Such remedies and other consequences typically have not been material to us from a financial standpoint, but could be in the future. Even if not financially material, they may result in significant reputational harm or other adverse consequences. Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries. Other In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above, PNC and persons to whom we may have indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 173

NOTE 21 PARENT COMPANY Summarized financial information of the parent company is as follows: Table 108: Parent Company - Income Statement Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Operating Revenue Dividends from: Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company $ 2,500 $ 3,925 $ 3,980 Non-bank subsidiaries 565 280 424 Interest income 638 104 15 Noninterest income (loss) 41 (37) 41 Total operating revenue 3,744 4,272 4,460 Operating Expense Interest expense 1,269 326 129 Other expense 185 136 245 Total operating expense 1,454 462 374 Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 2,290 3,810 4,086 Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries: Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company 3,337 1,848 1,085 Non-bank subsidiaries (161) 455 543 Income before taxes 5,466 6,113 5,714 Income tax expense (benefit) (112) 72 41 Net income 5,578 6,041 5,673 Other comprehensive income, net of tax: Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity arising during the period 2 1 11 Other comprehensive income 2 1 11 Comprehensive income $ 5,580 $ 6,042 $ 5,684 Table 109: Parent Company - Balance Sheet December 31 – in millions 2023 2022 Assets Cash held at banking subsidiary $ 6,599 $ 4,654 Restricted deposits with banking subsidiary 175 175 Investments in: Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company 64,104 48,867 Non-bank subsidiaries 3,020 3,170 Loans with affiliates 1,687 1,484 Other assets 1,297 2,057 Total assets $ 76,882 $ 60,407 Liabilities Subordinated debt (a) $ 1,749 $ 1,728 Senior debt (a) 22,213 11,379 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 1,815 1,526 Total liabilities 25,777 14,633 Equity Shareholders’ equity 51,105 45,774 Total liabilities and equity $ 76,882 $ 60,407 (a) See Note 9 Borrowed Funds for additional information on contractual rates and maturity dates of senior debt and subordinated debt for parent company. In connection with certain affiliates’ commercial and residential mortgage servicing operations, the parent company has committed to maintain such affiliates’ net worth above minimum requirements. 174 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 110: Parent Company - Interest Paid and Income Tax Refunds (Payments) Year ended December 31 – in millions Interest Paid Income Tax Refunds/ (Payments) 2023 $ 683 $ 1,080 2022 $ 314 $ (255) 2021 $ 307 $ 386 Table 111: Parent Company - Statement of Cash Flows Year ended December 31 – in millions 2023 2022 2021 Operating Activities Net income $ 5,578 $ 6,041 $ 5,673 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Equity in undistributed net earnings of subsidiaries (3,176) (2,303) (1,628) Other 1,276 95 (248) Net cash provided (used) by operating activities $ 3,678 $ 3,833 $ 3,797 Investing Activities Proceeds from available for sale securities 300 Net change in loans and securities from affiliates $ (9,475) (531) $ (1,188) Net cash paid for acquisition (11,358) Other (5) (84) (5) Net cash provided (used) by investing activities $ (9,480) $ (615) $ (12,251) Financing Activities Net change in other borrowed funds from affiliates $ 255 $ (1,138) $ (435) Proceeds from long-term borrowings 10,463 4,335 1,692 Repayments of long-term borrowings (1,500) (500) Preferred stock issuances 1,484 2,225 1,484 Preferred stock redemptions (1,000) (1,500) Common and treasury stock issuances 72 68 66 Acquisition of treasury stock (651) (3,731) (1,079) Preferred stock cash dividends paid (417) (301) (233) Common stock cash dividends paid (2,459) (2,389) (2,056) Net cash provided (used) by financing activities $ 7,747 $ (3,931) $ (1,061) Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks $ 1,945 $ (713) $ (9,515) Cash and restricted deposits held at banking subsidiary at beginning of year 4,829 5,542 15,057 Cash and restricted deposits held at banking subsidiary at end of year $ 6,774 $ 4,829 $ 5,542 NOTE 22 SEGMENT REPORTING We have three reportable business segments: Retail Banking, Corporate & Institutional Banking and Asset Management Group: Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, insurance services, investment management and cash management products and services to consumer and small business customers who are serviced through our coast-to-coast branch network, digital channels, ATMs, or through our phone-based customer contact centers. Deposit products include checking, savings and money market accounts and time deposits. Lending products include residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, auto loans, credit cards, education loans and personal and small business loans and lines of credit. The residential mortgage loans are directly originated within our branch network and nationwide, and are typically underwritten to agency and/or third-party standards, and either sold, servicing retained or held on our balance sheet. Brokerage, investment management and cash management products and services include managed, education, retirement and trust accounts. Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, capital markets and advisory products and services to mid-sized and large corporations and government and not-for-profit entities. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. The Treasury Management business provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Capital markets and advisory includes services and activities primarily related to merger and acquisitions advisory, equity capital markets advisory, asset-backed financing, loan syndication, securities underwriting and customer-related trading. We also provide commercial loan servicing and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Products and services are provided nationally. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 175

Asset Management Group provides private banking for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. The Asset Management group is composed of two operating units: • PNC Private Bank provides products and services to emerging affluent, high net worth and ultra high net worth individuals and their families including investment and retirement planning, customized investment management, credit and cash management solutions, trust management and administration. In addition, multi-generational family planning services are also provided to ultra high net worth individuals and their families, which include estate, financial, tax, fiduciary and customized performance reporting through PNC Private Bank Hawthorn. • Institutional Asset Management provides outsourced chief investment officer, custody, private real estate, cash and fixed income client solutions and retirement plan fiduciary investment services to institutional clients including corporations, healthcare systems, insurance companies, unions, municipalities and non-profits. The remaining corporate operations are reflected in Other: Other includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, ACL for investment securities, certain trading activities, certain runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, corporate overhead net of allocations, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments, exited businesses and the residual impact from funds transfer pricing operations. The decline in Other earnings for 2023 compared to prior years was driven by the residual impacts from fund transfer pricing due to the rising interest rate environment, along with the costs for the FDIC special assessment and the workforce reduction. Basis of Presentation Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. To the extent significant and practicable, retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability with the current period. Fund Transfer Pricing Net interest income in business segment results reflects our internal funds transfer pricing methodology which is designed to consider interest rate and liquidity risks. Under our methodology, assets receive a funding charge while liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on market interest rates, product characteristics, and other factors. Our transfer pricing framework considers the application of funding curves and methodologies consistently across the balance sheet. A residual gain or loss from funds transfer pricing operations is retained within Other. This residual gain or loss is reviewed by management quarterly, in accordance with interagency guidance. Segment Allocations Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a standalone basis, and includes expense allocations for corporate overhead services used by the business segments. Certain costs are retained within Other. These costs are not allocated to our business segments because they (i) are transitory or highly irregular in nature, (ii) exist solely to support corporate activities unrelated to business segment operations, or (iii) reflect residual costs for an exited business. During 2023, Noninterest expense for the Other category included both the FDIC special assessment and workforce reduction charges. These amounts were not allocated to our business segments due to their irregular nature. We have allocated the ALLL and the allowance for unfunded lending related commitments based on the loan exposures within each business segment’s portfolio. 176 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Table 112: Results of Businesses Year ended December 31 In millions Retail Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking Asset Management Group Other Consolidated (a) 2023 Income Statement Net interest income $ 9,974 $ 5,732 $ 547 $ (2,337) $ 13,916 Noninterest income 2,951 3,537 905 181 7,574 Total revenue 12,925 9,269 1,452 (2,156) 21,490 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 396 398 (3) (49) 742 Depreciation and amortization 330 211 30 578 1,149 Other noninterest expense 7,225 3,519 1,085 1,034 12,863 Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) and noncontrolling interests 4,974 5,141 340 (3,719) 6,736 Income taxes (benefit) 1,163 1,073 80 (1,227) 1,089 Net income (loss) 3,811 4,068 260 (2,492) 5,647 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 43 19 7 69 Net income (loss) excluding noncontrolling interests $ 3,768 $ 4,049 $ 260 $ (2,499) $ 5,578 Average Assets $ 114,914 $ 233,337 $ 15,812 $ 194,707 $ 558,770 2022 Income Statement Net interest income $ 7,540 $ 5,179 $ 608 $ (313) $ 13,014 Noninterest income 2,967 3,621 936 582 8,106 Total revenue 10,507 8,800 1,544 269 21,120 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses 259 198 28 (8) 477 Depreciation and amortization 310 213 29 587 1,139 Other noninterest expense 7,288 3,438 1,057 248 12,031 Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) and noncontrolling interests 2,650 4,951 430 (558) 7,473 Income taxes (benefit) operations 621 1,064 100 (425) 1,360 Net income (loss) 2,029 3,887 330 (133) 6,113 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 55 17 72 Net income (loss) excluding noncontrolling interests $ 1,974 $ 3,870 $ 330 $ (133) $ 6,041 Average Assets $ 113,829 $ 219,941 $ 14,505 $ 202,377 $ 550,652 2021 Income Statement Net interest income $ 6,206 $ 4,526 $ 476 $ (561) $ 10,647 Noninterest income 2,796 3,783 987 998 8,564 Total revenue 9,002 8,309 1,463 437 19,211 Provision for (recapture of) credit losses (101) (646) (7) (25) (779) Depreciation and amortization 293 208 23 542 1,066 Other noninterest expense 6,623 3,271 918 1,124 11,936 Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) and noncontrolling interests 2,187 5,476 529 (1,204) 6,988 Income taxes (benefit) 508 1,138 123 (506) 1,263 Net income (loss) 1,679 4,338 406 (698) 5,725 Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 31 14 6 51 Net income (loss) excluding noncontrolling interests $ 1,648 $ 4,324 $ 406 $ (704) $ 5,674 Average Assets $ 106,331 $ 188,470 $ 11,677 $ 216,688 $ 523,166 (a) There were no material intersegment revenues for 2023, 2022 and 2021. NOTE 23 FEE-BASED REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS A subset of our noninterest income relates to certain fee-based revenue within the scope of ASC Topic 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The objective of the standard is to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers across all industries and to develop a common revenue standard under GAAP. The standard requires the application of a five-step recognition model to contracts, allocating the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled to across distinct promises in the contract, called performance obligations, and recognizing revenue when or as those services are transferred to the customer. Fee-based revenue within the scope of Topic 606 is recognized within our three reportable business segments: Retail Banking, Corporate & Institutional Banking and Asset Management Group. Interest income, income from lease contracts, fair value gains from financial instruments (including derivatives), income from mortgage servicing rights and guarantee products, letter of credit fees, non- refundable fees associated with acquiring or originating a loan and gains from the sale of financial assets are outside of the scope of Topic 606. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 177

Effective for the first quarter of 2022, PNC updated the presentation of its noninterest income categorization to be based on product and service type, and accordingly, has changed the basis of presentation of its noninterest income revenue streams to: (i) Asset management and brokerage, (ii) Capital markets related, (iii) Card and cash management, (iv) Lending and deposit services, (v) Residential and commercial mortgage and (vi) Other noninterest income. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2022, PNC updated the name of the noninterest income line item “Capital markets related” to “Capital markets and advisory.” This update did not impact the components of the category. All periods presented herein reflect these changes. For a description of each updated noninterest income revenue stream, see Note 1 Accounting Policies. Table 113 presents the noninterest income recognized within the scope of Topic 606 for each of our three reportable business segments’ principal products and services, along with the relationship to the noninterest income revenue streams shown on our Consolidated Income Statement. A description of the fee-based revenue and how it is recognized for each segment’s principal products and services follows this Table 113. Table 113: Noninterest Income by Business Segment and Reconciliation to Consolidated Noninterest Income Year ended December 31 In millions Retail Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking Asset Management Group 2023 Asset management and brokerage Asset management fees $ 882 Brokerage fees $ 523 7 Total asset management and brokerage 523 889 Card and cash management Treasury management fees 41 $ 1,377 Debit card fees 691 Net credit card fees (a) 228 Merchant services 168 77 Other 96 Total card and cash management 1,224 1,454 Lending and deposit services Deposit account fees 637 Other 73 34 Total lending and deposit services 710 34 Residential and commercial mortgage (b) 140 Capital markets and advisory 653 Other 68 Total in-scope noninterest income 2,457 2,349 889 Out-of-scope noninterest income (c) 494 1,188 16 Noninterest income by business segment $ 2,951 $ 3,537 $ 905 Reconciliation to consolidated noninterest income For the year ended December 31, 2023 Total in-scope business segment noninterest income $ 5,695 Out-of-scope business segment noninterest income (c) 1,698 Noninterest income from other segments 181 Noninterest income as shown on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 7,574 178 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

(Continued from previous page) Year ended December 31 In millions Retail Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking Asset Management Group 2022 Asset management and brokerage Asset management fees $ 908 Brokerage fees $ 528 8 Total asset management and brokerage 528 916 Card and cash management Treasury management fees 40 $ 1,284 Debit card fees 684 Net credit card fees (a) 237 Merchant services 186 66 Other 97 Total card and cash management 1,244 1,350 Lending and deposit services Deposit account fees 583 Other 67 33 Total lending and deposit services 650 33 Residential and commercial mortgage (b) 140 Capital markets and advisory 790 Other 59 Total in-scope noninterest income 2,422 2,372 916 Out-of-scope noninterest income (c) 545 1,249 20 Noninterest income by business segment $ 2,967 $ 3,621 $ 936 Reconciliation to consolidated noninterest income For the year ended December 31, 2022 Total in-scope business segment noninterest income $ 5,710 Out-of-scope business segment noninterest income (c) 1,814 Noninterest income from other segments 582 Noninterest income as shown on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 8,106 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 179

(Continued from previous page) Year ended December 31 In millions Retail Banking Corporate & Institutional Banking Asset Management Group 2021 Asset management and brokerage Asset management fees $ 964 Brokerage fees $ 464 9 Total asset management and brokerage 464 973 Card and cash management Treasury management fees 46 $ 1,097 Debit card fees 665 Net credit card fees (a) 221 Merchant services 174 62 Other 115 Total card and cash management 1,221 1,159 Lending and deposit services Deposit account fees 542 Other 58 40 Total lending and deposit services 600 40 Residential and commercial mortgage (b) 141 Capital markets and advisory 1,110 Other 50 Total in-scope noninterest income 2,285 2,500 973 Out-of-scope noninterest income (c) 511 1,283 14 Noninterest income by business segment $ 2,796 $ 3,783 $ 987 Reconciliation to consolidated noninterest income For the year ended December 31, 2021 Total in-scope business segment noninterest income $ 5,758 Out-of-scope business segment noninterest income (c) 1,808 Noninterest income from other segments 998 Noninterest income as shown on the Consolidated Income Statement $ 8,564 (a) Net credit card fees consists of interchange fees of $673 million, $662 million, and $582 million and credit card reward costs of $445 million, $425 million and $361 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. (b) Residential mortgage noninterest income falls under the scope of other accounting and disclosure requirements outside of Topic 606 and is included within the out-of-scope noninterest income line for the Retail Banking segment. (c) Out-of-scope noninterest income includes revenue streams that fall under the scope of other accounting and disclosure requirements outside of Topic 606. Retail Banking Brokerage Fees Retail Banking earns fee revenue by providing its customers a wide range of investment options through its brokerage services including mutual funds, annuities, stocks, bonds, long-term care and insurance products and managed accounts. We earn fee revenue for transaction-based brokerage services, such as the execution of market trades once the transaction has been completed as of the trade date. In other cases, such as investment management services, we earn fee revenue over the term of the customer contract. Treasury Management Fees Retail Banking earns fee revenue by providing customers with receivables and payables management services, funds transfer services, and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management fees are primarily recognized over time as we perform these services. Debit Card and Net Credit Card Fees As an issuing bank, Retail Banking earns interchange fee revenue from debit and credit card transactions. By offering card products, we maintain and administer card-related services, such as credit card reward programs, account data and statement information, card activation, card renewals, and card suspension and blockage. Interchange fees are earned when cardholders make purchases and are presented in Table 113 net of credit card reward costs, which are earned by customers when they make purchases. Merchant Services Retail Banking earns fee revenue for debit and credit card processing services and products. We provide these services to merchant businesses including point-of-sale payment acceptance capabilities and customized payment processing built around the merchant’s specific requirements. We earn fee revenue as the merchant’s customers make purchases. 180 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Deposit Account Fees Retail Banking provides demand deposit, money market and savings account products for consumer and small business customers. Services include online and branch banking, overdraft and wire transfer services, imaging services and cash alternative services, such as money orders and cashier’s checks. We recognize fee income at the time these services are performed for the customer. Other Other noninterest income primarily includes ATM fees earned from our customers and non-PNC customers. These fees are recognized as transactions occur. Corporate & Institutional Banking Treasury Management Fees Corporate & Institutional Banking provides corporations with cash and investment management services, receivables and disbursement management services, funds transfer services, international payment services and access to online/mobile information management and reporting services. Treasury management fees are primarily recognized over time as we perform these services. Merchant Services Corporate & Institutional Banking earns fee revenue for debit and credit card processing services and products. We provide these services to merchant businesses including point-of-sale payment acceptance capabilities and customized payment processing built around the merchant’s specific requirements. We earn fee revenue as the merchant’s customers make purchases. Commercial Mortgage Commercial mortgage banking activities include servicing responsibilities where we do not own the servicing rights. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments, maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. We recognize servicing fees over time as we perform these activities. Capital Markets and Advisory Capital markets and advisory fees include securities underwriting fees, merger and acquisition advisory fees and other advisory-related fees. We generally recognize these fees when the Company’s performance obligation related to the underlying transaction is met. Other Other noninterest income within Corporate & Institutional Banking is primarily comprised of fees from collateral management and asset management services. We earn these fees over time as we perform these services. Asset Management Group Asset Management Fees Asset Management Group provides both personal wealth and institutional asset management services including investment management, custody services, retirement planning, family planning, trust management and retirement plan fiduciary investment services. Asset management fees are recognized over the term of the customer contract based on the value of assets under management at a point in time. Brokerage Fees Asset Management Group provides a wide range of investment options through its brokerage services including mutual funds, annuities, stocks, bonds, insurance products, and managed accounts. Brokerage fees are recognized over the term of the customer contract either based on the value of brokerage assets at a point in time or based on transactions executed on behalf of the customer. NOTE 24 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS On January 22, 2024, the parent company issued $1.0 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 21, 2028 (the “2028 Senior Notes”) and $1.50 billion of senior fixed-to-floating rate notes with a maturity date of January 22, 2035 (the “2035 Senior Notes”). Interest is payable on the 2028 Senior Notes semi-annually at a fixed rate of 5.300% per annum, on January 21 and July 21 of each year, beginning on July 21, 2024. Beginning on January 21, 2027, interest is payable on the 2028 Senior Notes quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.342%, on April 21, 2027, July 21, 2027, October 21, 2027 and at the maturity date. Interest is payable on the 2035 Senior Notes semi-annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 5.676% per annum, on January 22 and July 22 of each year, beginning on July 22, 2024. Beginning on January 22, 2034, interest is payable on the 2034 Senior Notes quarterly in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to Compounded SOFR (determined with respect to each quarterly interest period using the SOFR Index as described in the Prospectus Supplement), plus 1.902%, on April 22, 2034, July 22, 2034, October 22, 2034 and at the maturity date. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 181

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS (a) (b) (c) (d) 2023 2022 2021 Taxable-equivalent basis Dollars in millions Average Balances Interest Income/ Expense Average Yields/ Rates Average Balances Interest Income/ Expense Average Yields/ Rates Average Balances Interest Income/ Expense Average Yields/ Rates Assets Interest-earning assets: Investment securities Securities available for sale Residential mortgage-backed Agency $ 31,255 $ 852 2.73 % $ 42,151 $ 889 2.11 % $ 57,325 $ 881 1.54 % Non-agency 644 60 9.32 % 842 64 7.60 % 1,100 84 7.64 % Commercial mortgage-backed 2,913 86 2.95 % 4,107 104 2.53 % 6,093 149 2.45 % Asset-backed 719 46 6.40 % 2,184 37 1.69 % 5,745 99 1.72 % U.S. Treasury and government agencies 8,271 183 2.21 % 21,642 314 1.45 % 34,394 448 1.30 % Other 3,021 77 2.55 % 3,982 102 2.56 % 4,852 144 2.97 % Total securities available for sale 46,823 1,304 2.78 % 74,908 1,510 2.02 % 109,509 1,805 1.65 % Securities held to maturity Residential mortgage-backed 44,517 1,217 2.73 % 29,325 677 2.31 % Commercial mortgage-backed 2,378 127 5.34 % 1,400 51 3.64 % Asset-backed 6,557 278 4.24 % 4,446 122 2.74 % U.S. Treasury and government agencies 36,790 490 1.33 % 25,074 300 1.20 % 805 23 2.86 % Other 3,286 152 4.63 % 1,996 87 4.31 % 660 27 4.09 % Total securities held to maturity 93,528 2,264 2.42 % 62,241 1,237 1.99 % 1,465 50 3.41 % Total investment securities 140,351 3,568 2.54 % 137,149 2,747 2.00 % 110,974 1,855 1.67 % Loans Commercial and industrial 179,650 10,494 5.84 % 168,663 6,079 3.60 % 143,389 4,180 2.92 % Commercial real estate 35,923 2,336 6.50 % 34,954 1,389 3.97 % 33,159 991 2.99 % Equipment lease financing 6,423 297 4.62 % 6,196 238 3.84 % 6,286 240 3.82 % Consumer 54,835 3,675 6.70 % 54,721 2,814 5.14 % 54,338 2,602 4.79 % Residential real estate 46,689 1,621 3.47 % 43,165 1,366 3.16 % 31,524 1,047 3.32 % Total loans 323,520 18,423 5.69 % 307,699 11,886 3.86 % 268,696 9,060 3.37 % Interest-earning deposits with banks 36,645 1,902 5.19 % 41,050 578 1.41 % 79,869 103 0.13 % Other interest-earning assets 8,884 562 6.33 % 9,651 337 3.50 % 8,539 190 2.23 % Total interest-earning assets/interest income 509,400 24,455 4.80 % 495,549 15,548 3.14 % 468,078 11,208 2.39 % Noninterest-earning assets 49,370 55,103 55,088 Total assets $ 558,770 $ 550,652 $ 523,166 Liabilities and Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits Money market $ 65,037 1,890 2.91 % $ 61,376 444 0.72 % $ 68,124 19 0.03 % Demand 124,084 2,444 1.97 % 118,749 583 0.49 % 101,471 30 0.03 % Savings 101,470 1,381 1.36 % 106,577 176 0.17 % 91,194 44 0.05 % Time deposits 24,802 894 3.60 % 12,340 64 0.52 % 18,439 33 0.18 % Total interest-bearing deposits 315,393 6,609 2.10 % 299,042 1,267 0.42 % 279,228 126 0.05 % Borrowed funds Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 34,440 1,864 5.41 % 13,674 440 3.22 % 661 3 0.45 % Senior debt 22,696 1,373 6.05 % 16,265 401 2.47 % 22,390 224 1.00 % Subordinated debt 5,580 348 6.24 % 7,081 206 2.91 % 6,432 86 1.34 % Other 4,566 198 4.34 % 5,430 108 1.99 % 5,025 48 0.96 % Total borrowed funds 67,282 3,783 5.62 % 42,450 1,155 2.72 % 34,508 361 1.05 % Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense 382,675 10,392 2.72 % 341,492 2,422 0.71 % 313,736 487 0.16 % Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity: Noninterest-bearing deposits 111,670 144,382 139,683 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 15,759 16,414 15,299 Equity 48,666 48,364 54,448 Total liabilities and equity $ 558,770 $ 550,652 $ 523,166 Interest rate spread 2.08 % 2.43 % 2.23 % Benefit from use of noninterest bearing sources 0.68 0.22 0.06 Net interest income/margin $ 14,063 2.76 % $ 13,126 2.65 % $ 10,721 2.29 % (a) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/ expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest- bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in Noninterest income. (b) Loan fees for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were $183 million, $188 million and $208 million, respectively. (c) Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in this Statistical Information section for more information. 182 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

ANALYSIS OF YEAR-TO-YEAR CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME (a) (b) 2023/2022 2022/2021 Taxable-equivalent basis Increase/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in: Increase/(Decrease) in Income/ Expense Due to Changes in: In millions Volume Rate Total Volume Rate Total Interest-Earning Assets Investment securities Securities available for sale Residential mortgage-backed Agency $ (261) $ 224 $ (37) $ (269) $ 277 $ 8 Non-agency $ (17) 13 (4) $ (20) $ (20) Commercial mortgage-backed $ (33) $ 15 (18) $ (50) $ 5 (45) Asset-backed $ (38) $ 47 9 $ (60) $ (2) (62) U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ (249) $ 118 (131) $ (181) $ 47 (134) Other $ (24) $ (1) (25) $ (24) $ (18) (42) Total securities available for sale $ (673) $ 467 (206) $ (644) $ 349 (295) Securities held to maturity Residential mortgage-backed $ 398 $ 142 540 $ 677 677 Commercial mortgage-backed $ 46 $ 30 76 $ 51 51 Asset-backed $ 73 $ 83 156 $ 122 122 U.S. Treasury and government agencies $ 153 $ 37 190 $ 297 $ (20) 277 Other $ 59 $ 6 65 $ 59 $ 1 60 Total securities held to maturity $ 716 $ 311 1,027 $ 1,217 $ (30) 1,187 Total investment securities $ 65 $ 756 821 $ 485 $ 407 892 Loans Commercial and industrial $ 419 $ 3,996 4,415 $ 811 $ 1,088 1,899 Commercial real estate $ 40 $ 907 947 $ 56 $ 342 398 Equipment lease financing $ 9 $ 50 59 $ (3) $ 1 (2) Consumer $ 6 $ 855 861 $ 18 $ 194 212 Residential real estate $ 117 $ 138 255 $ 370 $ (51) 319 Total loans $ 639 $ 5,898 6,537 $ 1,411 $ 1,415 2,826 Interest-earning deposits with banks $ (68) $ 1,392 1,324 $ (73) $ 548 475 Other interest-earning assets $ (29) $ 254 225 $ 27 $ 120 147 Total interest-earning assets $ 447 $ 8,460 $ 8,907 $ 684 $ 3,656 $ 4,340 Interest-Bearing Liabilities Interest-bearing deposits Money market $ 28 $ 1,418 $ 1,446 $ (2) $ 427 $ 425 Demand $ 27 $ 1,834 1,861 $ 6 $ 547 553 Savings $ (8) $ 1,213 1,205 $ 8 $ 124 132 Time deposits $ 121 $ 709 830 $ (14) $ 45 31 Total interest-bearing deposits $ 73 $ 5,269 5,342 $ 10 $ 1,131 1,141 Borrowed funds Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings $ 983 $ 441 1,424 $ 335 $ 102 437 Senior debt $ 208 $ 764 972 $ (75) $ 252 177 Subordinated debt $ (52) $ 194 142 $ 10 $ 110 120 Other $ (19) $ 109 90 $ 4 $ 56 60 Total borrowed funds $ 931 $ 1,697 2,628 $ 100 $ 694 794 Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 325 $ 7,645 7,970 $ 48 $ 1,887 1,935 Change in net interest income $ 377 $ 560 $ 937 $ 654 $ 1,751 $ 2,405 (a) Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume components. (b) Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in this Statistical Information section for more information. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 183

Non-GAAP Financial Information PNC reports certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures are provided as supplemental information to the financial measures in this Report that are calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. While we believe that these non-GAAP measures are useful tools for the purpose of evaluating certain financial results, they should not be considered superior to and are not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related GAAP financial measures presented in this Report. RECONCILIATION OF TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME (non-GAAP) (a) Year ended December 31 In millions 2023 2022 2021 Net interest income (GAAP) $ 13,916 $ 13,014 $ 10,647 Taxable-equivalent adjustments 147 112 74 Net interest income (non-GAAP) $ 14,063 $ 13,126 $ 10,721 (a) The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. RECONCILIATION OF CORE NONINTEREST EXPENSE (non-GAAP) (a) Three months ended Year ended Dollars in millions December 31, 2023 December 31, 2023 Noninterest expense $ 4,074 $ 14,012 Less: FDIC special assessment costs 515 515 Workforce reduction charges 150 150 Core noninterest expense (non-GAAP) $ 3,409 $ 13,347 (a) Core noninterest expense is a non-GAAP measure calculated based on Noninterest expense less costs related to the FDIC’s special assessment and the workforce reduction that were incurred outside of our core business operations. We believe this non-GAAP measure to be a useful tool for comparison of operating expenses incurred during the normal course of business. RECONCILIATION OF TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE (non-GAAP) December 31 Dollars in millions, except per share data 2023 2022 2021 Book value per common share $ 112.72 $ 99.93 $ 120.61 Tangible book value per common share Common shareholders’ equity $ 44,864 $ 40,028 $ 50,685 Goodwill and other intangible assets (11,244) (11,400) (11,406) Deferred tax liabilities on goodwill and other intangible assets 244 261 270 Tangible common shareholders’ equity $ 33,864 $ 28,889 $ 39,549 Period-end common shares outstanding (in millions) 398 401 420 Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (a) $ 85.08 $ 72.12 $ 94.11 (a) Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated based on tangible common shareholders’ equity divided by period-end common shares outstanding. We believe this non-GAAP measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as an additional, conservative measure of total company value. 184 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY Loans Due After 1 Year Contractual Maturity Range December 31, 2023 In millions Predetermined Rate Floating or Adjustable Rate 1 Year or Less After 1 Year Through 5 Years After 5 Years Through 15 Years After 15 Years Gross Loans Commercial Commercial and industrial $ 17,610 $ 110,584 $ 49,386 $ 114,456 $ 11,516 $ 2,222 $ 177,580 Commercial real estate 6,158 18,138 11,140 20,323 3,513 460 35,436 Equipment lease financing 4,384 324 1,834 4,235 473 6,542 Total commercial 28,152 129,046 62,360 139,014 15,502 2,682 219,558 Consumer Residential real estate 29,416 16,644 1,484 5,596 15,276 25,188 47,544 Home equity 14,935 9,895 1,320 4,722 8,275 11,833 26,150 Automobile 10,915 3,945 9,951 964 14,860 Credit card 7,180 7,180 Education 595 1,190 160 663 963 159 1,945 Other consumer 1,155 311 2,805 1,380 86 4,271 Total consumer 57,016 28,040 16,894 22,312 25,564 37,180 101,950 Total loans $ 85,168 $ 157,086 $ 79,254 $ 161,326 $ 41,066 $ 39,862 $ 321,508 At December 31, 2023, $33.3 billion notional amount of receive-fixed interest rate swaps were designated as part of cash flow hedging strategies that converted the floating rate (SOFR) on the underlying commercial loans to a fixed rate as part of risk management strategies. See Note 15 Financial Derivatives for additional information on receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps. Uninsured Deposits The aggregate amount of uninsured deposits, defined as (i) the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regime and (ii) amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regime were estimated to be $190.3 billion and $200.0 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit regime was $4.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 185

GLOSSARY DEFINED TERMS 2019 Tailoring Rules – Rules adopted by the federal banking agencies to better tailor the application of their capital, liquidity, and enhanced prudential requirements for banking organizations to the asset size and risk profile (as measured by certain regulatory metrics) of the banking organization. Effective January 1, 2020, the agencies’ capital and liquidity rules classify all BHCs with $100 billion or more in total assets into one of four categories (Category I, Category II, Category III, and Category IV). Allowance for credit losses (ACL) – A valuation account that is deducted from or added to the amortized cost basis of the related financial assets to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. Amortized cost basis – Amount at which a financial asset is originated or acquired, adjusted for applicable accretion or amortization of premiums, discounts and net deferred fees or costs, collection of cash, charge-offs, foreign exchange and fair value hedge accounting adjustments. Basel III common equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital (Tailoring Rules) – Common stock plus related surplus, net of treasury stock, plus retained earnings, less goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, less other disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities and plus/less other adjustments. Investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as mortgage servicing rights and deferred tax assets, must then be deducted to the extent such items (net of associated deferred tax liabilities) individually exceed 25% of our adjusted Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital. Basel III common equity Tier 1 capital ratio – Common equity Tier 1 capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable). Basel III Tier 1 capital – Common equity Tier 1 capital, plus qualifying preferred stock, plus certain trust preferred capital securities, plus certain noncontrolling interests that are held by others and plus/less other adjustments. Basel III Tier 1 capital ratio – Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable). Basel III Total capital – Tier 1 capital plus qualifying subordinated debt, plus certain trust preferred securities, plus, under the Basel III transitional rules and the standardized approach, the allowance for loan and lease losses included in Tier 2 capital and other. Basel III Total capital ratio – Basel III Total capital divided by period-end risk-weighted assets (as applicable). Basel Committee – Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. BBVA – BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. BBVA USA – BBVA USA, the Alabama-chartered bank subsidiary of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. Charge-off – Process of removing a loan or portion of a loan from our balance sheet because it is considered uncollectible. We also record a charge-off when a loan is transferred from portfolio holdings to held for sale by reducing the loan carrying amount to the fair value of the loan, if fair value is less than carrying amount. Collateral dependent loans – Loans expected to be repaid substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral underlying the loan when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, and for which we have elected to measure the loan at the estimated fair value of collateral (less costs to sell if sale or foreclosure of the property is expected). Additionally, we consider a loan to be collateral dependent when foreclosure or liquidation of the underlying collateral is probable. Combined loan-to-value ratio (CLTV) – This is the aggregate principal balance(s) of the mortgages on a property divided by its appraised value or purchase price. Common shareholders’ equity – Total shareholders’ equity less the liquidation value of preferred stock. Company – The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (interchangeable with “PNC,” “we,” “us,” or “the Corporation” on this Report). Credit valuation adjustment – Represents an adjustment to the fair value of our derivatives for our own and counterparties’ non- performance risk. 186 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Criticized commercial loans – Loans with potential or identified weaknesses based upon internal risk ratings that comply with the regulatory classification definitions of “special mention,” “substandard” or “doubtful.” Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL) – Methodology for estimating the allowance for credit losses on in-scope financial assets held at amortized cost and unfunded lending related commitments which uses a combination of expected losses over a reasonable and supportable forecast period, a reversion period and long run average credit losses for their estimated contractual term. Discretionary client assets under management – Assets over which we have sole or shared investment authority for our customers/ clients. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Dodd-Frank – Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Earning assets – Assets that generate income, which include: interest-earning deposits with banks, loans held for sale, loans, investment securities and certain other assets. Effective duration – A measurement, expressed in years, that, when multiplied by a change in interest rates, would approximate the percentage change in value of on- and off- balance sheet positions. Efficiency – Noninterest expense divided by total revenue. Estimated contractual term - In the context of CECL, the contractual term of the financial asset or credit exposure, adjusted for estimated draws and prepayments, certain embedded extension options and extensions granted under troubled debt restructurings. Exchange Act – Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Exposure at default (EAD) – The credit exposure estimated to be outstanding in the event of default of a credit obligor. Fair value – The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Fee income – Refers to the following categories within Noninterest income: Asset management and brokerage, Capital markets and advisory, Card and cash management, Lending and deposit services, and Residential and commercial mortgage. FICO score – A credit bureau-based industry standard score created by Fair Isaac Co. which predicts the likelihood of borrower default. We use FICO scores both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our consumer lending portfolio. Lower FICO scores indicate likely higher risk of default, while higher FICO scores indicate likely lower risk of default. Foreign exchange contracts – Contracts that provide for the future receipt and delivery of foreign currency at previously agreed-upon terms. Futures and forward contracts – Contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase and the seller agrees to deliver a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. May be settled either in cash or by delivery of the underlying financial instrument. Home price index (HPI) – A broad measure of the movement of single-family house prices in the U.S. Interest rate swap contracts – Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts. Intrinsic value – The difference between the price, if any, required to be paid for stock issued pursuant to an equity compensation arrangement and the fair market value of the underlying stock. Leverage ratio – Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly adjusted total assets. London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) – LIBOR is the average interest rate charged when banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market) borrow unsecured funds from each other. Loan-to-value ratio (LTV) – A calculation of a loan’s collateral coverage that is used both in underwriting and assessing credit risk in our lending portfolio. LTV is the sum total of loan obligations secured by collateral divided by the market value of that same The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 187

collateral. Market value of the collateral is based on an independent valuation of the collateral. For example, a LTV of less than 90% is better secured and has less credit risk than a LTV of greater than or equal to 90%. Long run average – In the context of CECL, expected credit losses or credit risk parameters for the remaining estimated contractual maturity beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast and reversion periods. The long run average is generally derived from historical loss information and current portfolio characteristics, without considering current or forecasted conditions. Loss given default (LGD) – Assuming a credit obligor enters default status, an estimate of loss, based on collateral type, collateral value, loan exposure and other factors. LGD is net of recovery, through any means, including but not limited to the liquidation of collateral or deficiency judgments rendered from foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings. Nonaccrual loans – Loans for which we do not accrue interest income. Nonaccrual loans include nonperforming loans, in addition to loans accounted for under fair value option and loans accounted for as held for sale for which full collection of contractual principal and/or interest is not probable. Nondiscretionary client assets under administration – Assets we hold for our customers/clients in a nondiscretionary, custodial capacity. We do not include these assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Nonperforming assets – Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, OREO and foreclosed assets. We do not accrue interest income on assets classified as nonperforming. Nonperforming loans – Loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Interest income is not recognized on nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest, loans held for sale and loans accounted for under the fair value option. Notional amount – The basis to which the underlying referenced interest rate, security price, credit spread or other index is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. Off-balance sheet arrangements – Activities that involve entities that are not consolidated or otherwise reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Operating leverage – The period to period dollar or percentage change in total revenue less the dollar or percentage change in noninterest expense. A positive variance indicates that revenue growth exceeded expense growth (i.e., positive operating leverage) while a negative variance implies expense growth exceeded revenue growth (i.e., negative operating leverage). Options – Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a specified period or at a specified date in the future. Other real estate owned (OREO) and foreclosed assets – Assets taken in settlement of troubled loans primarily through deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or foreclosure. Foreclosed assets include real and personal property. Certain assets that have a government-guarantee which are classified as other receivables are excluded. PNC Bank – PNC Bank, National Association. Probability of default (PD) – An estimate of the likelihood that a credit obligor will enter default status. Purchased credit deteriorated assets (PCD) – Acquired loans or debt securities that, at acquisition, are determined to have experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination or issuance. Reasonable and supportable forecast period – In the context of CECL, the period for which forecasts and projections of macroeconomic variables have been determined to be reasonable and supportable, and are used as inputs for ACL measurement. Recovery – Cash proceeds received on a loan that we had previously charged-off. We credit the amount received to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Reversion period – In the context of CECL, the period between the end of the reasonable and supportable forecast period and the point at which losses are expected to have reverted to their long run average, in order to reflect an overall reasonable estimate of expected credit losses. 188 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

Risk appetite – A dynamic, forward-looking view on the aggregate amount of risk we are willing and able to take in executing business strategy in light of the current business environment. Risk limits – Quantitative measures based on forward-looking assumptions that allocate our aggregate risk appetite (e.g., measure of loss or negative events) to business lines, legal entities, specific risk categories, concentrations and as appropriate, other levels. Risk profile – The risk profile is a point-in-time assessment of risk. The profile represents overall risk position in relation to the desired risk appetite. The determination of the risk profile’s position is based on qualitative and quantitative analysis of reported risk limits, metrics, operating guidelines and qualitative assessments. Risk-weighted assets – Computed by the assignment of specific risk-weights (as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) to assets and off-balance sheet instruments. Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) – SOFR is a reference rate that is based on overnight transactions in the U.S. Treasury repurchase market. Servicing rights – Intangible assets or liabilities created by an obligation to service assets for others. Typical servicing rights include the right to receive a fee for collecting and forwarding payments on loans and related taxes and insurance premiums held in escrow. Supplementary leverage exposure – The sum of adjusted average assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures, including undrawn credit commitments and derivative potential future exposures. Supplementary leverage ratio – Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by Supplementary leverage exposure. Taxable-equivalent interest income – The interest income earned on certain assets that is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. These tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. Troubled debt restructuring (TDR) – A loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. On January 1, 2023, we adopted ASU 2022-02, which eliminated the accounting guidance for TDRs. Unfunded lending related commitments – Standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, commitments to extend credit and similar unfunded obligations that are not unilaterally, unconditionally, cancellable at PNC’s option. Value-at-risk (VaR) – A statistically-based measure of risk that describes the amount of potential loss which may be incurred due to adverse market movements. The measure is of the maximum loss which should not be exceeded on 95 out of 100 days for a 95% VaR. Yield curve – A graph showing the relationship between the yields on financial instruments or market indices of the same credit quality with different maturities. For example, a “normal” or “positive” yield curve exists when long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds. A “flat” yield curve exists when yields are the same for short-term and long-term bonds. A “steep” yield curve exists when yields on long-term bonds are significantly higher than on short-term bonds. An “inverted” or “negative” yield curve exists when short-term bonds have higher yields than long-term bonds. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 189

ACRONYMS ACL Allowance for credit losses GSIB Globally systemically important bank ALCO Asset and Liability Committee HPI Home price index ALLL Allowance for loan and lease losses ISDA International Swaps and Dealer Association AML Anti-Money Laundering ISP The PNC Incentive Savings Plan AOCI Accumulated other comprehensive income LCR Liquidity Coverage Ratio ASC Accounting Standards Codification LGD Loss given default ASU Accounting Standards Update LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate BHC Bank holding company LIHTC Low income housing tax credit BHC Act Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 LLC Limited liability company bps Basis points LTV Loan-to-value ratio BSA Bank Secrecy Act MD&A Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations CARES Act Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act MSR Mortgage servicing right CCAR Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review NAV Net asset value CECL Current Expected Credit Losses NII Net Interest Income CET1 Common equity tier 1 NMTC New market tax credit CFPB Consumer Financial Protection Bureau NSFR Net Stable Funding Ratio CFTC Commodity Futures Trading Commission OCC Office of the Comptroller of the Currency CLTV Combined loan-to-value ratio OCI Other comprehensive income CRA Community Reinvestment Act OREO Other real estate owned DFAST Dodd-Frank capital stress testing OTC Over-the-counter DUS Delegated Underwriting and Servicing program OTTI Other than temporary impairment EAD Exposure at default PCD Purchased credit deteriorated ERISA Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended PD Probability of default ERM Enterprise Risk Management PPP Paycheck Protection Program EVE Economic Value of Equity RAC Reserve Adequacy Committee FDI Act Federal Deposit Insurance Act ROAP Removal of account provisions FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation SCB Stress capital buffer FDM Financial Difficulty Modification SCCL Single counterparty credit limit FHA Federal Housing Administration SEC Securities and Exchange Commission FHLB Federal Home Loan Bank SOFR Secured Overnight Financing Rate FHLMC Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation SPE Special purpose entity FICO Fair Isaac Corporation (credit score) TDR Troubled debt restructuring FINRA Financial Industry Regulatory Authority U.S. United States of America FNMA Federal National Mortgage Association USD United States Dollar FOMC Federal Open Market Committee VA Department of Veterans Affairs FRB Federal Reserve Bank VaR Value-at-risk FSOC Financial Stability Oversight Council VEBA Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association GAAP Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America VIE Variable interest entity GDP Gross Domestic Product GLB Act Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act GNMA Government National Mortgage Association ITEM 9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (PNC) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 190 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

We performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of PNC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that PNC maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in this Report, has also audited the effectiveness of PNC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is included under Item 8 of this Report. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING As of December 31, 2023, we performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and of changes in our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of December 31, 2023, and that there has been no change in PNC’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B – OTHER INFORMATION Director or Executive Officer Rule 10b5-1 and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements During the three months ended December 31, 2023, none of PNC’s directors or executive officers adopted, terminated, or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement. PART III ITEM 10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Certain of the information regarding our directors (or nominees for director), executive officers and Audit Committee (and Audit Committee financial experts), required by this item is included under the captions “Item 1 - Election of Directors,” and “Corporate Governance – Board committees – Audit Committee,” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Additional information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I of this Report under the caption “Information about our Executive Officers.” Information regarding our compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is included, to the extent necessary, under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information regarding our PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics required by this item is included under the captions “Corporate Governance – Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Our PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our corporate website at www.pnc.com/corporategovernance. In addition, any future amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the PNC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors or executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller) will be posted at this internet address. ITEM 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item is included under the captions “Corporate Governance – Board committees – Human Resources Committee – Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation and Risk,” “Compensation Tables,” “Change in Control and Termination of Employment” and “CEO Pay Ratio” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. In accordance with Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, the information set forth under the caption “Compensation Committee Report” in such Proxy Statement will be deemed to be furnished in this Report and will not be The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 191

deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act as a result of furnishing the disclosure in this manner. ITEM 12 – SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the caption “Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding our compensation plans under which PNC equity securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2023 is included in the table which follows. For additional information regarding these plans, see Note 17 Stock Based Compensation Plans. Equity Compensation Plan Information At December 31, 2023 (a) (b) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 4,677,131 (1) 15,393,550 (2) Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total 4,677,131 15,393,550 (1) – Of this total, the following amounts relate to the 2016 Incentive Award Plan (2016 Incentive Plan), approved by shareholders on April 26, 2016: 3,734,119 are stock-payable restricted stock units (at a maximum share award level), 857,867 are performance share units (at maximum share award level) and 65,431 are deferred stock units (at a maximum share award level). Also included in this total are 19,714 stock-payable restricted stock units (at a maximum award level) that relate to the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated (2006 Incentive Plan). The restricted stock units and incentive performance units have no exercise price. Following shareholder approval of the 2016 Incentive Plan, no further grants were permitted under the 2006 Incentive Plan, and the balance of shares authorized but unissued under the 2006 Incentive Plan were made available under the 2016 Incentive Plan. (2) – Includes 1,542,918 shares available for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, of which 104,213 shares are subject to purchase during the purchase period ending December 31, 2023. The amount available for awards under the 2016 Incentive Plan is 13,850,632. ITEM 13 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item is included under the captions “Director and Executive Officer Relationships – Director independence, – Transactions with directors, – Family relationships, and – Indemnification and advancement of costs” and “Related Person Transactions” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14 – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item is included under the caption “Item 2 - Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement to be filed for the 2024 annual meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 192 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

PART IV ITEM 15 – EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Our consolidated financial statements required in response to this Item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this Report. EXHIBIT INDEX 2.1.1 Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2020, between Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 19, 2020 2.1.2 Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1.2 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 3.1.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and effective January 2, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 3.1.2 Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series O dated July 21, 2011 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011 3.1.3 Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series P dated April 19, 2012 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012 3.1.4 Statement with Respect to Shares of 5.375% Non- Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series Q dated September 14, 2012 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 21, 2012 3.1.5 Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series R dated May 2, 2013 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2013 3.1.6 Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, effective November 19, 2015 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20, 2015 3.1.7 Statement with Respect to Shares of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series S dated October 27, 2016 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2016 3.1.8 Statement with Respect to Shares of the 3.400% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 13, 2021 3.1.9 Statement with Respect to Shares of the 6.000% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series U Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 26, 2022 3.1.10 Statement with Respect to Shares of the 6.200% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series V Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 19, 2022 3.1.11 Statement with Respect to Shares of the 6.250% Fixed-Rate Reset Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series W Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 7, 2023 3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation effective February 10, 2022 Filed herewith Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 193

4.1 There are no instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries that involve a total amount of securities authorized thereunder that exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Corporation agrees to provide the SEC with a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on request. 4.2 Deposit Agreement dated July 27, 2011, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series O preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011 4.3 Deposit Agreement, dated April 24, 2012, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series P preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 24, 2012 4.4 Deposit Agreement, dated May 7, 2013, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series R preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 7, 2013 4.5 Deposit Agreement, dated November 1, 2016, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series S preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 1, 2016 4.6 Deposit Agreement, dated September 13, 2021, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Computershare Inc. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series T preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 13, 2021 4.7 Deposit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2022, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc., as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series U preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 26, 2022 4.8 Deposit Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2022, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc., as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series V preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 19, 2022 4.9 Deposit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2023, between the Corporation, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc., as depositary, and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts representing interests in the Series W preferred stock Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 7, 2023 4.10 Form of PNC Bank, National Association Subordinated Fixed Rate Global Bank Note issued prior to January 16, 2014 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 4.11.1 Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated January 16, 2014, between PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, National Association, relating to the $25 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + 194 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

4.11.2 Amendment No. 1 to Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, between PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, National Association, relating to the $30 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.21.2 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 4.11.3 Amendment No. 2 to Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated May 27, 2016, between PNC Bank, National Association and PNC Bank, National Association, relating to the $40 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.20.3 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 4.12 Forms of PNC Bank, National Association Senior Global Bank Notes issued after January 16, 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.11.1) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 4.13 Forms of PNC Bank, National Association Subordinated Global Bank Notes issued on or after May 22, 2015 (included in Exhibit 4.11.2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.21.2 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 4.14 Description of the Corporation’s Securities Filed herewith 10.1.1 The Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008* 10.1.2 Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009* 10.1.3 Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013* 10.2 The Corporation’s ERISA Excess Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2023 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022* 10.3.1 The Corporation’s Key Executive Equity Program, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008* 10.3.2 Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation’s Key Executive Equity Program, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009* 10.4.1 The Corporation’s Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2010 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011* 10.4.2 Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation’s Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2010 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013* 10.5.1 The Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009* 10.5.2 Amendment 2009-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009* 10.5.3 Amendment 2010-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010* Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 195

10.5.4 Amendment 2011-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011* 10.5.5 Amendment 2012-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012* 10.5.6 Amendment 2013-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated May 5, 2009 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5.6 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013* 10.6.1 The Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2020 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.3 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019* 10.6.2 Amendment 2021-1 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2020 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021* 10.6.3 Amendment 2021-2 to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Compensation and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2020 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.3 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021* 10.7 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Corporation’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-210995) filed April 29, 2016* 10.8 The Corporation’s Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.52 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014* 10.9 The Corporation’s 2016 Incentive Award Plan Directors Deferred Stock Unit Program effective January 1, 2017 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016* 10.10 Trust Agreement between the Corporation, as settlor, and Matrix Trust Company, as trustee Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017* 10.11 Trust Agreement between PNC Investment Corp., as settlor, and PNC Bank, National Association, as trustee Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005* 10.12 Certificate of Corporate Action for Grantor Trusts effective January 1, 2012 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011* 10.13 Certificate of Corporate Action for Grantor Trusts effective December 1, 2021 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021* 10.14 The Corporation’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2020 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-238049) filed May 6, 2020* 10.15 2021 Form of Performance Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021* 10.16 2021 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021* 10.17 2021 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement – Senior Leader Program Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021* Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + 196 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

10.18 2022 Form of Performance Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022* 10.19 2022 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022* 10.20 2022 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement – Senior Leader Program Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022* 10.21 2022 Form of Performance Restricted Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022* 10.22 2023 Form of Performance Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023* 10.23 2023 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023* 10.24 2023 Form of Restricted Share Units Award Agreement – Senior Leader Program Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023* 10.25 2023 Form of Five-Year Restricted Share Units Award Agreement Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2023* 10.26 Form of Time Sharing Agreement between the Corporation and certain executives Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2022* 10.27 Form of change of control employment agreements Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 16, 2016* 10.28.1 The National City Corporation 2004 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of National City Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006* 10.28.2 Amendment to The National City Corporation 2004 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.56 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010* 10.29.1 Distribution Agreement, dated January 16, 2014, between PNC Bank, National Association and the Dealers named therein, relating to the $25 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 10.29.2 Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, between PNC Bank, National Association and the Dealers named therein, relating to the $30 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47.2 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 10.29.3 Amendment No. 2 to Distribution Agreement, dated May 27, 2016, between PNC Bank, National Association and the Dealers named therein, relating to the $40 billion Global Bank Note Program for the Issue of Senior and Subordinated Bank Notes Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48.3 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 21 Schedule of Certain Subsidiaries of the Corporation Filed herewith 22 Subsidiary Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Filed herewith Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 197

23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Corporation’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Filed herewith 24 Powers of Attorney Filed herewith 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed herewith 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed herewith 32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Furnished herewith 32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Furnished herewith 97 Dodd-Frank Recoupment Policy effective October 2, 2023 Filed herewith 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document Filed herewith** 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Filed herewith 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document Filed herewith 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document Filed herewith 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Filed herewith 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document Filed herewith 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) Exhibit No. Description Method of Filing + + Incorporated document references to filings by the Corporation are to SEC File No. 001-09718, and to filings by National City Corporation are to SEC File No. 001-10074. * Denotes management contract or compensatory plan. ** The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL. You can obtain copies of these Exhibits electronically at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The Exhibits are also available as part of this Form 10-K on PNC’s corporate website at www.pnc.com/secfilings. Shareholders and bondholders may also obtain copies of Exhibits, without charge, by contacting Shareholder Relations at 800-843-2206 or via e-mail at investor.relations@pnc.com. The Interactive Data File (XBRL) exhibit is only available electronically. ITEM 16 – FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 198 The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K

SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (Registrant) By: /s/ Robert Q. Reilly Robert Q. Reilly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 21, 2024 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and in the capacities indicated on February 21, 2024. Signature Capacities /s/ William S. Demchak Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director William S. Demchak (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Robert Q. Reilly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Robert Q. Reilly (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ Gregory H. Kozich Senior Vice President and Controller Gregory H. Kozich (Principal Accounting Officer) * Joseph Alvarado; Debra A. Cafaro; Marjorie Rodgers Cheshire; Andrew T. Feldstein; Richard J. Harshman; Daniel R. Hesse; Renu Khator, Linda R. Medler, Robert A. Niblock, Martin Pfinsgraff; Bryan Salesky Directors *By: /s/ Laura Gleason Laura Gleason, Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. – 2023 Form 10-K 199

EXHIBIT 31.1 In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(f) and 15d-14(f), this certification does not relate to Interactive Data Files as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T. CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER I, William S. Demchak, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 21, 2024 /s/ William S. Demchak William S. Demchak Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2 In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(f) and 15d-14(f), this certification does not relate to Interactive Data Files as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T. CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER I, Robert Q. Reilly, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 21, 2024 /s/ Robert Q. Reilly Robert Q. Reilly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1 In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(f) and 15d-14(f), this certification does not relate to Interactive Data Files as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T. CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (the "Corporation") as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, William S. Demchak, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation for the dates and periods covered by the Report. This certificate is being made for the exclusive purpose of compliance by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation with the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and it may not be used by any person or for any reason other than as specifically required by law. /s/ William S. Demchak William S. Demchak Chairman and Chief Executive Officer February 21, 2024

EXHIBIT 32.2 In accordance with Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(f) and 15d-14(f), this certification does not relate to Interactive Data Files as defined in Rule 11 of Regulation S-T. CERTIFICATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended ended December 31, 2023 of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (the "Corporation") as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Robert Q. Reilly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation for the dates and periods covered by the Report. This certificate is being made for the exclusive purpose of compliance by the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation with the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and it may not be used by any person or for any reason other than as specifically required by law. /s/ Robert Q. Reilly Robert Q. Reilly Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 21, 2024

CORPORATE INFORMATION The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is one of the largest diversified financial services institutions in the United States with a coast-to-coast retail branch network; products and services provided nationally; and four strategic international offices. Through its regional president model, PNC is organized around its customers and communities for building strong relationships and is engaged in retail banking, including residential mortgage, corporate and institutional banking, and asset management. Corporate Headquarters The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. The Tower at PNC Plaza 300 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2401 Stock Listing The common stock of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol PNC. Directors Shareholders and other interested parties who wish to communicate with the Board, any director (including the Presiding Director), the non-management or independent directors as a group, or any Board committee may send an email to corporate.secretary@pnc.com or a letter to the following address: Board of Directors c/o Corporate Secretary The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 300 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2401 Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar Computershare 150 Royall Street, Suite 101 Canton, MA 02021 800-982-7652 Hearing impaired: 800-952-9245 www.computershare.com/pnc Shareholder Services The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan enables registered holders of common stock to conveniently reinvest dividends and purchase additional common shares. Obtain a prospectus and enroll at www.computershare.com/pnc or contact Computershare at 800-982-7652. Direct deposit of dividends, online account access, sale of shares, and other services are available through Computershare. Investor Relations PNC financial news, SEC filings, stock and dividend information, and other items that may be of interest to PNC shareholders can be found on PNC’s Investor Relations website at investor.pnc.com. Inquiries may be directed to: investor.relations@pnc.com 800-843-2206 Media Relations News releases are available on the Media Relations website at pnc.mediaroom.com. Inquiries may be directed to: media.relations@pnc.com 412-762-4550 Customer Information For additional information about PNC products and services, visit www.pnc.com or call 1-800-PNC-BANK. Additional contact information for specific services is available at www.pnc.com/customerservice. Independent Auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP serves as PNC’s independent auditor.

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP